Home

HP Veer 4G User Guide

1. Palm is dedicated to su h d To search for a specific bookmark type the bookmark name Tap a bookmark to jump to that section of the file Chapter 11 Documents 187 188 Chapter 11 Documents HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager From playing games to making reservations to listening to your custom radio station HP webOS App Catalog has the app you need to do what you want to do With categories including social networking entertainment finance sports travel business and more App Catalog lets you expand the functionality of your smartphone in a wide variety of directions Use App Catalog to quickly and easily purchase and download apps then use Software Manager to easily manage and update those apps In this chapter 190 191 191 123 193 194 194 195 195 Browse applications in HP webOS App Catalog Download a free application Buy an application using your billing account or by entering a promo code Reinstall a deleted application Set up a billing account Update or delete a billing account Manage applications with Software Manager Update a downloaded application from a notification Manually check for application updates Chapter 12 HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager 189 190 Browse applications in HP webOS App Catalog Use App Catalog to browse and download any of the many applications available for your smartphone App Catalog contains both free apps and apps you
2. 108 Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging i i 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Your HP Veer 4G is all you need to organize your personal information and keep it with you wherever you go All your personal information is backed up and kept private either in your Palm profile or in one of your online accounts In this chapter 110 121 128 132 133 135 135 Contacts Calendar Tasks Memos Clock Calculator Facebook Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 109 110 Contacts How do add names and other info into Contacts You have a few options for getting info into Contacts Connect to an online address book If you have an address book in an online account that works with the HP Synergy feature see Your HP Veer 4G for example Google or Microsoft Exchange you can set up Contacts on your smartphone to synchronize and display contacts that you store in the online address book After you set up the connection to the online address book contacts you enter online show up automatically in Contacts and contacts you enter on your smartphone sync to the online account provided the account allows writing from the smartphone to the online account You can set up your contacts accounts in either of these locations e The Accounts app see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account e The Contacts app see Use Contacts for the first ti
3. To sync this data Google Contacts and calendar events Exchange Contacts calendar events and tasks Yahoo Contacts and calendar events Facebook Contacts and calendar events NOTE Changes you make in your Yahoo or Facebook account on the web show up on your smartphone There s nothing you have to do You cannot however change Yahoo or Facebook contacts and calendar events on your smartphone Sync your desktop organizer and your smartphone If you want to continue using a desktop organizer to store your contacts calendar events and tasks iCal and Address Book on the Mac or desktop Outlook or Palm Desktop by ACCESS on Windows you have two choices e Sync directly with your desktop organizer avoiding the web completely e Sync your desktop organizer with Google on the web and then sync Google with your smartphone Both choices require you to use a third party solution sold separately Go to palm com sync solutions to learn more about these third party solutions Sync directly with your desktop organizer If you prefer to sync your Veer directly to your computer without going through the web using Wi Fi Bluetooth technology or your smartphone s USB cable you can download a third party application sold separately that enables synchronization of your smartphone directly to your desktop 1 Go to palm com sync solutions to learn about third party applications that enable you to sync your smartphone wi
4. dismissed a system update notification and now don t know how to get the update on my smartphone If you have a phone network connection or a Wi Fi connection and the battery has at least a 30 charge you can start the update yourself Open System Updates Your smartphone checks for the availability of the update and if one is available tap Download Now The download happens in the background so you can continue to use your smartphone until the actual installation takes over Your smartphone continues to remind you to install the update after it has been downloaded You are also reminded that the smartphone will install the update automatically the next time you charge your smartphone An update installation cannot begin unless you have at least a 30 charge on your battery If you tap Install Later the update will automatically install the next time all three of the following conditions are true the smartphone is charging and idle and the battery has at least a 30 charge My smartphone froze while was downloading or installing a system update If this happens you can use webOS Doctor to restore your smartphone and install the system update from your computer using the USB cable On your computer go to palm com support to download webOS Doctor Chapter 14 Troubleshooting Transferring information from another HP webOS phone want to get files off my old webOS phone but the screen is cracked or doesn t respond to
5. 2 Drag the icon to a new location on any page TIP You can also add your closest contacts and favorite websites to the Launcher see Add a contact entry to the Launcher and Add a web page to the Launcher and then organize your Launcher icons and pages to create a page of contacts and a page of websites Add a Launcher page 1 Open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Open the application menu and tap Add Launcher Page The page appears to the right of the page that was displayed when you opened the menu 3 Enter a new name for the page 4 Tap outside the field or press Enter QJ to accept the new name Reorder Launcher pages 1 Open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Open the application menu and tap Reorder Launcher Page This reduces the Launcher pages to a series of cards 3 Scroll to the page you want to move 4 Tap and hold the page 5 Drag the page to its new location and release 6 Optional Repeat steps 3 5 to move other Launcher pages Rename a Launcher page 1 Open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Scroll to the page you want to rename 3 Tap and hold the current name 4 When the current name is highlighted enter a new name 5 Tap outside the field or press Enter Q to accept the new name Delete a Launcher page Before you delete a Launcher page you must move all the icons to another page as described here You can t de
6. Spt os P i i oa L j Ve eC AG o j fr l ail a E Po PAS 2 ts User Guide Intellectual property notices 2009 2011 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P The information contained herein is subject to change without notice Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync and Outlook are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies Facebook is a registered trademark of Facebook Inc Google Gmail Google Maps and YouTube are trademarks of Google Inc LinkedIn and the LinkedIn logo are registered trademarks of LinkedIn Corporation in the United States and or other countries Yahoo and Yahoo Mail are registered trademarks of Yahoo Inc Amazon Amazon MP3 and the Amazon MP3 logo are trademarks of Amazon com Inc or its affiliates Quickoffice is a registered trademark of Quickoffice Inc PDF View is provided by Documents To Go a product of DataViz Inc dataviz com All other brand and product names are or may be trademarks of their respective owners All screen images simulated Disclaimer and limitation of liability Hewlett Packard Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide Hewlett Packard Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties that may arise through the use of this software Hewlett Packard Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of data as a result of m
7. e To delete an account Throw the account name off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm PDF View With PDF View you can view PDF Adobe Acrobat files on your smartphone Open a file You can view a PDF file that you copy from your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer or receive as an email attachment see Open email attachments BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you put a file on your smartphone make sure you have enough storage space on your smartphone to fit the file Open Device Info and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Open PDF View The list of your files appears onscreen Chapter 11 Documents 185 186 2 To search for a file begin typing the name Tap the file when it appears PDF View Open Source Inform Dd 12 14710 290K k d If the PDF file was created with a password enter the password to open the file To open another file Open the application menu and tap Open Tap the file TIP To move between open PDFs tap the center of the gesture area to go to Card view Tap the card of the PDF you want to read Move around in a file e To go to the next or preceding page Tap or Kau e To jump to a different page Tap the current page number at the bottom of the screen Enter the page number you want and press Enter o e To move a part of the current page to the center of the display Tap and hold the page and drag it until the part you wan
8. worth of messages to retrieve from the server Get Email Set how frequently to synchronize email for this account Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 89 Sync deleted emails POP accounts only Set whether messages should be deleted on the server when you delete them on your smartphone Sync server to device POP accounts only Set whether messages should be deleted on your smartphone when they are deleted on the server Default Folders IMAP accounts only Specify the folder where messages you send save as drafts or delete are stored Change Login Settings See Change account login settings Remove Account See Delete an email account Turn new email notifications on off The settings you select here apply to individual email accounts You can apply different settings to each email account 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap an account in Accounts 4 In Show Icon tap On or Off 5 Tap Alert and tap any of the following Vibrate The smartphone vibrates with no other sound System Sound The system sound plays If the ringer is off the smartphone vibrates Ringtone Tap Ringtone and tap a ringtone name To hear the ringtone Tap to the right of its name Mute No sound plays and the smartphone does not vibrate Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Change account login settings When you change your pass
9. After four hours you enter your password again for the first purchase which starts a new four hour clock Chapter 12 HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager 193 Every Purchase You must enter your password for each purchase regardless of the time interval Under Send Receipts enter the email address where you want to receive app purchase receipts If you set up both an AT amp T account and a credit card account under Default Payment Method select the account you want to use as the default for app purchases App Catalog purchases are billed to your default account Update or delete a billing account Open App Catalog T Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts To change the password requirements or receipt email Tap the current entry under Password Is Required or Send Receipts and select a new password requirement or enter a new email address These settings apply to all your billing accounts To change specific account settings Tap the account name If prompted enter your Palm profile password and tap Continue If you enter an incorrect Palm profile password three times a message appears that explains how you can contact Palm support for help Do one of the following e To change the state associated with a wireless service account Select the state and tap Continue e To change credit card account information Enter or select the new information and tap Submit e To delete the accoun
10. Calculator Use Calculator for addition subtraction multiplication and division and also for determining percent and square root You can enter numbers in Calculator using either the onscreen keypad or the smartphone s keyboard Perform calculations 1 Open Calculator 2 Enter numbers and perform calculations NOTE Press the space bar to access additional operations Calculator buttons Table 2 Calculator buttons Button Description FA Clear the current calculation or displayed number ME Add the currently displayed number to memory ME Display the memory Clear the memory Subtract the currently displayed number from memory Facebook The Facebook app allows you to update your status view and respond to friends comments upload photos and more Install Facebook BEFORE YOU BEGIN To use Facebook on your smartphone you must already have a Facebook account This section describes the procedure for downloading and installing the free Facebook app Installing this app is different from setting up an online account on your smartphone which enables you to see your Facebook data in Contacts and Calendar and upload files from Photos and Videos see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account We recommend that you both install the free app and create the online account Open App Catalog t 2 Type Facebook in the search field and then tap g or press Enter 3 Tap Faceb
11. Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 215 216 61s Ways to get your HP Veer 4G working again Introduction Is your smartphone not working the way you expect it to Has it stopped responding to taps Is one of your applications not responding or behaving strangely These problems can be pretty easy to fix Here are six different troubleshooting methods 6Ts that you can try on your own to get your smartphone working again Try each method in the order it s presented to see if it solves your problem When the problem is solved stop T1 Throw all open applications off the top of the screen NOTE Ifthe screen is off and you can t turn it on or if gestures don t work skip to T3 Triple toggle to restart 1 If you re working in an application that s displayed full screen and it isn t responding flick up from the gesture area to send the app to Card view 2 Throw the app off the top of the screen to close it Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 3 Throw any other open applications off the top of the screen to close them Why this might help One or more of your open applications could be reserving so much memory that there s not enough memory left to do real work Closing apps can free up enough memory so you can continue working Did this solve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue T2 Turn your smartphone completely off and on NOTE Ifthe screen is off and you can t turn it on or if gestu
12. There are multiple ways to open apps SO you can access the one you want quickly You can have more than one app open at a time and easily switch among them in Card view Once you become familiar with using menus Text Assist favorites online accounts and notifications you can manage your apps with ease In this chapter 40 41 42 43 48 48 48 50 52 54 DO Open applications Go up one level in an app back gesture Use the menus Enter and save information Close applications Delete applications Manage applications in Card view Manage applications in the Launcher Manage online accounts View and work with notifications Create and work with favorites Chapter 4 Work with applications 37 Open applications You can have as many applications open at one time as you like limited only by the amount of memory available on your smartphone at the time Open an application using Just Type For detailed information on the Just Type feature see Just Type 1 Open Card view see Manage applications in Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Begin typing the name of the application or one of its keywords see Use application keywords 3 When the application icon appears in the search results tap it Open an application in the Launcher The Launcher displays all your applications The Launcher includes multiple pages which you can organize to group apps the way you want see Reord
13. angel sk ok kK kiss E I Table 1 Supported emoticons To display this Enter any of these keyboard character combinations emoticon D D D _ D laugh lol gt i gt gt gt gt gt evil twisted neutral meh amp amp amp amp sick t tsmile Joh No or s f doh gt 3 wink P P tp gt p b b p P b b p P yuck razz a a r l k a Customize messaging notifications You can set your smartphone to show a notification and or play a sound when a new message arrives These settings apply to all your Messaging accounts 1 Open Messaging 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Show Notifications tap On or Off Messaging Show Notifications on System Sound ALERT A na TS LenS eo SMS Account Wenay Madison co Google wmadisons256 omall cam ACO TIVLACcCouN 4 When Show Notifications is on tap Alert and tap any of the following Vibrate The smartphone vibrates with no other sound System Sound The system sound plays If the ringer is off the smartphone vibrates Ringtone Tap a ringtone To change a ringtone for messages below Alert tap Ringtone Tap a ringtone name To hear the ringtone Tap to the right of its name Mute No sound plays and the smartphone does not vibrate Messaging Text and multimedia messaging Create and
14. e f you re trying to connect to a secure network with a hidden name ask the system administrator for the info needed to connect to the network e f you re not trying to connect to a secure network with a hidden name and there are no Wi Fi networks detected there are no Wi Fi networks available for the smartphone to connect to Try moving to another location and attempting the connection again e Try connecting to the Wi Fi network with another computer or device e If you cannot connect using the other device there may be a problem with the Wi Fi network s Internet connection or wireless router Report the problem to the system administrator e f you can connect with the other device but not with the smartphone continue with the next step e Does the Wi Fi network use a compatible router The smartphone is compatible only with 802 11b and 802 11g wireless protocols and cannot connect to an 802 11a or 802 11n network unless it is backwards Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 233 234 compatible with 802 11b g Check with the system administrator who may be for example the librarian or the person behind the counter at the coffee shop to verify that the Wi Fi network supports the 802 11b or 802 11g wireless protocol and that it is working correctly Also find out if a password Is required in order to access this network Does the Wi Fi network use the WEP security option When using the WEP security option you must enter the pas
15. e Verify that the calendar information is correct on the smartphone e Note the following and determine if the missing information is actually available for syncing e Google accounts sync events one month back and two months forward e Yahoo accounts sync events one month back and three months forward e Exchange accounts sync events two weeks back and unlimited forward e Sync your Calendar accounts see Manually synchronize Calendar with your online accounts e Set the Default Account see Customize Calendar My calendar data is in the wrong field e f your incorrect calendar data is being synced from an online account update the calendar information in your online account If your incorrect calendar data is being backed up with your Palm profile update your calendar information on your smartphone e Manually synchronize Calendar see Manually synchronize Calendar with your online accounts e Open Date amp Time amp and check whether the online account and the smartphone are using the same time zone setting If not change the time zone either on the smartphone or in the online account so that the time zones match Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 237 238 have duplicate calendar events e f the events are from an online account delete the account from your smartphone see Use the Accounts application to edit or delete an online account log in to the account on your computer and delete any duplicate data and then
16. ready for use If the screen doesn t turn on fast enough for you tap the screen to wake it up The same behavior occurs anytime you re on a call and the smartphone screen is placed near another surface The screen turns on automatically if the smartphone is still on when you move the smartphone away from the other surface When the smartphone is on and idle the screen first dims and then turns off This also is normal behavior caused by the auto shut off interval You can adjust this auto shut off interval to be as long as three minutes see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically At first the screen dims as a power saving measure Just tap the screen to brighten it Then if your smartphone remains inactive for the full interval you set the screen turns itself off Press power Gi to turn the screen back on Turn the screen on off Turn the screen on and leave the wireless services turned off when you want to use only the organizer features for example when you re on a plane and you must turn off all wireless services but you want to look at your calendar To turn the screen on do one of the following e Press power Gi Drag up to unlock the screen Power e Slide out the keyboard TIP You can also unlock the screen by dragging up from the gesture area across the onscreen lock icon To turn the screen off press power Gi NOTE Pressing power to turn the screen off also works when y
17. see Create a favorite e Create a speed dial see Assign a speed dial to a contact e Add a contact to the Launcher see Add a contact entry to the Launcher View edit or delete contact information 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name Martha Campbell 5 555 525 9764 MOBILE s A LOO ampe e e e aA mcampbell7256 gmail com HOME AIM campar4 pen 9 3 Optional To copy a contact open the application menu tap Edit and tap Copy All The contents of the contact entry are copied as plain text with carriage returns between each element 4 To edit a contact tap Edit Info that s dimmed means it originates from an account that you can t edit on your smartphone like Facebook Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 113 5 Ina linked contact tap the account icon in the upper right corner to edit fields specific to that account NOTE The fields that make up the contact header name photo job title company are unique to each account You must open a specific account to edit these fields 6 Doone or both of the following e To add or change information Tap a field see Enter information in a field NOTE Ina linked contact when you enter info in a field for the first time you can assign that info to any account by tapping the account button in the field e To delete a pi
18. smartphone connect your smartphone to your computer as described in that procedure navigate to the file and move the file to the ringtones folder If you download a file from a ringtone app in App Catalog it is automatically placed in the ringtones folder To use a file in the ringtones folder as a ringtone see Select a file from the ringtones folder as a ringtone To both use the file as a ringtone and listen to the file in the Music app Copy the file to your smartphone and place the file in any folder in your smartphone s USB drive storage except ringtones see Copy files and folders using USB Drive mode If you download an MP3 file from the Amazon MP3 app it is automatically stored in a folder where you can both listen to it in the Music app and use it as a ringtone To use the file as a ringtone follow the steps in Select a song as a ringtone Select a file from the ringtones folder as a ringtone The ringtone you select here applies globally to all incoming calls You can also set a ringtone for an individual contact see Add a ringtone to a contact 1 Open Sounds amp Ringtones 2 In Ringtone tap the displayed ringtone to open the list of tones This list displays all files stored in the ringtones folder in your smartphone s USB drive storage 3 Optional Tap to listen to the ringtone 4 Tap the name of the ringtone to select it 5 To set the ringtone volume drag the Ringtone Volume slider TIP Adju
19. the Launcher as well You can move to other screens and work in other applications while your new app downloads in the background For example find another app in App Catalog and start its download while the first download is finishing TIP A good way to get started with App Catalog is to download the free Facebook for HP webOS app Buy an application Buy an application using your billing account or by entering a promo code A promo code allows you to purchase one or more App Catalog apps for free You might receive a promo code for a specific app or a general code that allows you to purchase any one or more apps up to a specific dollar amount You need to have a billing account set up in App Catalog to purchase apps with a promo code however your account is not charged when you use the code If you do not have a promo code for an app the purchase is billed to your billing account You can also purchase an app directly from a promo code link see Buy an application directly from a promo code link 1 Open App Catalog f 2 Browse to the app you want see Browse applications in HP webOS App Catalog 3 Tap the app name and then tap Download for amount 4 Ifthe application uses Location Services a notification appears see Location Services Tap Continue 5 If prompted enter your Palm profile password to authorize the purchase Tap Continue 6 If If you have billing account if prompted tap OK to verify t
20. you assigned to the number Dial by contact name in the Phone application See How do add names and other info into Contacts for instructions on adding contacts to your smartphone You can also look up and dial contacts using Just Type see Dial by contact name using Just Type or Voice Dial see Dial by contact name using voice dialing 1 Open Phone amp 2 Using the keyboard enter a name or initials until the contact you want appears Note the following e If you press E R or any other key that displays both a letter and a number you see both matching names and numbers onscreen 3 e If your company uses Microsoft Exchange Server with a Global Address List GAL entering the contact search information returns matching results from the GAL as well GAL results appear with the ARB icon next to the name Fo Nike eae 510 555 1289 Tap the number TIP If you do not want contact matches to appear when you type a number on the keyboard you can turn off the Show Contact Matches preference see Turn contact match display on off When this preference is off you can still dial by contact name in the Phone application After opening Phone tap the contact list icon to the right of Enter name or number Type the contact name or initials and tap the number when it appears Redial the last number dialed 1 2 Open Phone 5 Tap RY When the contact name or number appears at the top of the screen ta
21. your computer But you can copy files from your computer into any folder you want you can create your own folders or just drag your files to the top level of the drive As long as the file is in a supported format your smartphone can detect and open it NOTE Ifyou move a music file into the ringtones folder the Music application cannot find it Backing up and restoring data need to reset my smartphone but don t understand the difference among the erase options The four erase options are as follows Erase Apps amp Data Erases all application data and settings as well as any applications you installed from App Catalog Erase USB Drive Erases all files stored in USB drive storage such as pictures videos and music Full Erase Erases application data and settings apps you installed and USB drive storage files Select this option if you want a clean erase of your currently installed apps and files but plan to continue using the smartphone Secure Full Erase Erases application data and settings apps you installed and USB drive storage files Select this option if you are planning to give the smartphone away and you want your data and files to be unrecoverable even using a third party tool For more information see Erase data and reset your smartphone How do get my data back after a full or partial erase After you perform one of the erase options on your smartphone enter your existing Palm profil
22. 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 By default under Voicemail Number your current voicemail number is highlighted To change it simply type the new number If the current number is not highlighted tap the number to highlight it and then type the new number Use dialing shortcuts Dialing shortcuts add a prefix at the beginning of a number so you can dial an extension instead of the whole number 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Under Dialing Shortcuts tap Add new number 4 Set the following When Dial Tap this field and select the number of digits you need to enter to have your smartphone add a dialing prefix Use This Dialing Prefix Enter the prefix to be added at the beginning of the dialed number The combination of prefix and digits you enter must add up to a complete phone number 5 lap Done Example A complete phone number in your company s phone system has 11 numbers for example 1 408 555 1122 When dialing from a phone that s part of the system you need to dial only the last five digits 51122 When you create a dialing shortcut on your smartphone you select 5 digit numbers for When I Dial and enter 140855 in Use This Dialing Prefix So when you dial your co worker s five digit extension 51122 your smartphone automatically dials the whole number 1 408 555 1122 Lock or unlock th
23. 139 Photo roll album 138 139 Photobucket accounts 52 60 142 170 251 photos See pictures Photos application 42 138 143 199 200 Index 273 274 pictures albums for 139 attaching 102 backup summary 199 200 caller IDs with 114 140 contact 114 140 continuous burst mode 138 copying 59 168 deleting 143 displaying 139 downloading 138 sending 102 141 slideshows 140 taking 138 troubleshooting 238 242 uploading 142 viewing slideshows of 207 wallpaper 139 141 209 pictures See icons wallpaper pinch gestures 26 pinch in gesture 249 pinch out gesture 249 PINs 81 210 play lists 149 playback controls for music 148 for video 145 146 for voicemail 71 plug in support 163 PNG files 93 138 139 POP email accounts 231 popups 168 power accessories 258 power button 17 21 PowerPoint files 182 182 184 Index power saving feature 226 PPTX files 183 preferences See customizing prefixes 80 81 presentations See PowerPoint files Press 44 previous gesture 210 priorities 91 129 private phone numbers 80 processor specifications 253 profile See user profile proximity sensor 249 punctuation entering 44 Q QCELP files 212 Quick Actions 34 36 123 129 132 135 Quick Launch applications in 50 described 15 249 drag gesture 25 gesture 25 icons 50 opening applications 25 opening applications in 40 Quick Tests 204 Quickoffice 182 185 200 R radio frequency 227 257 radio specifications
24. 2 If gq is not visible tap the screen to display it 3 Tap Kad and tap Set wallpaper 4 Optional To zoom in or out on a part of the picture pinch out or in on the picture If you have zoomed in on a picture to capture the portion you want to use as wallpaper tap and hold the picture and then drag the portion you want to the center of the screen This portion becomes the wallpaper 5 Tap Set Wallpaper Share a picture You can send a picture to other picture enabled devices or to an email address as an attachment 1 Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full screen 2 If gq is not visible tap the screen to display it 3 Tap B and tap Share via email or Share via MMS 4 Create the email or multimedia message Chapter 9 Photos videos and music 141 142 TIP You can also copy pictures from your smartphone to your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Upload a picture to the web To upload a picture to a web service such as Facebook or Photobucket you must already have an account with the service If you do not already have an account go to a service website for example facebook com or photobucket com and set up an account You must then set up the account on your smartphone You can set up the account on your smartphone during the upload process as described in this procedure or you can set it up at any other time see Set up an online pictures account on your
25. 4 Tap Share amp More and then tap About Tap My Account Info TIP By default your PIN is the last four digits of your mobile phone number Customize AT amp T Navigator Open AT amp T Navigator ey If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Open the application menu and tap Preferences Tap any of the following AT amp T Navigator Preferences A CC a 4 Jg SAFi gt z Fastest ROUTE STYLE 3D Maps MOVING MAPS Full Audio AUDIO Always On BACKLIGHT On TRAFFIC ALERTS K Route Style Select your default route type for example Shortest Prefer Highway or Ask me each trip Fastest is the default setting Moving Maps Select whether you want maps to display in 3D or 2D Audio Select Full Audio Instructions Only or No Audio Backlight Set the screen to remain on while you are using AT amp T Navigator to turn off according to the smartphone setting or to Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 175 remain on only at turns To learn how to change the screen setting for your smartphone see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically Traffic Alerts Turn traffic alerts on off Map Colors Set the map color to switch from night to day automatically or set the map to always show night or day colors Distance Units Select units of measurement for distance Avoid Select things you d like to avoid when planning a route for example HOV high occupancy
26. 4G data network See don t know if have a data connection Your phone is on and connected to the AT amp T network Searching Your phone is searching for the AT amp T network No Service The AT amp T network is not available SEs Your smartphone cannot detect or read your SIM card You can call your national emergency number only See Set up your smartphone E Hyen tSn Onn Beams Bluetooth wireless technology is turned on See Bluetooth wireless technology Table 1 Title bar icons and descriptions Item Description A Bluetooth connection is in progress G A Bluetooth connection has been made Q Your smartphone is performing a search on the characters you entered If you are in Card view or the Launcher your smartphone conducts a global search on your smartphone see Just Type If you are in an application such as Contacts or Memos your smartphone searches for items within the app that match the search term you entered Your smartphone is in roaming coverage See Set roaming and data usage preferences Es TTY is turned on See Turn TTY TDD on off Back view The back cover of your Veer cannot be removed Attempting to remove the back cover voids your smartphone s warranty The back cover is compatible with the HP Touchstone charging dock sold separately 1 Camera lens 2 Speaker Top view Oo 7 PA ne Power Press to wake up or turn off the screen Press and hold to turn wireless
27. Calendar For information on managing your smartphone s time settings see Date amp Time Open Calendar Calendar 3 06 H all D Today Fri Nov 5 h Tap All or an online account name in the upper right corner and tap the calendar you want to use for this event NOTE If an account doesn t appear in the list you can t add data to that account from your smartphone If you create an event in All Calendars view the event is created in the calendar that is set as the default see Customize Calendar Go to the day you want see Move around in Calendar and tap a blank time slot In Day view available time slots between events are compressed and labeled X Hrs Free To expand free time so you can enter an event tap X Hrs Free Enter the event name and then do one of the following e Press Enter to add the event to the calendar e Tap i to the right of the name to enter more details about the event Make the back gesture to return to Day view Don t look for a save button your info is automatically saved when you make the back gesture to close the event TIP You can also use Just Type to create a Calendar event directly from the Launcher or Card view Start typing the event text and under Quick Actions tap New Calendar Event The Calendar application opens at a new event with the text you entered in the subject line Enter the event location 1 While creating an event see C
28. Enter your email address and password and tap Manual Setup 5 Tap the Mail Type field and tap your account type 6 Enter info for the incoming and outgoing mail server as needed based on the server information you got from your system administrator 7 Tap Sign In 8 Depending on the account you may be presented with options for which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Create 9 Tap Done Enter advanced account settings These settings apply only to the account you select in step 3 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 4 Tap the account name Set any of the following i n A a e A nn Show Icon omy Mute ALERT T Account Name Enter the name that appears in the account list Full Name Enter the name you want to appear in the From field for messages you send Show Icon Set whether a notification icon appears onscreen when a new message arrives Alert When Show Icon is on set whether a sound plays when a new message arrives see Turn new email notifications on off Signature Tap to create a signature that s added to outgoing messages see Add a signature to outgoing messages Reply to Address Enter the address you want recipients to see and reply to on your outgoing messages if this is different from the email address you send the message from Show Email Set how many days
29. Export your personal data from the desktop organizer and add it to an account on your smartphone either an online account accessible in the cloud or your Palm profile account accessible only on your smartphone Set up a sync relationship between the smartphone and your desktop organizer using a third party solution Work with your wireless service provider to transfer data from the old phone to an account on your new smartphone either an online account accessible in the cloud or your Palm profile account accessible only on your smartphone Create new contacts and new calendar events in your Palm profile account See Manage online accounts See Manage online accounts See Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer See Sync your desktop organizer and your smartphone See Transfer data from an old phone See Backup Transfer data from an old phone BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you want the data from your old phone to be transferred to an online account be sure you set up that account on the web and on your smartphone first e On your computer create an account on the Google website go to gmail com or in Exchange speak to an IT person at your company e Set up the same account on your smartphone see Manage online accounts Otherwise your data must be transferred to your Palm profile account see What is a Palm profile e GotoaAT amp I store and ask a support agent for help in transferring data from
30. H all D Page Bookmarks History Application menu Tap to open the submenu Scroll to see more items To close the menu without selecting an item repeat one of the options in step 1 Chapter 4 Work with applications If an application menu item is followed by this symbol plus a letter it means a keyboard shortcut is available for that menu item To use a keyboard shortcut press and hold the gesture area and press the letter key of the shortcut For examples of using keyboard shortcuts see Cut copy and paste information DID YOU KNOW Pressing and holding the gesture area is sometimes called a meta tap Open the connection menu The connection menu lets you manage wireless services the phone Bluetooth wireless technology Wi Fi and VPN DID YOU KNOW The connection menu also displays the current day and date and the battery charge level 1 Do one of the following e Drag down from the upper right corner of the smartphone above the screen onto the screen e Tap the upper right corner of the screen 2 Tap amenu item to turn that wireless feature on or to display a list of menu items for that feature see Turn wireless services off airplane mode If you see a downward pointing arrow iia at the bottom of the menu scroll down to see additional menu items 3 Toclose the menu without selecting an item repeat one of the options in step 1 Enter and save information Use the keyb
31. Make the back gesture and begin other gestures here See Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch 5 Keyboard See Use the keyboard 6 Charger connector Connect the magnetic end of the USB cable to charge your smartphone battery see Charge the battery or copy files see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Connect the magnetic end of the 3 5mm headset adapter provided to connect a 3 5mm headset see Use a wired headset 7 Microphone 14 Chapter 2 Basics Touchscreen NOTE The volume you set for each individual audio component is saved automatically whether the audio component is the earpiece of your smartphone a wired headset a wireless headset that uses Bluetooth wireless technology music heard through the speaker music heard through a headset and so on When you return to using an audio component the audio plays at the volume you left it the last time you used that component TIP Be careful not to scratch crush or apply too much pressure on the touchscreen Do not store your smartphone in a place where other items might damage it Do not use harsh chemicals cleaning solvents or aerosols to clean the smartphone or its accessories Card view Keyboard AT amp T Just type 1 TE 2 Gw ERY ut AE EIC a 4 X oCveN M Sym 1 Option Press to enter numbers punctuation and symbols that appear above the letters on 4 Just Type field Displays text you type to look for
32. Music PDF View Phone Photos Quickoffice Regional Settings Screen amp Lock Software Manager Sounds amp Ringtones System Updates Tasks Videos Web YouTube Datebook Meetings Events Alarm Time Watch Addresses People Clock Settings Preferences Settings Preferences Reset Mail Maps Settings Preferences Notes Stickies Notepad Text SMS MMS IM Instant Chat Songs Tunes Audio Acrobat Dial Pictures Word Excel PowerPoint Settings Preferences Wallpaper Security Desktop Brightness Unlock Gestures Settings Preferences Store Audio Music Volume Vibrate Silent Settings Preferences Settings Preferences To Do Todos Checklist Movies Browser Blazer Internet Videos Movies Chapter 3 Just Type J5 36 Repeat a recent search To search on a term you recently entered you don t need to enter the term again 1 In Card view tap Just type 2 Your recent searches are displayed Tap a search term to repeat the search TIP To clear your recent search history tap Clear Customize Just Type You can select the types of information that are included in a search For contacts you can also turn Global Address Lookup on or off You can choose which web search options to display in the search results and add new search engines to the list You can select the applications that you can launch directly from search results 1 In Card view or the Launcher type
33. Off to On Set Passphrase 4 Ifyou are connected to a Wi Fi network tap Continue to disconnect enter passphrase Must be 8 to 63 characters NOTE The smartphone must remain connected to your wireless service provider s network so don t use airplane mode to turn off Wi Fi Create Open Network x 5 Doone of the following Cancel e If this is your first time opening Palm mobile hotspot tap Create Open Network e If you have an open hotspot set up already tap Open and tap WPA WPA2 Personal Enter a passphrase and tap Done Mobile Hotspot 3 28 6 A message may be displayed if your data plan does not include Palm mobile hotspot Tap Dismiss to continue Set Passphrase enter passphrase NOTE Ifyour data plan does not include Palm mobile hotspot you cannot access Paena yadai rt Starrs the Internet from devices that use your webOS smartphone as a Wi Fi hotspot Contact your wireless service provider to have your data plan enabled for Palm mobile hotspot Done Create Open Network 7 Optional To customize the name of your hotspot tap the name in Cancel Network Info enter a new name and tap Done e If you have a secure hotspot set up already tap WPA WPA2 8 After you create the hotspot go to the device you want to connect to Personal and tap Open the Internet for example your laptop and use its Wi Fi connection settings to connect to your Palm mobile hotspot When prompted en
34. Photos Quickoffice DOC DOCX XLS XLSX PPT PPTX Tasks Videos Voice Dial VPN Web Specifications 299 Table 1 Specifications Category Description Included configuration and preference applications at time of purchase Included third party applications at time of purchase 256 Specifications e Accounts Backup Bluetooth Date amp Time Device Info Exhibition Gesture Tutorial Help Location Services Regional Settings Screen amp Lock SIM Toolkit Software Manager Sounds amp Ringtones System Updates Text Assist Wi Fi Amazon MP3 Google Maps AT amp T Navigator You Tube YPmobile Regulatory and safety information FCC Statements This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the follow
35. Prevents websites from opening up new browser windows Tap Yes to switch Block Popups from Yes to No Accept Cookies Allows cookies from any website you view even if you are redirected to a site from another site Tap Yes to switch Accept Cookies from Yes to No JavaScript Tap On to switch JavaScript from On to Off Turning off JavaScript may prevent some websites from functioning properly Enable Flash Content Tap On to switch it from On to Off Turning off Flash Content prevents Flash content from displaying Autoload Flash Content Enables Flash content to begin playing as soon as you open a website Tap Off to switch it from Off to On Clear History Tap to delete your browsing history Clear Cookies Tap to delete cookies used by some websites to remember visiting history and user settings Clear Cache Tap to delete any web page content that has been stored in the local cache This ensures that you are viewing the most current content when you visit a web page Location Services The Location Services application allows you to control the sending of information about your location to websites and applications that request it Manage location information passed to websites A website might request your current location so it can provide you with information that is relevant to where you are For example a weather site might require your location so it can let you know the weather forecast for your area 1 Open Locati
36. Set options for unlocking the screen The screen locks five seconds after it turns off automatically or immediately if you turn the screen off manually Use Secure Unlock if you want to require a PIN or a password to unlock the screen TIP If your company issued your smartphone to you check with your system administrator about whether the company has its own settings for locking and unlocking the screen of your smartphone 1 Open Screen amp Lock amp 2 Toturn Secure Unlock on In Secure Unlock tap Off tap Simple PIN or Password and do one of the following Simple PIN Enter a PIN of any length This is a PIN that you make up Enter the PIN again to confirm and then tap Done Password Enter a password containing any combination of letters and numbers Enter the password again to confirm and then tap Done IMPORTANT Be sure to write down your PIN or password and keep it somewhere safe If you forget your PIN or password you need to remotely reset your smartphone and may lose data 3 Tap Lock After to choose whether the screen locks after a designated time or after the screen turns off 4 To turn Secure Unlock off In Secure Unlock tap the currently displayed option Simple PIN or Password and then tap Off Enter the PIN or password and then tap Done Change your Secure Unlock password 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 In Secure Unlock tap Change PIN or Change Password 3 Enter the old PIN passw
37. Street SW Suite 9200 Patriots Plaza Building Washington DC 20201 Voice 1 800 CDC INFO 1 800 232 4636 Internet cdce gov niosh topics noise Product Handling amp Safety General statement on handling and use You alone are responsible for how you use your smartphone and any consequences of its use You must always switch off your smartphone wherever the use of a smartphone is prohibited Use of your smartphone is subject to safety measures designed to protect users and their environment e Always treat your smartphone and its accessories with care and keep it in a clean and dust free place Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to open flames or lit tobacco products Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to liquid moisture or high humidity Do not drop throw or try to bend your smartphone or its accessories e Do not use harsh chemicals cleaning solvents or aerosols to clean the device or its accessories e Do not paint your smartphone or its accessories e Do not attempt to disassemble your smartphone or its accessories only authorized personnel must do so Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to extreme temperatures minimum 32 F and maximum 113 F 0 C to 45 C e Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products In order to avoid damage charge the smartphone only in temperatures that range from 0 C to 45 C e Do not carry your smartph
38. The model number and regulatory number are located on the back of your Veer behind the touchscreen To find the serial number open Device Info The serial number is the last item listed under Phone Record the model number and serial number in the space provided below This will be helpful if you need to contact us about your smartphone in the future Product HP Veer 4G Model P1GOUNA Serial No Regulatory and safety information 263 264 Regulatory and safety information Index NUMERICS 1OOPALM folder 139 112 phone numbers 70 3G files 145 3G network 16 73 229 4G network 16 911 phone numbers 70 999 phone numbers 70 A AAC files 143 147 212 accented characters entering 15 44 45 Accept Cookies option 168 accessories 261 Account List view 86 accounts See also specific types contacts and 112 linked contacts and 110 248 music and 150 239 online 227 pictures and 142 Accounts application 52 235 Accounts setting 97 Acrobat Reader files See PDF files active calls See phone calls ActiveSync accounts See Exchange ActiveSync accounts Add An Account option Calendar 127 Contacts 119 Email 87 88 Add Bookmark option 166 Add Contact Reminder 116 Add device option 78 178 Add Picture 102 Add To Launcher 165 Address Book on Mac 62 63 address books 69 110 addresses See contacts email addresses street addresses Adobe Acrobat files See PDF files advanced account settings 89 advanced gesture
39. Your HP Veer 4G for example Google or Microsoft Exchange you can set up Calendar on your smartphone to synchronize and display events in the online calendar After you set up the connection to the online calendar events you enter online show up automatically in Calendar and events you enter on your smartphone sync to the online account provided the account allows writing from the smartphone to the online account You can set up your calendar accounts in either of these locations e The Accounts app see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account e The Calendar app see Use Calendar for the first time and Customize Calendar DID YOU KNOW If you synchronize with your Google calendar you can add Google Weather to the calendar on your desktop and have it appear in Calendar on your smartphone On your desktop log in to your Google Calendar account and open Calendar Settings Click the General tab enter your location and click the temperature unit you want in Show weather based on my location The next time your smartphone synchronizes with your Google account Google Weather appears in Calendar on your smartphone The Synergy feature provides another advantage During the same process you go through to set up a calendar account you also set up the same account for all other applications that can display data from that account For details on how Synergy works for the current list of online accounts see Online acc
40. a few letters to bring up the search results screen 2 Scroll to the bottom of the search results screen and tap Preferences TIP You can also access Just Type preferences by typing some text in Card view or the Launcher opening the application menu and tapping Preferences Chapter 3 Just Type Preferences Ty JEFAUL SEANCE ER E Google EDIT You can drag and drop to reordersearch options and swipe to remove APPLICATIONS _ es Bookmarks amp History Ea Email Add Anniicatinn Searchac Select any of the following options Default Search Engine This is the search engine your smartphone uses to search the web when you enter a search term To change the search engine tap the currently displayed engine and then tap the one you want The list contains two types of search engines Engines that search the entire web such as Google and engines that search within a specific website only such as Wikipedia Applications If you include applications in your searches any matching items in those applications are included in your search results To add an application to your search results tap Add Application Searches and then tap the application name Launch amp Search This list displays other web search engines and applications available for Just Type searches Search engines are designated by Web you can make any listed search engine the default search engine Applications included in your se
41. account from Calendar or Delete an email account AT amp T also adds some contacts to your smartphone My personal and work contact and calendar information is getting merged into a single view l d rather keep them separate The HP Synergy feature on your smartphone displays information from several sources in a single view so you can access your info quickly without having to remember where you stored it Even though the information is visible in one view the sources of that information are kept separate In Calendar to see events from just one calendar tap the word All in the upper right corner of the screen and pick the account you want to see see Change the Calendar display In Contacts the list view shows all contacts from all accounts You can however see what data comes from which account by opening the contact and tapping Edit If you want to unlink contacts see Unlink a contact You can also keep inbox views separate in Email Turn off the smart folder for All Inboxes see Set email preferences then make the inboxes of your individual accounts favorites so that they re always easy to see in Account List view see Add an email folder as a favorite Some of my contact information is missing NOTE Contacts associated with a Microsoft Exchange server sync as items arrive Items for Google and other online accounts are synced from every few hours to up to once a day If the contact is available in your online a
42. add the account to your smartphone again see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account e If the events are in your Palm profile account turn off Backup see Erase Palm profile information from the server delete the duplicate calendar events on your smartphone see Delete an event and then turn on Backup again see Manually back up information to your Palm profile Calendar notifications are not working e Make sure that the ringer switch is on and that the ringer switch volume is set to at least 50 see Set ringer switch settings e If the event is in an online account make sure that the event exists in the online account on your computer and that a reminder is set for the event Note that it can take up to 30 minutes for an event to synchronize from an online account to your smartphone e Make sure an alarm is set for the event in Calendar on your smartphone see Add an alarm to an event e Make sure that the Event Reminders preference is set to System Sound or Ringtone see Customize event notification sounds Camera can t open the camera or take pictures or videos e Close all apps including Camera if it is open and then open Camera e Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone Chapter 14 Troubleshooting Photos Videos and Music can t upload my picture e To upload a picture to a web service such as Facebook or Photobucket you must already have an account with the serv
43. amp T customer care Chapter 1 Welcome 11 12 Chapter 1 V Velcome Basics You re about to discover the many things about your HP Veer 4G that will help you better manage your life and have fun too Read this chapter to learn about your smartphone and take the few easy steps to set it up and get it running Then learn about the gestures that make moving around on your smartphone easy Later after you re familiar with your smartphone you ll want to personalize the settings and add applications to make it uniquely yours In this chapter Get to know your smartphone Set up your smartphone Charge the battery Turn your smartphone on off Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Update the HP webOS operating system Chapter 2 Basics 13 Get to Know your smartphone Front view Slide out the keyboard Launcher 10 51 e Hold the smartphone as shown below and gently push up Applications gt Phone Web App Catalog a 23 Email Calendar Messaging ion A W Camera Photos Music TIP When you are on a call or using data services to check email browse the web and so on you may experience better sound or connection quality if you keep the keyboard slid out 14 Earpiece When you hold your smartphone up to your ear when on a call the screen darkens See Why the screen goes dark 2 Touchscreen Tap and make other gestures directly on the screen See Touchscreen 3 Volume 4 Gesture area
44. and calendar entry screens and more Text Assist includes auto correction auto capitalization and shortcuts NOTE Ifa Text Assist feature does not seem to be working make sure that feature is turned on see Customize Text Assist settings If Text Assist recognizes a common misspelling it auto corrects the word A sound is played and the word appears with a gray underline to indicate it has been corrected If the ringer switch is turned off the smartphone vibrates instead of playing a sound e If auto correction doesn t recognize a spelling it highlights the word with an orange underline Tap the word to display a list of close matches and then tap the correct word If the word is spelled correctly as you typed it tap the word and then tap to add the word to the auto correction dictionary A notification appears to indicate that the word has been added to the dictionary e Auto correction inserts punctuation such as apostrophes in contractions So you can quickly type dont and it appears correctly as don t e The auto capitalization feature automatically capitalizes the first word of a sentence and other letters that would commonly be capitalized such as the letter i by itself e The shortcut feature recognizes and expands common shorthand expressions such as replacing u with you or r with are e To cancel an auto correction auto capitalization or shortcut expansion press Backspace To cancel auto correction
45. and hold Option p and tap the link Then tap Share Link e To copy a link to a web site Press and hold Option 0 and tap the link Then tap Copy URL e To copy an email so you can paste it into a memo or other document Open the application menu and tap Edit gt Copy All 6 Tap fi or BR in the subject line to view the previous or next message 7 To view messages for another account make the back gesture twice see Go up one level in an app back gesture to return to the account list and tap the account name Open email attachments You can receive any kind of file sent to you in email but you can open an attachment only if your smartphone has an application that can open the file type e To open a single attachment Tap the attachment name to download the attachment If the attachment is a supported file type MP3 PDF DOC DOCX XLS XLSX PPT PPTX TXT GIF or JPG it opens automatically e To open multiple attachments Tap the list of attachment names to view the attachments and tap an attachment name to open the file Email 3 13 Greg Madison Daw 17 AID Siz PA To Wendy Global Review coc 37k PON nA Budget Presentation pp 915k To do list xls 15k O e To play an MP3 file attachment Tap E Tap i to pause MP3 files you download from Email are not saved to USB storage and they are not listed in Music Save attachments When you open attachments of certain file types you can
46. and tap Shut Down again e Press and hold power Gi and tap Power Tap Shut Down Airplane Mode Restart Power Shut Down Cancel Cancel NOTE When you turn everything off the smartphone s alarms ringer and notifications are also turned off To turn both the screen and wireless services back on press and hold power Gp until a logo appears onscreen Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Gestures are an important basic part of your smartphone They re easy to learn and they make working with the smartphone fast You make most gestures with one finger For a few you need two Make gestures with the tip of your finger Do not use your fingernail Don t bear down You make gestures in two areas on your smartphone the touchscreen and the gesture area The gesture area is the black area extending along the bottom of the screen Gesture area When you re working in an application the center of the gesture area displays a lighted bar e Tap the bar to minimize the app and display Card view see Manage applications in Card view e The lighted bar also appears when you tap the center of the gesture area to maximize a card in Card view e When the screen is off the lighted bar pulses when a notification arrives and continues to pulse until you tap the notification or turn on the screen see Get notifications when the screen is locked or off Chapter 2 Basics 23 24 Tap Tap with the tip
47. and then tap Ff 4 Set the following options Alarm Preferences Tap Off in the upper right corner to switch the alarm from Off to On When the alarm is on the alarm icon a bell appears in the lower right corner of the smartphone screen Tap the icon to see alarm details Name Enter a name for the alarm Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Occurs Tap to select the alarm frequency Time Tap to set hour minute and AM PM for the alarm Sound Tap to open the list of ringtones and then tap the name of a ringtone Tap amp to preview it If you have music on your smartphone you can select a song as your alarm sound see Select a song as a ringtone When an alarm sounds on your smartphone tap Dismiss to stop it or Snooze to have it sound again The default snooze duration is 10 minutes but you can change this to 5 minutes or 20 minutes see Manage Clock NOTE Alarms don t sound after you shut down your smartphone by pressing and holding power and tapping Power gt Shut Down Cancel an alarm When an alarm is canceled it remains in the Clock app but it won t sound again until you turn it back on 1 Open Clock EJ 2 Tap K and then tap On to switch the alarm from On to Off Change the alarm volume 1 Open Sounds amp Ringtones 2 Tap hold and drag the Ringtone Volume slider Delete an alarm 1 Open Clock EJ 2 Tap QJ and then tap the alarm name 3 Tap O
48. app not the Photos app If you added the Facebook account from the Photos app first delete the Facebook app see Use the Accounts application to edit or delete an online account and then add it from the Contacts app see Customize Contacts To upload a video to YouTube you must already have an account set up on the YouTube site YouTube has an upload limit of 10 minutes or 2GB Videos have poor quality during playback e Low memory on your smartphone may cause video files to play with poor quality Close any other open cards and play the video again e Try viewing the same file on your computer and observe the video quality If the video quality is poor when played on the computer the file may be corrupted Download a new copy of the file to the computer and try again If the new file still won t play on the computer contact the content provider for information on the quality of the files Amazon MP3 bought a song from Amazon MP3 but the download process was interrupted e Open Amazon MP3 E and tap Downloads Your music downloads are listed on this screen Tap one to resume downloading e Close and reopen the Amazon MP3 application e Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone bought a song from Amazon MP3 but it isn t showing up on my smartphone Occasionally the download process may be interrupted so a song you purchased may not be successfully downloaded to your smartphone To confirm the purchase and
49. apps Beta apps are prerelease versions of applications that are in the final stages of development Beta apps are usually delivered to the smartphone via links and are downloaded and installed using App Catalog on the smartphone The app details page for a beta app appears with a green background and displays a banner that says BETA APP Beta apps cannot be found in App Catalog they may however appear in Software Manager after they are installed Homebrew or preware Homebrew or preware applications are applications that are developed outside the webOS developer network HP cannot assist with finding purchasing downloading installing updating or removing these applications See want to install an app on my smartphone Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 239 from a source other than App Catalog for more information about homebrew apps If you can t find an application using App Catalog try the following steps e Make sure you have a data connection see don t know if have a data connection e If you are making a data connection over the AT amp T data network and are in roaming coverage check to see if you have data roaming enabled Open Phone open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network tap Data Roaming and tap Enabled Note that additional charges may apply if you enable data roaming Close App Catalog reopen App Catalog and then try the search again e Ona computer go to precentra
50. browse a music store to preview or purchase songs if available l Tap the music store name Continue making selections until the song e To end play Close the Music app you want appears Tap the song name Songs play in the order they are displayed onscreen To listen to them 1 Add music files to your smartphone See Get music onto your in random order Tap Shuffle All smartphone 2 O Musi b i pen Music f Use music playback controls 3 Do one of the following Use the volume button on the left side of your smartphone to control the Pr sound level PaA Table 6 Music playback controls Shuffle All pata Control Function CS Play Artists Dl Pause Albums Rewind Songs i Fast forward os o Shuffle current playlist Playlists fl Repeat Tap once to repeat the current song Tap again to repeat the entire playlist e To listen to all songs on your smartphone Tap Songs Tap the first ied song Move forward or backward Tap and hold the slider and then drag it right to move forward or left to move backward To display the slider tap the text below the album art in Album Art view e To listen to a specific song Tap Artists Albums Songs Genres or Playlists to search that category Continue making selections until the song you want appears Tap the song name 148 Chapter9 Photos videos and music DID YOU KNOW If you stop playback of an audio file for which the Genre field is defined as podcast speech
51. by logging into the Wi Fi router The router has several hex passcodes you must locate and use the passcode associated with the key index Because each router has a unique method to perform this task consult your router documentation for detailed instructions e Does your Wi Fi network use MAC address filtering MAC address filtering is a common method of securing a Wi Fi network The filter list is similar to a guest list at a party if you re not on the list you can t come in The filter list allowing access to your network lives on your Wi Fi router If your Wi Fi network uses MAC address filtering you need to log in to the Wi Fi router and add your smartphone s MAC address to the access control list Because each router has a unique method to perform this task consult your router documentation for detailed instructions To find your smartphone s MAC address Open Device Info amp and tap More Info The MAC address is the Wi Fi hex number under Phone e Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone can t make a Wi Fi connection from a public or corporate network For help with data connections over the AT amp T network see can t make a data connection over the AT amp T network e Turn off Wi Fi and then turn it on again see Turn Wi Fi on off e If the smartphone does not automatically connect to a known network do one of the following e Select the Wi Fi network you want to connect to from the list
52. can also work with other applications while on a call Your Veer helps you to do all these tasks with ease In this chapter 66 70 71 71 74 75 T9 77 II 79 83 Make calls Receive calls Use voicemail What can do during a call What s my number View your call history Work with favorites Save a phone number to Contacts Use a phone headset Customize smartphone settings Use SIM Toolkit Chapter 6 Phone 65 66 Make calls Dial by contact name using voice dialing 1 To open Voice Dial do one of the following For information on how to turn the phone on your smartphone off and back l Open Voice Dial on see Turn wireless services off airplane mode e Press and hold volume e Open Phone and tap and hold By e If you have a headset connected to your smartphone press and hold the button on the headset NOTE The first time you open Voice Dial a brief audio tutorial explains how to use voice dialing You can choose to skip the tutorial AT amp T 7 39 a DD Who would you like to call These indicate that the phone is on You can make and receive calls a Listening You can try John Smith John Smith mobile or 800 555 1234 Cancel Airplane Mode 4 24 Enter name or number an l 2 Say the contact name number or name and number type such as 4 ao 2D ABC i ile John Smith mobile JKL ee 3 If prompted provide additio
53. create or use information on your the keys see Enter alternate keyboard characters or to move the cursor see Text selection smartphone without needing to go to a specific app See Just Type gestures 2 Wallpaper The background image in Card view You can customize your wallpaper See 2 Shift See Enter uppercase letters and Text selection gestures Change your wallpaper 3 Space 3 Quick Launch Bar containing up to four icons for the apps you use most plus an icon to 4 Backspace open the Launcher You can customize the apps that appear in Quick Launch See Open an 5 Enter Press to enter a line return for example in a memo or in an email message you are application in Quick Launch and Line up your favorite applications in Quick Launch composing or to accept information you entered in a field See Enter information in a field 6 Sym Press to enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys See Enter characters from the symbols table Chapter 2 Basics 15 16 The Launcher Launcher 7 24 Applications Bi Email Calendar Messaging 0 i Bb Application name Displays the name of the currently open application Drag down over the app name to open the application menu Launcher See Open an application in the Launcher Connection icons Show the status of wireless service connections and battery strength see Icons in the title bar Drag down over the icons to open the connection menu Page in
54. date tap No Due Date Reorder your tasks Mark all tasks in a list completed incomplete You can change the order of a task list or an individual task 1 Open Tasks amp e Tap and hold the list or task name wait for the visual cue and then drag 2 Tap the list containing the tasks the item to another position 3 Open the application menu and tap Mark All and tap Mark All Completed Mark All Incomplete Set due dates for all tasks in a list 1 Open Tasks Hide or delete all completed tasks in a list 2 Tap the list containing the tasks 1 Open Tasks 2 Tap the list containing the tasks 3 Open the application menu Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 131 4 Doone of the following e To hide completed tasks Tap Hide Completed e To delete completed tasks Tap Delete Completed Tasks Delete a task or a task list e Throw the task or task list off the side of the screen and tap Delete to confirm Memos If you used the Data Transfer Assistant and imported notes from Outlook on your desktop to your smartphone those notes are in Memos Your Exchange notes however do not sync All memos are backed up to your Palm profile Create a memo 1 Open Memos _ Memos Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 2 Do one of the following e Tap New Memo _ e Open the application menu and tap Add A Memo 3 Enter the memo text Memos are saved as you type See Ent
55. for an incoming call Your smartphone always shows the incoming caller ID unless the number is hidden or private 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Show My Caller ID tap On or Off Turn call waiting on off You can choose to be notified when you receive a call while you are ona call You can choose to accept the call or not See Answer a second call call waiting Check with AT amp T about availability and pricing of the call waiting feature 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Call Waiting tap On or Off Turn the international dialing auto prefix feature on off When the international dialing preference is on your smartphone automatically adds the correct international dialing prefix and country code to any 10 digit U S or Canadian number when you are traveling outside the Chapter 6 Phone U S or Canada So you can simply enter the 10 digit number or dial a contact with a 10 digit number and the call goes through correctly The preference does not work with 7 digit numbers 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In International Dialing tap Off to switch international dialing from Off to On 4 Begin typing the name of the country you are currently located in or scroll the list to find it 5 Tap the country when it appears Change your voicemail number
56. for your profile and select and answer a security question IMPORTANT Be sure to write down the email address and password that you use to create your profile you will need them later Chapter 2 Basics Your Palm profile gives you the following benefits NOTE Ifyou already have a Palm profile you can use the same email address and password to sign in to your new smartphone This will sign you out of the Palm e Automatic system and software updates are sent to your smartphone profile on the other device restore your backed up data to your new smartphone and reinstall any apps you purchased from HP webOS App Catalog on your new e A Palm profile account is automatically created for you on your smartphone Alternately if you want to keep using the Palm profile on a different smartphone In this account you can store Contacts and Calendar info device you can create a new profile for your new smartphone and start fresh You that you don t store in online accounts like Google or Exchange need to use another email address to do this Only one smartphone can be associated with a Palm profile at a time NOTE You cannot access Palm profile data on the profile website You can access the data on your smartphone only Your smartphone is ready to use To learn how to make your first call see Make calls e Info stored in your Palm profile account as well as info you have in applications on your smartphone like Memos and Tas
57. idea message or task Then you choose what you want to do with the text you typed use it to search the web post it to your Facebook page send it as a message save it as a memo Just Type opens the app you need to complete your task In this chapter 32 32 33 33 34 35 36 36 Just Type overview Get in touch with a contact Search the web Find information in an application on your smartphone Create a new item such as a message or memo Open an application Repeat a recent search Customize Just Type Chapter 3 Just Type 31 32 Just Type overview You can also start a search by copying text in another application opening the Launcher or Card view and pasting the text The text appears at the top of the screen as the search term To paste using the application menu Edit gt Paste in Card view you first need to tap the Just type box If you paste The Just Type feature lets you do almost anything you want on your by pressing and holding the gesture area and then pressing the V key you do smartphone without having to go to a specific app When it crosses your not need to tap in the box mind to look up do or make note of something just type to put your thought into action _ Get in touch with a contact Just type 1 Just Type works from the two screens on your smartphone that you access most often Card view and the Launcher By just typing on either of those screens you can begin doing any o
58. messages 3 To view an attached file in a multimedia message Tap a music video or vCard file name 4 Attached pictures are displayed within the message To view an attached picture Tap the picture and tap View Tap Copy To Photos to save an attached JPG picture 5 Optional Do any of the following from the body of the message e To call a number Tap the number and tap D e To add a number to Contacts Tap and hold the number and tap Add to Contacts Tap Save As New to create a new contact or tap Add To Existing to add this number to an existing contact e To send an email Tap the email address e To go to a web address Tap it Add a contact from a text or multimedia message To add a message sender as a contact 1 In Conversations view tap a conversation with someone who is not a contact 2 Tap the header at the top of the screen 3 Tap Add To Contacts 4 Tap one of the following Add New Contact Create a new contact for the number Add To Existing Tap the contact you want to add the number to Forward a message 1 In a conversation tap a message 2 Doone of the following e To forward the message through Messaging Tap Forward and enter the recipient s number or address in the To field e To forward the message in an email Tap Forward Via Email and enter the recipient s name or email address in the To field Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 103 104 3 Optio
59. number But you can still use your smartphone to lend a hand If you see a broken down vehicle posing no serious hazard a broken traffic signal a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured or a vehicle you know to be stolen call roadside assistance or other special non emergency wireless number General Operation Prolonged Views of Screen If you are driving do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Let Your Judgment Prevail The Device Software is only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations The Device Software is not a substitute for your personal judgment Hands Free Capability All CTIA Certified portable products provide the consumer with a toll free number for the purchase of a compatible hands free device call 1 800 881 7256 ESD Safety Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device s
60. of a swipe used in the gesture area See Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Sym D key The key you use to enter symbols and accented characters Press Sym GD to open the full table of symbols Press Sym plus a letter key to narrow the table to symbols associated with that letter for example press Sym GD eto enter Synergy feature The feature that lets you take advantage of merged views and linked contacts on your smartphone See Your HP Veer 4G system update Updates provided to HP webOS and core applications such as Contacts and Calendar When a system update is available a notification appears on your smartphone You can also check for system updates manually See Update the HP webOS operating system tap A light quick touch on the touchscreen used for example to open an app by tapping its icon Use your fingertip to tap Don t use your fingernail and don t use a pen or pencil the screen does not respond to touches like that Also don t bear down Make the tap firmly but lightly See Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Glossary of Terms Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones Table 1 Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones Account Applications that display Relationship between Can I edit and add data to Can I edit and add data to What happens when data from this account smartphone and online this account on my this account on the web delete this acco
61. of the following e To get driving directions to the location Tap Drive To e To see the location on a map Tap Map Pinch out to zoom in e To share the location by text message Tap More and then tap Share e To move the location to a new favorites category or to change the label Tap Edit Check the weather forecast Open AT amp T Navigator If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Tap Share amp More Tap Weather Optional Tap Change Location to browse to the weather forecast for a different location Set up commute alerts Get traffic reports for a route you travel frequently 1 2 Open AT amp T Navigator If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Tap Share amp More 4 Tap My Stuff and then tap Commute Alerts AT amp T Navigator Commute Alerts no ed my ra are f w E gi ra 2 TIM i L y 5 Enter the following information Route Name Enter a name for the route Origin Tap to select a point of origin other than your current location Destination Tap to select your destination Time Set the time of day when you travel this route Frequency Tap to select your travel frequency on this route Notification Tap to select how you want to receive notifications and tap OK 6 Tap Submit What s my AT amp T Navigator PIN 1 Open AT amp T Navigator 2 f prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services 3
62. of the following e To set a default number Tap the favorite e To change the default number Tap the contact photo or contact 1 Bicon to the right of the favorite name and tap Change Default Number 4 Tap the number you want to use Remove a contact from the favorites list When you remove a contact as a favorite you do not delete the contact itself The contact no longer shows up as a favorite in Phone Contacts Email Messaging or Just Type search results 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap ES 3 Throw the favorite off the side of the screen Tap Remove to confirm TIP You can also remove a contact as a favorite from within the Contacts app see Remove a contact from favorites Save a phone number to Contacts You can save the number from an incoming or outgoing call to an existing contact or create a new contact for the number If an incoming call uses caller ID blocking you cannot save the number 1 Do one of the following e If you enter a phone number in Just Type that is not associated with a contact tap Add to Contacts e Before dialing a number you entered in the dial pad tap Add to Contacts During a call tap Ii at the top of the screen e After a call from the dial pad tap Tap the contact 1 icon to the right of the number and tap Add To Contacts 2 Tap one of the following Add New Contact Create a new contact for the phone number Add To Existing Tap the contact you want to add
63. or in an email you received the smallest amount of text you can select is a whole paragraph Press and hold Shift and then tap a paragraph Tap an adjacent paragraph to add it to your selection you can t skip around If you need to scroll down to select the next paragraph release Shift scroll press Shift and tap the paragraph Tapping any part of the highlighted selection deselects it Chapter 2 Basics Feugue tat ipisl incilit ummo labore dolore 14 L ia ia Ay ea py uw tao A g rl EG H r K L h i F J ee Gc Bw MF CS i al Update the HP webOS operating system HP provides updates to your smartphone s operating system Update notifications are sent to your smartphone automatically when a system update is available see Respond to a system software notification When you update your smartphone s operating system your personal information and files are not affected In addition to receiving update notifications you can manually check for operating system updates at any time see Manually check for system updates What s more both HP and many application developers make updates available for applications you installed on your smartphone You can check in Software Manager at any time for application updates see Update a downloaded application from a notification and Manually check for application updates Respond to a system software notification When you get a notification that a syste
64. or its accessory has been submerged in water punctured or subjected to a severe fall do not use it until you have taken it to be checked at an authorized service center Interference in cars and to other Electronic Devices Please note that because of possible interference to electronic equipment some vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of mobile phones in their vehicles unless a hands free kit with an external antenna is included in the installation RF energy may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating and entertainment systems in motor vehicles Check with the manufacturer or representative to determine if these systems are adequately shielded from external RF energy Also check with the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to the vehicle Driving Safety Driving Safety Tips Overview Always obey all laws and regulations on the use of the smartphone in your driving area Safety Your most important call The Wireless Industry reminds you to use your smartphone safely when driving 1 Get to know your smartphone and its features such as speed dial and redial 2 Use a hands free device where it is allowed In some areas you may not use your smartphone while driving even with a hands free accessory 3 Position your smartphone within easy reach 4 Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions 9 Do not
65. requests it other contact information may be sent such as address company name email address URL notes and images Linked contacts are sent to a car kit as a single contact For example if you have one phone number in your Google contacts for Emily Weeks and another in your Exchange contacts and you have linked them on your smartphone a single Emily Weeks contact with two phone numbers is sent to the car kit 1 Open Contacts Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 2 Open the application menu and tap Send All To Car Kit If a Bluetooth device is detected all contacts are sent To send one contact 1 Open Contacts and tap a contact 2 Open the application menu and tap Send Contact 3 Tap one of the following Send To Car Kit Your Bluetooth device needs to be on and detected Send Via MMS Messaging opens Send Via Email Email opens Receive vCards To get an emailed vCard into Contacts 1 From the open Email message tap the attachment The vCard opens automatically within Contacts 2 Tap Add To Contacts 3 Tap one of the following Add New Contact Save the vCard as a new contact Add To Existing Add the vCard information to an existing contact Calendar How do get events into Calendar You have a few options for getting events to show up in Calendar Connect to an online calendar If you have a calendar in an online account that works with the HP Synergy feature see
66. see Manage applications in Card view swipe left or right on the screen to see other open apps 2 Tapa card to maximize the application TIP You can also maximize the center card in Card view by tapping the center of the gesture area or by flicking down from the screen to the gesture area TIP You can set a preference to move among open apps without first going to Card view see Turn advanced gestures on off Reorder stack single cards 1 In Card view see Manage applications in Card view tap and hold a card 2 After the card becomes transparent do one of the following e To stack the card Drag the card on top of another card Release when the cards are positioned to be stacked e To change the card order Drag the card to another position TIP To unstack cards tap and hold a card in a stack and drag it to a position outside the stack Chapter 4 Work with applications 49 Reorder a card within a stack 1 In Card view see Manage applications in Card view tap and hold the card you want to move 2 After the card becomes transparent drag it across the other cards in the stack to another position Line up your favorite applications in Quick Launch Quick Launch is a convenient lineup of your favorite apps When you swap an app icon into Quick Launch you don t remove it from the Launcher you have access to the icon in two places 1 Open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launch
67. send a text or multimedia message Each text message can have up to 160 characters You can send a message of more than 160 characters but the message may be split into several messages If you send a text message to an email address the email address is deducted from the 160 character count Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 101 Multimedia messages consist of text and pictures or videos You can include pictures in JPG format and videos that you record on your smartphone DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages even while you are ona phone call This is easiest when using a hands free headset or the speaker BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Before you use your smartphone to send or receive multimedia messages refer to your service plan for pricing and availability of multimedia messaging services e Make sure that the phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turn wireless services on TIP You can also use Just Type to write a text message from Card view or the Launcher Start typing a message and scroll down the list of search options Under Quick Actions tap More and then tap New Message The Messaging application opens at a new message with the text you entered in the body of the message 1 Open Messaging amp 2 _ The first time you open Messaging tap Done to send a text or multimedia message Thereafter skip to step 3 3 Tap The cursor is in the To field Do on
68. services on and off or turn your device completely on and off N Ringer switch Slide to turn the ringer and notification sounds on or off Red means off The ringer switch does not affect music or video playback sounds Ww Lanyard loop A SIM card slot See Insert the SIM card and set up your smartphone Chapter 2 Basics 17 18 Set up your sma rtphone 2 Insert the SIM card Note the position of the notch Insert the SIM card and set up your smartphone Your SIM Subscriber Identity Module card contains information on your wireless account To make calls or use your smartphone s email or web features you need to insert a SIM card If you don t have a SIM card contact AT amp T To take advantage of the high speed data connection available on your Woh smartphone you may need to have a 4G or 3G SIM card Check with AT amp T for information 3 Close the SIM card slot cover 1 Use your fingernail to open the SIM card slot cover 4 Press and hold the power button on the upper right corner of your smartphone until you see a logo on the screen approximately five seconds Your smartphone needs a few seconds to start up TIP If your smartphone does not turn on after you press and hold power you need to connect your smartphone to the AC charger to charge it 5 Follow the onscreen instructions to complete setup 6 To create a Palm profile enter a working email address create a password
69. slowly bring them together proximity sensor The proximity sensor makes the screen go dark while you are on a call and have your smartphone up to your ear It also makes the screen go dark when you are on a call and your smartphone is covered by another item This prevents accidental taps on the screen while on a call It also saves battery power See also Why the screen goes dark Quick Launch A lineup of up to five icons that give you quick access to your favorite applications By default Quick Launch displays icons for the following apps Phone Email Contacts and Calendar The fifth icon is the Launcher You can easily drag icons onto and off of Quick Launch to change the lineup of apps see Line up your favorite applications in Quick Launch Quick Launch always appears at the bottom of Card view Tap an icon to open the app You can also open Quick Launch from any maximized application window by dragging up from the gesture area to the screen Move your finger to the app you want and then lift your finger The application opens smart folder One of two folders All Inboxes and All Flagged that can be set to appear at the top of the Account List view in the Email application See Set email preferences Glossary of Terms 249 250 swipe A light fast horizontal skimming of your finger on the touchscreen used for example to go from page to page in the Launcher or from day to day in Calendar The back gesture is an example
70. speaking near you or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to e Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy surroundings If you choose to listen to your portable device in a noisy environment use noise cancelling headphones to block out background environmental noise e Limit the amount of time you listen As the volume increases less time is required before your hearing could be affected e Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely loud noises such as rock concerts that might cause temporary hearing loss Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal e Do not listen at any volume that causes you discomfort If you experience ringing in your ears hear muffled speech or experience any temporary hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio device discontinue use and consult your doctor e You can obtain additional information on this subject from the following sources American Academy of Audiology 11730 Plaza America Drive Suite 300 Reston VA 20190 Regulatory and safety information Voice 800 222 2336 Email info audiology org Internet audiology org National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders National Institutes of Health 31 Center Drive MSC 2320 Bethesda MD USA 20892 2320 Voice 301 496 7243 Email nidcdinfo nih gov Internet nidcd nih gov health hearing National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health 395 E
71. spoken word netcast or audiobook when you play the item again playback resumes at the point it was stopped Return to Album Art view for the currently playing song from anywhere in the Music app You can move around the Music app while a song is playing To return to the Album Art view for the song that is currently playing from anywhere in the Music app tap Now Playing in the header at the top of the application Music All Songs Like the Way Your Sun Shines Careless Hearts x lt lt Ii gt gt C Album Art view Switch the Now Playing display You can switch the display to show the songs you are listening to by name or by album cover art e While you are listening to a song tap the header at the top of the current view of the Music app to switch between Playlist view and Album Art view Search for related songs or content When you are listening to a song you can search the web for related items such as songs by the same artist or from the same album 1 While listening to a song open the application menu 2 Tap one of the web search options such as Amazon MP3 if available or YouTube and then tap the info you want Change the order of items in Playlist view e In Playlist view see Switch the Now Playing display tap and hold a song name Drag the song to move it to a new location in the list Remove a song from Playlist view e In Playlist view see Switch the Now Playing display thro
72. t New Photo Photo roll Wallpapers UN h ud 2 Doone of the following e To take a new photo Tap New Photo and take the picture e To use an existing photo Tap the album containing the picture and tap the picture DID YOU KNOW If you see a number attached to a contact s photo that s because it s a linked contact see Linked contacts 3 Optional Do either or both of the following e To zoom out or in on a part of the picture Pinch in or out on the picture e To capture the portion of the picture you want Tap and hold the picture and then drag the portion you want to the center of the onscreen box This portion becomes the contact photo 4 Tap Assign To Contact Add a ringtone to a contact Select the ringtone you want to hear when this contact calls you 1 While creating see Create a contact or editing see View edit or delete contact information a contact tap Set a ringtone 2 Doone of the following e Tap the ringtone name e To use a music file as a ringtone Tap wed and tap the file name Then tap the file name in the list of ringtones 3 Optional Tap io preview the ringtone 4 Tap Done TIP To change the ringtone for a contact tap the ringtone and tap Change Ringtone Delete Ringtone deletes the ringtone from the contact not from the list of available ringtones Create a favorite You can make a contact a favorite so that it appears at the top of the search r
73. take notes look up phone numbers read write email or surf the Internet while driving Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may divert your attention from the road Dial your national emergency number to report serious emergencies This is a free call from your smartphone Use your smartphone to help others in emergencies 10 Call roadside assistance or a special non emergency wireless number when necessary Driving Safety Tip Details 1 Get to know your smartphone and its features such as speed dial and redial Carefully read your instruction manual and learn to take advantage of valuable features most phone models offer including automatic redial and memory dial Also work to memorize the smartphone keyboard so you can use the speed dial function without taking your attention off the road Use a hands free device A number of hands free smartphone accessories are readily available today Whether you choose an installed mounted device for your smartphone or a speakerphone accessory take advantage of these devices If driving while using a phone is permitted in your area we recommend using a phone headset or a hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor veh
74. the application menu and tap Add File Follow the instructions given above To attach a video you recorded to a multimedia message do one of the following e Before entering the message text Tap and tap j Tap the album containing the video and tap the video or tap New Video If you tap New Video tap to start recording tap to stop and then tap the new video s date If a video is above the maximum size allowed for sending by multimedia message you can trim the video to an appropriate size see Edit videos you recorded e After entering the message text Open the application menu tap Attach File and tap i Tap the album containing the video and tap the video or tap New Video Follow the instructions given above Enter the message text and tap TIP You can include emoticons in your message see Use emoticons in a message TIP You can also send a contact entry as part of a multimedia message Do this in the Contacts app see Send contacts Messaging 555 373 5372 P vy Y AF add d LE ia Sure What s the plan Receive and view text and multimedia messages You can view pictures videos and animated GIFs and listen to music files included in a multimedia message You can save pictures in JPG format to your smartphone for viewing in the Photos application Animated GIF files appear as JPG files in the Messaging app 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Tapa conversation to view
75. the folder removes them from your smartphone Add a signature to outgoing messages View mail folders A signature includes information you want to add to the closing of all your outgoing messages for example your name address and phone numbers your website or a personal motto You can use a different signature for each email account 1 Open Email 2 Tap to the right of an account name 1 Open Email 3 Tap the folder name you want to open 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 4 Optional Tap the folder header to view information such as last sync and number of messages 3 Tap the account you want e e Email 4 Tapthe Signature field and enter the signature text To format the text with bold italics or color select the text see Text selection gestures Z Google open the application menu and tap Edit gt the option you want 7 tigated 4 04 PM Next update in 0 minutes Total emails 2 96 Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Sort email in a folder Open Email 2 1 If the folder you want is not displayed tap to display the folders for 2 one of your accounts 3 Tap a folder open the application menu and tap Sort Tap any of the following By Date Sort the folder contents by date from most recent to oldest Tap By Date again to sort in reverse order By Sender Sort by sender first name from A to Z Tap By Sende
76. the following e To switch to landscape mode to see more of the image turn the smartphone on its side e To zoom in on the image pinch out or double tap the image A secure site refuses to permit a transaction Some websites don t support certain browsers for transactions Contact the site s webmaster to make sure the site allows transactions using your smartphone s web browser Calendar and Contacts haven t entered any contacts or calendar events on my smartphone but when open those apps see entries The entries you see displayed in Calendar or Contacts have been downloaded to your smartphone from one of your online accounts such as Google or Exchange In the Accounts application as well as in Email Calendar or Contacts you can set up a relationship to wirelessly sync data with one of these accounts When you do so you specify the apps that should download data from that account So for example you could set up your Google account in Email and choose whether to also download contacts and calendar events If you choose to download Google calendar info your smartphone s calendar automatically displays events entered in your Google calendar even though you haven t opened the app yet You can remove an online account from an application so that that app no longer syncs with that account see Use the Accounts application to edit or delete an online account Delete an online account from Contacts Delete an online
77. these questions and still can t set up your profile read the next sections Creating your Palm profile Are you trying to use a profile from another webOS smartphone When you set up your smartphone did you tap Sign In To My Profile on the Palm Profile screen Tap the Sign In To My Profile button only if you can answer Yes to these questions e Did you create a valid Palm profile on another webOS smartphone in the past e Do you want to use that same Palm profile again on your new webOS smartphone If you answered No to those questions do this e Make the back gesture a quick swipe from right to left in the gesture area of your smartphone until you see the Palm Profile screen again Then tap Create New Profile Palm Profile A Palm profile is key to access critical Palm services Create a new profile or sign into an existing profile now Sign In To My Profile Create New Profile Tell Me More If you answered Yes to the questions do this e If you forgot the profile password tap Forgot Password Enter the answer to your security question and tap Done Create a new password and tap Done If that doesn t work do this e For help on setting up your old profile on your new smartphone go to palm com support Select your smartphone and AT amp T and click Support Services Select one of the support options Creating your Palm profile Are you having trouble creating a new profile To create a profile
78. this cool app If the dashboard item has a number next to it the number indicates how many items are included in the notification how many voicemail or email messages you have and so on Some dashboard items enable you to perform multiple actions For example e Ona calendar dashboard item tap the calendar icon to open Calendar in Day view with the event displayed or tap the event name to open the event details screen e For a missed call tap the icon to open your call history or tap the missed call item to call back the number e If an item s icon displays a number tap the icon to open the associated app to the list view such as an Email inbox or tap the item itself to open that individual item such as an email message To delete a dashboard item throw it off the side of the screen Pop up notification This is a larger notification that you can act on right away Examples of pop up notifications are incoming call notifications calendar appointment notifications and alarms Home 510 555 0267 NOTE By default if a banner alert or pop up notification arrives when the screen is off the gesture area light pulses You can turn this feature off see Get notifications when the screen is locked or off App controls If you are listening to songs in Music and leave the app the music playback controls remain displayed at the bottom of the screen This lets you continue to manage music playback without havi
79. to enter hAttp www DID YOU KNOW If you browse to a secure web page the lock icon in the address line appears closed 2 Tocancel a page while it is loading tap Search for a website Do one of the following e In the Launcher or Card view type the search term and then tap a search engine for example Google Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 163 164 e Open Web enter the search term and press Enter Q Web H all D football Google football Ba a WP Add a web search engine When you browse to some websites that use search functionality such as dictionary com you may see the notification Web Search Engine Available This means that you can add this website to the list of search engines your smartphone uses when you use Just Type to enter a search term while in the Launcher or Card view 1 Tap i at the bottom of the screen and then tap the Tap to add as Search Engine notification 2 Tap the website name listed in the Recently Visited section in the Just Type preferences to add this website as a search option in Just Type Open another browser If you are looking at one web page and need to check something on a different one simply open another browser 1 Open the application menu and tap New card Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 2 Enter the address or search term for the second instance of the browser 3 To move between the two pages tap the center o
80. to left anywhere in the gesture area Chapter 4 Work with applications 41 42 Use the menus Most applications have an application menu hidden in the upper left corner which provides access to additional features There is also a connection menu hidden in the upper right corner which provides access to wireless services Some applications have additional menus For example in Photos tap an open picture and tap faq to display a menu of tasks you can do with the picture see Photos To get the most out of your smartphone it s a good idea to familiarize yourself with the additional features available through the menus in various applications Open the application menu The application menu contains items for the application you are working in such as Cut and Copy Preferences Help and other application specific menu items Help is available on the application menu of every application 1 In an app do one of the following Drag down from the upper left corner of the smartphone above the screen onto the screen e Tap the application name in the upper left corner of the screen Tap a menu item to open it If a menu item displays a right pointing arrow N tap the item to display the submenu for that item for example tap the Edit menu item to open a submenu containing Cut Copy and Paste items If you see a downward pointing arrow at the bottom of the menu scroll down to see additional menu items
81. to your smartphone You can add a file in any of the following file types as a ringtone for your smartphone MP3 AAC AAC AMR QCELP or WAV How to use the file as a ringtone depends on the following the file type how you obtain the file and whether you want to use the file as a ringtone only or play it in the Music app You can obtain files to use as ringtones in any of the following ways e Download a ringtone from one of the many ringtone apps in App Catalog see HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager e Download an MP3 file that you want to use as a ringtone from the Amazon MP3 app if available on your smartphone see Amazon MP3 e Copy a file from your computer see Copy a ringtone to your smartphone To use an AMR or QCELP file as a ringtone the file must be stored in the ringtones folder in your smartphone s USB drive storage Here s how to get the file into the correct folder e Files downloaded from App Catalog The file is placed in the ringtones folder automatically e Files copied from your computer You must place the file in the ringtones folder see Copy a ringtone to your smartphone To use a file in the ringtones folder as a ringtone see Select a file from the ringtones folder as a ringtone For MP3 AAC AAC and WAV files you have two options e To use the file as a ringtone only Place the file in the ringtones folder see Copy a ringtone to your smartphone If the file is already on your
82. use keep the headset adapter connected to the headset so you can easily attach them to your smartphone again 3 The button on the headset performs different actions depending on the headset model and what s happening on the smartphone Press the button once to perform any of the following tasks supported by your particular headset e Answer an incoming call e Respond to call waiting Chapter 6 Phone e Hang up a single active call or all calls on a conference call e Switch between calls if there is one active call and one call on hold 4 Ifyou want to stop using the headset do any of the following e To switch from the headset to your smartphone s speakerphone Tap 4 and tap Speaker e To switch from the wired headset to a previously paired Bluetooth hands free device Tap 9 and tap the device name e To use your smartphone without the headset Disconnect the headset Set up and use a Bluetooth hands free device Your smartphone is compatible with many headsets and car kits sold separately enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology version 2 4 with EDR and Stereo with AVRCP media controls After you set up a connection with a Bluetooth headset or hands free car kit you can communicate using that device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on The range can vary greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters NOT
83. weak to improve a weak signal e Turn off the phone and turn it on again by turning airplane mode on and off see Turn your smartphone on off e Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone see five bars in the signal strength icon but still can t connect to the network The signal strength icon always displays five bars Your signal strength is indicated by the number of bars that are shaded white If most or all of the bars are white fff you are in an area of strong coverage If most or all of the bars are gray you are in an area of weak or no coverage The person on the other end of the line hears an echo e Try decreasing the volume on your smartphone whether you are using the speaker or the earpiece to avoid coupling or feedback on the other person s end e Position the earpiece closer to your ear to prevent sound leaking back into the microphone e If you re using the speakerphone feature with your smartphone lying on a flat surface try turning the smartphone face down screen facing the surface hear my own voice echo Ask the person on the other end of the call to turn down the volume on his or her phone or to hold the phone closer to his or her ear My voice is too quiet on the other end e Be sure to position the microphone which is on the lower left side of the gesture area close to your mouth Make sure you are not covering the microphone with your cheek or chin e Check the signa
84. wirelessly syncs data between your smartphone and an Exchange server see Manage online accounts The DTA is compatible with Palm Desktop versions 414e 4 2 6 2 and 6 22 If your version of Palm Desktop is not one of these you can download version 6 2 for free from palm com desktop Install it sync with your old Palm device and then use the DTA to transfer your data If you use Palm Desktop on the Mac you can export your contacts calendar events and To do items into Address Book and iCal Then use the DTA to transfer your data For more information go to palm com migrate webOS Chapter 5 Copy files and sync your personal data NOTE You cannot use the DTA to transfer Calendar and Contacts to a Yahoo account Instead you must use the upload tool provided by Yahoo Data is transferred from your computer to Yahoo com and then from Yahoo com to the smartphone Data is not transferred from the smartphone to Yahoo For more information go to palm com migrate webOS Get data from an online account in the cloud If you are already using Google Facebook Yahoo and or Exchange to manage your calendar and contacts then all you need to do to sync data to your smartphone is set up one or more of these accounts on your smartphone The data syncs automatically See Manage online accounts for information on how to create an online account on your smartphone Table 3 Online account sync table Set up your Veer to sync with
85. with an assigned default number see Create a favorite and Set or change the default number for a favorite by tapping and dragging So you can put the people you call most at the top of the list 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap ES Chapter 6 Phone 3 Tap the contact photo or contact f icon to the right of the favorite name 4 Doone of the following e To call the favorite using a different number Tap the number e To send the favorite a text multimedia message Tap W e To view the favorite s contact entry Tap View Contact Add a phone number to a favorite If you create a favorite in Contacts but the contact does not have a phone number associated with it you can add a phone number to the favorite in Phone 1 Open Phone 2 Tap and tap the favorite 3 Enter the number and tap to select the phone number type see Create a contact for information 4 Tap Done NOTE You can enter more than one phone number for the favorite here If you do you need to set one of the numbers as the default see Set or change the default number for a favorite Set or change the default number for a favorite If you create a favorite in Contacts but the contact has more than one phone number associated with it you need to set the default number for the favorite in the Phone app Also follow these steps if you want to use a different number as the default number for a favorite 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap J 3 Do one
86. you minimize the app and go back to Card view Chapter 2 Basics In Web the back gesture performs the same function as the back button on the browser allowing you to move back through previously viewed pages The forward gesture available in Web only is a swipe from left to right anywhere in the gesture area The forward gesture allows you to move forward through previously viewed web pages Drag Drag is the gesture you make for a slow scroll up and down such as in a list in a document or on a web page Slide your fingertip slowly along the surface no need to bear down Drag an item Tap and hold the item drag it Wait till you get a visual cue that the item is ready to be dragged and then drag it Lift your finger to drop it For example an icon in the Launcher or a card in Card view is ready to be dragged when it becomes enlarged and transparent Display Quick Launch One kind of drag that you ll use a lot brings up Quick Launch when you re in an application This drag gesture begins in the gesture area and ends on the touchscreen As your fingertip slowly crosses the border between the gesture area and the touchscreen it seems to drag Quick Launch into view To open one of the apps in Quick Launch move your finger to its icon When you see the app name appear lift your finger The application opens Flick As its name tells you this is a quick gesture great for scrolling long lists documents or pages D
87. your Google account on your smartphone By default Gmail accounts do not automatically include Google Calendar If you don t already have a Gmail account go to mail google com and create one To add Google Calendar to your Gmail account go to google com calendar and log in using your Gmail account name and password When prompted add Google Calendar to your account e Verify the default calendar account When a new calendar event is created on the smartphone it syncs with the default account see Customize Calendar e Manually sync Calendar see Manually synchronize Calendar with your online accounts NOTE You should see a notification at the bottom of your screen when the account starts to sync You may have to wait up to 30 minutes after a sync operation starts for your data to appear if the data is located in an online account e Delete the account on the smartphone and then re create it see Use the Accounts application to edit or delete an online account and Use the Accounts application to set up an online account Some of my calendar information is missing e If the missing calendar information is from an Exchange account make sure the email account is set up as an Exchange account not a POP or IMAP account An Exchange account that is set up as a POP or IMAP account cannot sync calendar information see Change account login settings e Verify that your calendar information is correct in your online account
88. your old smartphone When you re ready to transfer data from your old smartphone be sure to tell the agent which account to transfer the data to Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you want the data from your desktop organizer to be transferred to an online account be sure you set up that account on the web and on your smartphone first e On your computer create an account on the Google website go to gmail com or in Exchange speak to an IT person at your company e Set up the same account on your smartphone see Manage online accounts Otherwise your data must be transferred to your Palm profile account see What is a Palm profile 1 On your computer go to palm com migrate webOS 2 Click the link for transferring Contacts Calendar data from a desktop organizer 3 Read the instructions and follow the links to download the Data Transfer Assistant NOTE Ifyou are setting up your smartphone for the first time and downloading a large number of contacts or calendar events from an online account to your smartphone you may not see all your data on your smartphone right away Some online account providers such as Google set limits on the amount of data that a user can import in a given time frame Also if you have many years worth of data or thousands of entries in an online account you may want to review the data and reduce the number of entries before setting up the account o
89. 1 132 user profiles 19 videos 145 VPN profiles 163 web page content 169 deletingdata 201 demagnetization 261 desktop organizers 60 61 63 device 226 Device Info application 203 206 Devices list 178 diagnostic information 204 dial pad 67 dialing from applications 68 70 from conversations 99 with dial pad 67 favorites 68 with Just Type 66 67 with keyboard 68 from messages 104 numbers from conversations 99 with redial 69 speed 69 116 voice turning on and off 67 from web pages 167 dialing prefixes 81 dialing shortcuts 80 dictionary 46 Digital Rights Management DRM 145 147 directions 169 display See touchscreen display size text 183 186 displaying album headers 141 calendar events 125 Card view 26 certificates 206 contacts 75 104 113 114 116 117 email folders 96 97 images 234 information from online sources 8 Launcher 26 maps 118 meeting participants 126 multimedia messages 103 open applications 24 phone calls 69 71 75 76 77 pictures 139 Quick Launch 41 tasks 130 text messages 103 videos 145 146 web pages 164 DOC files 183 documents from online support 10 scrolling in 25 See also Word files Excel files PowerPoint files PDF files DOCX files 183 Download for free option 191 downloading See also App Catalog buying applications 191 193 195 email 89 92 231 files 168 music 147 151 152 pictures 138 vCards 110 Downloads album 139 drafts 92 drag gesture 24 224 248 driving direc
90. 1 Open Device Info Basic system information is displayed such as your phone number battery usage and available memory The screen also displays the email address you used when you set up your Palm profile 2 Toview more detailed system information tap More Info and tap Software or Hardware Rename your smartphone The name you give your smartphone appears on any paired Bluetooth device that has a display such as a car kit If you rename your smartphone the name is updated automatically on the other device you don t need to pair again 1 Open Device Info 2 Tap the Name field and enter the new name Restart your smartphone If an application freezes first try restarting your smartphone An occasional restart can be good for your smartphone just the way a restart can be good for your computer Every once in a while restart your smartphone 1 Open Device Info amp 2 Tap Reset Options and tap Restart NOTE Ifthe screen does not respond to taps press and hold power while you slide the ringer switch three times to restart your smartphone Erase data and reset your smartphone If restarting your smartphone does not solve the problem of application freezes you may need to reset the smartphone A reset deletes some or all information from your smartphone depending on the type of reset you select After a reset you must follow the prompts to sign in to your Palm profile again before you can use your
91. 11 AT amp T Hot Spots 156 157 AT amp T network 16 attachments certificates in 205 files as 184 187 internal memory and 244 messages and 92 98 opening 93 103 pictures as 102 141 saving 93 vCards 110 videos as 102 audio files See music sounds authentication 154 156 231 Auto Locate option 169 auto capitalization 45 46 auto correction 45 46 automatic backup 198 Automatic IP settings options 157 auto shut off interval 209 226 B back cover 254 back gesture 24 41 210 224 247 Background data collection option 170 background images See wallpaper Index backspace key 15 Backup application 198 202 See also user profile backups applications 242 restoring 19 USB drives 58 user profiles 19 battery charging 9 19 20 217 222 223 icons 16 19 maximizing life of 20 21 nonremovable 222 performance 158 160 removal of 20 removing 218 specifications 253 troubleshooting 222 223 billing accounts 193 birthday events 124 blackouts 259 Block Popups option 168 blocking caller IDs 77 messages 106 popups 168 Bluetooth devices adding 78 178 airplane mode 22 backup summary 199 connecting to 178 179 deleting 180 deleting list items 25 disconnecting from 180 icons 16 17 overview 178 pairing 178 180 passkeys for 179 phone calls and 78 renaming 180 setting up 78 troubleshooting 225 226 227 turning on and off 178 Bluetooth wireless technology 78 178 180 See also wireless services BMP fil
92. 13 114 116 117 editing 113 114 116 117 exporting 110 Facebook 112 favorite 75 77 115 getting in touch with 118 getting started with 111 Launcher icons for 117 linked 111 117 248 LinkedIn 112 phone numbers for 77 photos for 114 140 preferences for 119 120 reminders for 116 ringtones for 115 213 saving information for 94 103 112 searching 32 37 79 113 selecting 71 SIM card and 114 speed dials for 116 synchronizing 110 111 119 122 227 troubleshooting 235 238 unlinking 117 vCards and 110 120 Contacts application 8 17 110 120 199 continuous burst mode 138 conversations 8 98 100 104 See also instant messages Conversations view 98 100 104 cookies 168 200 Copy All option 47 copying calendars 61 contacts 61 files 58 59 242 folders 58 messages 104 ringtones 58 text 47 corporate accounts 87 88 228 coupling 225 coverage areas 154 225 226 credit cards 151 193 CSS 2 1 163 cursors 2 28 custom messages 107 customer support 10 customizing auto correction dictionary 46 Buddies view 100 Calendar application 127 128 call forwarding 79 call waiting 80 caller ID 80 contact matches 79 Contacts application 119 120 data usage 82 dialing shortcuts 80 email accounts 89 90 Email application 97 98 Index 267 268 instant messaging accounts 104 107 international dialing 80 network settings 82 notifications 90 101 124 185 phone settings 79 83 restricted dialing
93. 2 Bluetooth feature 178 call forwarding 79 call waiting 80 caller IDs 80 contact matches 79 Location Services 170 notifications 17 phone 17 21 23 216 217 ringer 17 screen 21 223 voice dialing 67 Wi Fi 155 wireless services 21 23 TXT files 183 U UMTS data network 16 73 universal search See Just Type unlinking contacts 117 unlocking the screen 210 unread emails 95 untimed events 124 See also calendars events up gesture 26 41 updates billing accounts 194 Palm profile 202 phone 28 29 Quickoffice 185 troubleshooting 244 uploading pictures 142 videos 144 uppercase letters 43 44 URLs 166 USB cable 9 58 USB connector 14 USB drive 9 58 USB Drive mode 58 139 242 244 USB Drive storage certificates 205 disconnecting 140 150 213 downloaded files 168 erasing from 204 243 music 147 pictures 139 user names 107 user profile accessing data from 19 accounts 60 249 251 Amazon MP3 music and 150 backing up 60 198 201 backups 19 benefits of 19 bookmarks and 166 contacts in 110 creating 18 19 218 2721 defined 198 deleting 19 deleting data from 201 described 9 198 249 events and 121 logging into 221 222 memos and 132 restoring data in 243 settings 201 verifying 19 user safety information 259 V vCards 110 120 Veer 4G smartphone See also phone features of 8 9 verification user profiles 19 Vibrate setting 101 video playback controls 145 146 Video Roll album 144 videos 59 102 143 147 200
94. 238 242 viewing calendars 208 Card view 26 information from online sources 8 Launcher 26 open applications 24 Quick Launch 41 slideshows 207 virtual private network See VPN voice dialing turning on and off 67 voicemail 71 80 116 volume alarm 134 phone call 72 ringtone 134 213 saving settings 15 system sounds 211 212 troubleshooting 225 volume adjustment 14 VPN backup summary 200 connections airplane mode 22 profiles 161 163 W wallpaper 15 139 141 200 209 See also Card view WAV files 147 212 weak encryption method 161 weak signals 225 226 weather 121 174 web addresses 166 Web application 163 169 200 web browser 163 169 web pages bookmarking 166 167 browsing history for 169 Index zi cache for 169 dialing from 70 display options for 164 entering information on 235 images on 234 Launcher icons for 165 navigating through 164 opening 163 167 recently viewed 167 refreshing 164 sharing 164 245 troubleshooting 234 235 web search 33 web based email 87 89 webOS Doctor 218 webOS platform 8 28 29 224 248 websites accessing customer support 10 accessing secure 163 235 blocking popups from 168 browsing 155 178 connecting to 154 163 disabling JavaScript for 168 freeing internal memory and 245 managing location information 169 opening a second browser 164 playing music from 147 playing videos from 146 searching for 33 34 163 uploading to 142 Week view 125 weight speci
95. 253 rdx 204 read emails 95 recurring events 123 redialing 69 redirectors web pages 234 Regional Settings application 200 208 209 reinstalling applications 193 reminders See also alarms contacts 116 events 124 126 127 remote diagnostics 204 Remove Contacts Account option 120 143 Remove Email Account option 90 Remove flag command 95 removing See deleting repetitive motion injuries 259 replying to emails 94 Reply to address option 89 Reset Voicemail Count option 83 resets 203 243 restarts 203 217 224 226 restoring backups 19 restricted dialing 81 return key 15 reviews 190 194 ringer switch 17 71 212 Ringtone setting 101 ringtones 58 115 134 200 211 213 ringtones folder 58 243 roaming 17 29 82 rows resizing 184 S safety information 77 257 262 SAR 257 satellite photos 171 saving attachments 93 calendar events 123 contacts 112 email addresses 94 files 183 187 images 93 information 48 112 phone numbers 77 pictures 141 volume settings 15 web page bookmarks 167 schedules See calendars screen blank troubleshooting 223 brightness 209 caring for 15 features of 15 16 pictured 14 specifications 254 throwing applications off top of 216 turning on and off 17 21 209 unlocking 210 waking up 21 Screen amp Lock application 200 209 211 screen captures 138 139 scroll gestures 26 27 search engines 33 36 37 164 168 search history 36 searching customizing 36 37 for albums 150 for ar
96. 81 roaming 82 shortcuts 46 signatures 96 Text Assist 46 TTY TDD devices 83 voicemail numbers 80 Web browsers 168 Wi Fi connections 157 158 cutting text 47 D dashboard 248 data connection icons 229 data roaming 232 data service providers 231 data services 14 229 data transfer 58 63 110 121 140 147 See also USB Drive mode third party applications Data Transfer Assistant 61 110 121 248 data usage 82 232 Date amp Time application 199 202 dates 129 202 See also calendars Day view 125 DCIM folder 58 139 Index dead peer detection 161 Default Calendar option 127 Default Event Duration option 127 Default Event Reminder option 127 Default Folders option 90 default settings applications 243 calendar 127 contacts 119 email 97 icon display in Quick Launch 41 phone numbers 76 search engines 36 Delete Confirmation setting 97 delete gesture 25 deleted items folder 96 deleting alarms 135 albums 140 applications 48 245 billing accounts 194 Bluetooth devices 180 bookmarks 167 browsing history 169 buddies 106 certificates 206 contacts 118 conversations 104 cookies 169 data 198 201 203 243 email 90 95 email accounts 90 events 126 files 58 folders 58 information 203 instant messaging accounts 107 Launcher pages 51 list items 25 memos 133 messages 104 music 149 numbers on dial pad 68 online accounts 143 185 227 pictures 143 ringtones 115 shortcuts 46 tasks 13
97. Contacts list as first name followed by last name If you select First name to sort on names are alphabetized by first name All Favorites T Bonnie Frank Martha Campbell Calvin Lee Kenneth Dillon Cathy Shore R Bonnie Frank p m B i 14 Contact list sorted by first name 2 Contact list sorted by last name You can also choose to sort by Company amp first name or Company amp last name In these cases the company name is alphabetized and within the company whichever you choose the names are still listed as first name followed by last name Accounts Tap an account to change login settings and sign in using the new settings Default account Tap the current default account to change the default to another account New contacts you create are assigned to this account unless you specify otherwise Sync Now Tap to manually synchronize your online accounts see Manually synchronize Contacts with your online accounts Add An Account Tap and then tap an account type Enter the account information Before you can set up an account on your smartphone you must already have an account online with the provider Manually synchronize Contacts with your online accounts If you want to get contacts from an online account on your smartphone immediately or upload contacts from your smartphone to the online account you can do a manual sync This synchronizes Contacts with all the accounts you have set up on y
98. Customize web browser settings e Third party applications You can delete infrequently used applications see Delete applications Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 245 246 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting Glossary of Terms airplane mode A mode in which all the wireless services on your smartphone are turned off Wireless services include the phone network connection used for making and receiving calls the Wi Fi feature VPN and Bluetooth wireless technology See Turn wireless services off airplane mode application menu A menu hidden in the upper left corner of the screen that lists items available in an application such as cut copy and paste where available preferences and application help To open the application menu drag down from the upper left corner of the smartphone above the screen onto the screen or tap the application name in the upper left corner of the screen See Open the application menu for details See also connection menu application search A search feature that is available after you open certain applications To search simply begin typing a search term when the list view is displayed for example a contact name or phone number the subject text of an email message or a few words from a memo See also Just Type application update An update from the developer of an application you installed through HP webOS App Catalog on your smartphone You can check for application updates manually in Softwa
99. Device Info see View system information What information is backed up All data backed up to your Palm profile is encrypted and only you the profile owner can access your data Data in your Palm profile account can be viewed added to or edited only on your smartphone IMPORTANT In the event that your smartphone is lost or stolen you can go to your Palm profile on palm com palmprofile and from there erase the data on your smartphone The following table lists info that is and is not backed up to your Palm profile Table 1 Backup details Backed up Not backed up Table 1 Backup details Application Application Backed up Not backed up somai Accounts Usernames for online Entries contacts events accounts that sync like messages and so on in Google online accounts Passwords for online accounts that sync like Google Amazon Nothing is backed up You MP3 can copy files from the Amazon MP3 folder on your smartphone to your computer while the smartphone is in USB Drive Date amp Time mode see Copy files Email between your smartphone and your computer App Catalog When you sign in to your App settings and data Palm profile after your stored in the app smartphone is erased apps Anaiicatored you downloaded from App i re pes nana Catalog are downloaded Sule ana pare Excel again HP webOS Backup Backup setting is on by App Catalog default Launcher Bluetooth Nothing is backed up Calendar Events in y
100. E You can use an A2DP enabled Bluetooth headset or speakers to listen to music files on your smartphone 1 Open Bluetooth 2 Ifthe Bluetooth setting at the top of the screen is off tap Off to switch the Bluetooth feature from Off to On 3 Tap Add device 4 In Type make sure Audio is selected 5 Tap the device name 6 To use a Bluetooth device with your smartphone follow the Turn contact match display on off instructions that came with the Bluetooth device By default when you have the dial pad displayed but you re using the keyboard to enter a phone number both numbers and letters appear and your smartphone performs a search of matching names in Contacts If you turn off this preference typing on the keyboard with the dial pad displayed enters numbers only and no search is done in Contacts 7 To switch to another Bluetooth device while on a call Tap past and tap the new device name You can also tap Handset or Speaker to use your smartphone without the heacset TIP If you make a Bluetooth connection with a car kit you might get a notification on your smartphone asking if you want to upload contacts to the car kit Tap Allow 1 Open Phone amp to upload contacts If you later want to delete the contacts from the car kit check the car kit documentation for instructions 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts l 3 In Show Contact Matches tap On or Off For more information on us
101. Email 98 Messaging All messages in one application 101 Messaging Text and multimedia messaging 104 Messaging Instant messaging Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 85 Email How do send and receive email on my smartphone Use the Email application on your smartphone to access the many email accounts you have company like Exchange ISP like Earthlink or Comcast and web based like Gmail You must create the account online before you can set it up on your smartphone You can set up your email accounts in either of these locations The procedure is the same in both locations e The Accounts app see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account e The Email app The HP Synergy feature see Your HP Veer 4G provides another advantage During the same process you go through to set up an email account you also set up the same account for all other applications that can display data from that account For details on how Synergy works for the current list of online accounts see Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones For example suppose you want to set up your Gmail account on your smartphone The last step in setup is to select all the other apps that you want to receive data from your Google account besides Email you can include Contacts Messaging and Calendar After setup is complete your smartphone begins to download your email and all data for all other apps you select
102. Info The number conference call appears as the first entry under Phone Chapter 6 Phone View your call history Your call history is more than just a log It s also a place where you can dial a number send a text message and save or view contacts 1 Open Phone amp 2 Tap amp 3 Doaany of the following H aill D AIl calls Missed calls TODAY Voicemail 4 E 1408 555 5049 1 49 PM Calvin Lee M 510 555 1289 12 24 PM e To switch the types of calls displayed Tap All Calls or Missed Calls e To call a number Tap the number e To display other options for the contact or number Tap the contact icon or the contact picture to the right of the number DID YOU KNOW If acall history entry displays a number next to the contact picture or icon this indicates that you made and or received multiple calls to or from that phone number or contact in the same day If you had calls to or from a contact using more than one of that contact s phone numbers all calls are collapsed into a single entry and the most recently used phone number is displayed e To delete a call history entry Throw the entry off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm e To clear the call history Open the application menu tap Clear Call History and tap Clear Call History to confirm 4 Ifyou displayed additional options for the contact or number do any of the following e To call an alternate number for a co
103. LAUNCH amp SEARCH gt Google Maps Add to Contacts 2 When you finish entering the number press Enter or tap the number to dial 3 Tap O to dial TIP If you turn off the preference to show contact matches in the dial pad see TIP Press Backspace or tap the onscreen backspace icon at the top of the screen Turn contact match display on off this changes how you dial using the keyboard to the right of the number you entered to delete numbers one at a time Tap and in the Phone application In Phone after you enter the number with the keyboard hold the icon to delete all the numbers tap the onscreen dial icon to dial TIP You can paste numbers copied from other applications for example from an email message or a memo into the dial pad TIP To enter tap and hold O onscreen Dial a favorite See Create a favorite for instructions on creating a favorite Dial using the keyboard 1 Open Phone amp 1 In the Launcher Card view or Phone use the keyboard to enter the 2 Tap ES number You do not need to press Option p to enter numbers or 68 Chapter 6 Phone 3 Tap the favorite The call is made using the default number you selected for that favorite AT amp T Calvin Lee Mobile 510 555 1285 Add Favorite Dial using a speed dial See Assign a speed dial to a contact for instructions on creating a speed dial e In the Launcher Card view or Phone press and hold the speed dial key
104. MP3 is available you may have purchased MP3 music on your smartphone and wish to enjoy it on another playback device Your photos and videos taken using your smartphone are stored in the DCIM folder of your smartphone s USB drive Downloaded music files are stored in the AmazonMP3 folder BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you copy files from your computer make sure you have enough storage space on your smartphone to fit the files Open Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone When your smartphone is in USB Drive mode incoming calls go to voicemail you can t make calls or use any other application until you complete step 5 below Chapter 5 Copy files and sync your personal data 5 End the connection safely If you do not eject safely your smartphone resets when you disconnect the USB cable e Ona Windows computer right click the drive representing your smartphone and click Eject e Ona Mac computer from your desktop drag the drive representing your smartphone to the Trash Trash changes to Eject 6 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer when the USB drive screen is no longer displayed on your smartphone Delete files and folders using USB Drive mode When your smartphone is in USB Drive mode you can t make or receive calls or use other wireless features such as email or the web 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable 2 On your smartphone tap USB Drive On your computer yo
105. Messaging 2 Doone of the following Change your IM account username and password e In Conversations view tap a conversation with the buddy you want If you change the username or password for your IM account online you to delete need to enter the updated information for the account on your smartphone e In Buddies view tap a buddy 3 Open the application menu and tap Delete This Person 4 Tap Delete i 3 Change your online status 4 1 Open Messaging amp Open Messaging Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Tap the account name Enter the new information and tap Sign In Delete an IM account 2 Tap Buddies 1 3 Tap the status icon to the left of the status description and tap your new status 2 3 Change your custom message j Your custom message is seen by your IM buddies It appears next to your IM screen name and status It can contain any text you want 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Tap Buddies 3 Do one of the following e If you already have a custom message tap the current message and enter the new message text e If you re creating a custom message for the first time tap the status text Available or Busy and enter the custom message text Open Messaging amp Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Tap the account name Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Messaging Account Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 107
106. Open Photos i Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Photos 11 53 H all B E Preferences amp Accounts Add anaccount k ud Tap Add An Account and tap the type of account you want to add Enter your account username and password and tap Sign In Depending on the account you may be presented with options for which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Create Delete an online pictures account 1 Open Photos i 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Photo Account Delete a picture Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full screen 2 If ill is not visible tap the screen to display it e a 3 Tap fill 4 Tap Delete to confirm To delete an album see Delete files and folders using USB Drive mode Videos Record a video Your smartphone has an easy to use video camera that lets you record videos in VGA Resolution at 30FPS frames per second in MPEG 4 with AAC audio Background sound is recorded when you record a video 1 Open Camera i 2 Tap G 3 Turn your smartphone to landscape view 4 Slide out the keyboard and press Space EB or tap onscreen to begin recording 5 Press Space B or tap to stop recording 6 Optional To watch a video when you finish recording Tap the thumbnail on th
107. Quick Launch 2 Tap the application to open and work in it 3 Tap the call notification at the bottom of the screen to return to the call screen Make a second call 1 While on a call tap K This does not mute the microphone or put the first call on hold 2 Dial the second call Answer a second call call waiting When a second call notification appears tap The first call is put on hold Switch between two calls e Tap J to put the active call on hold and switch to the other call For example in the screen shown here the call on the top of the screen 555 0267 is currently on hold The call on the bottom of the screen 555 7592 is the active call the caller you re talking to To switch between the two so that you switch to talking to 555 0267 tap E Just remember to tap y to switch between the two calls 3 35 Home 510 555 0267 On hold 2 John Peterson 510 555 7592 0 02 t Tap Ml to end either call If you end the currently active call the call on hold becomes active Make a conference call You can join up to five calls into a six way conference call The number of calls you can join in conference depends on your service plan Additional charges may apply and minutes in your mobile account may be deducted for each call you make Contact AT amp T for more information 1 Make or answer a first call and then make or answer a second call Chapter 6 Phone 2 3 Tap gg to
108. Repeat A 4 day before 3 Enter the event details Change the Calendar display You can change the display of Calendar to show the events from all of your calendars or just the events recorded in one of your calendars You can also change the color that identifies a calendar account and you can display events in Day Week or Month view 1 Open Calendar 2 Tap an icon on the bottom of the screen to see different calendar VIEWS Table 1 Calendar Views 3 Tap the account icon in the upper right corner to do any of the following To switch the Calendar account you re viewing Tap All Calendars or one of your Calendar accounts To remove a Calendar account from the layered calendar view All Scroll down and tap Calendar View Options For the account you want to remove tap On to switch the view option to Off e To change the color that identifies a Calendar account Scroll down and tap Calendar View Options Tap the current color and then tap a new color in the list Move around in Calendar To go to the next or previous day In Day view swipe left or right on the screen To go to the next or previous week In Week view swipe left or right on the screen e To go to the next or previous month In Month view swipe up or down on the screen e To go to a specific day from Week or Month view Tap the day e To go to a specific month date or year Open the application menu and tap Jump To Tap the month day an
109. Save As Draft i Receive and read email messages The Email application synchronizes messages anytime you open a mail folder It also synchronizes messages on an automatic schedule the default interval depends on the type of account you have see Enter advanced account settings for information on changing the interval Follow these steps to manually retrieve messages Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Open Email 2 If the folders for the account you want are hidden tap to display the folders Tap the folder you want to check messages for If synchronization doesn t start tap How can you tell if sync is happening Look for the animated circular movement around the number of messages in the upper right corner of the screen Tap a message to open it s Greg Madison Jaw 17 2010 See i TO Wendy one other question Did you get a chance to talk to Rose about tomorrow OOQ Optional Do any of the following e To call a number Tap the number and tap a gt to call it e To send a text message Tap and hold the number and tap Text e To add a number to Contacts Tap and hold the number and tap Add to Contacts Tap Save As New to create a new contact or tap Add To Existing to add this number to an existing contact e To send an email Tap the email address enter your message and tap e To go to a web address Tap it e To share a link to a web site Press
110. While in aircraft follow all instructions regarding the operation of your smartphone Use of your smartphone while on board an aircraft must be done in accordance and in compliance with airline instructions and regulations Vehicles with Air Bags Your smartphone should not be placed in a position that would affect the operation of air bag deployment or in a position that should the air bag inflate could propel the smartphone Air bags will inflate with great force and care should be taken to protect yourself and your smartphone within a vehicle that has air bags Do not place a smartphone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag deployment area Store the smartphone safely before driving the vehicle Hearing Aids People with hearing aids or cochlear implants may experience interfering noises when using wireless devices or when one is nearby The level of interference will depend on the type of hearing device and the distance from the interference source Increasing the separation Regulatory and safety information 299 260 between them may reduce the interference You may also consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives Small children Do not leave your smartphone and its accessories within the reach of small children or allow them to play with it They could hurt themselves or others or could accidentally damage the smartphone Your smartphone contains small parts with sharp edges that may cause an injury or whi
111. acters of a name email address or subject of an email Tap Email scroll to find the email you want and tap to open it e Open Email 2 and open the folder containing the message Start typing a name email address or subject line of a message you re looking for Matching results appear as you type Keep entering characters to narrow the list Reply to a message 1 Open a message 2 Tap one of the following Reply to just the sender Reply to the sender and all other addressees 3 Enter the reply message text and tap Forward a message 1 Open a message and tap 2 Address the forwarded message see Create and send an email message 3 Enter the forwarded message text and tap Show or hide message recipients You can show all recipients in the To or Cc fields of an email you received 1 Open a message 2 Open the application menu tap Show Recipients or Hide Recipients Copy messages You can copy the body text of a message 1 Open a message 2 Open the application menu tap Edit and tap Copy All Move a message to another folder 1 Open a message 2 Open the application menu and tap Move To Folder 3 Tap the folder you want Mark a message as read or unread 1 Open a message 2 Open the application menu and tap Mark as Read Unread Mark all messages in a folder as read 1 Open a folder 2 Open the application menu tap Mark All Read and then tap Mark All Read again Flag or u
112. ad system updates and applications from App Catalog see Update the HP webOS operating system and HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager Downloads occur faster over Wi Fi than over an AT amp T data connection and thus use less battery power Keep in mind that frequent use of instant messaging IM can reduce battery life Sign out of your IM account when you are not using it see Sign out of an IM account e Shut down the smartphone completely when you won t be using it for an extended period of time see Shut down your smartphone TIP If you think that the battery needs to be replaced see need to replace the battery for instructions Turn your smartphone on off The screen on your Veer can be turned on and off separately from its wireless services which are the Phone amp app Wi Fi app Bluetooth app and VPN app This means you can wake up the screen to use just the organizer features of your device Calendar Contacts Tasks Memos and so on without turning on the phone and other wireless features Also when the screen is turned off the phone can be on and ready for you to receive phone calls or messages Why the screen goes dark If you hold the smartphone up to your ear while on a call the screen goes dark This is normal behavior It prevents your accidentally tapping an item on the screen and saves battery power When you take the smartphone away from your ear the screen automatically turns back on
113. ail address where you want to receive purchase receipts or enter a new address Tap Continue To bill purchases to a credit card Tap Set Up Credit Card Select the country associated with your credit card account Select the card type and enter the card information Confirm the email address where you want to receive purchase receipts or enter a new address Tap Submit 7 Do one of the following e To purchase the app using the promo code Tap Use Promo Code s e To purchase the app using your billing account Tap Purchase TIP To pause a download tap the Downloading progress bar To resume downloading tap Download paused 8 To cancel a download Tap X on the Downloading progress bar 9 After you download an app tap Tap to Launch to open it The app also now appears as an icon in the Launcher so you can open it from the Launcher as well TIP If you delete a purchased application you can reinstall it without paying for it again see Manage applications with Software Manager You can move to other screens and work in other applications while your new app downloads in the background For example find another app in App Catalog and start its download while the first download is finishing Reinstall a deleted application If you delete an app you installed on your smartphone see Manage applications with Software Manager you can easily reinstall the app You do not need to buy the app again 1 Open App Catalog t
114. al Address List GAL for a contact Enter the contact name and then tap Global Address Lookup Search the web You have several options for using Just Type to search the web 1 Open Card view see Manage applications in Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Begin typing the search term Just Type cal 4 Google LAUNCH amp SEARCH gt Google Maps W Wikipedia B Twitter o HP webOS App Catalog 3 Doone of the following You may need to scroll down to see web search engines e To search the web using your default search engine Tap the search engine name The search engine appears directly beneath any matching contact entries e To view suggested search terms from your default search engine based on the characters you entered Tap Suggest to the right of your default search engine name Tap a suggestion to search on that term If the characters you entered return no contacts applications or other items on your smartphone suggestions are displayed automatically Tap one to search on it To search the web using a different search engine Under Launch amp Search tap a search engine name If the search engine is for a specific website such as Wikipedia your smartphone searches that site only TIP You can also use Just Type to go directly to a website In Card view or the Launcher type the website address such as hp com When the address appears at the top of the sear
115. al Rights Management DRM free files can be copied as many times as you like and can be played on your smartphone Exhibition A feature of your smartphone that allows you to access special apps while using the smartphone with an HP Touchstone charging dock see Exhibition favorite A contact that you identify as someone you want to be able to quickly reach by phone email or text multimedia message Creating a favorite from a contact lets you view and touch base with that contact in just a few taps You can create and manage favorites in Contacts see Create a favorite and in Phone see Work with favorites flick A fast skimming of your finger vertically on the touchscreen used for example to scroll quickly up or down Flick up from the gesture area to get to Card view when you re working in an app See Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Glossary of Terms gesture area The strip beneath the touchscreen that you use to perform the back gesture among others You begin some gestures in the gesture area and complete them on the touchscreen for example the slow drag that displays Quick Launch when you have an application filling the screen HP webOS The operating system of your HP Veer 4G Key features of HP webOS include gestures cards merged views and linked contacts Just Type The feature formerly known as universal search that enables you to make calls search for applications and contacts on your smartpho
116. album thumbnails e To view the top 100 new releases Tap New releases e To view the top 100 albums Tap Albums e To view the top 100 artists Tap Artists e To view the top 100 songs Tap Songs View artist information 1 Search for see Search for a specific song album or artist or browse to see Browse songs albums artists or genres an artist 2 Tapthe artist name 3 Tap the word in the lower right corner of the page Albums or Songs 4 _ Tap to view any of the following Albums To buy and download an album tap the album price and tap Buy Tap anywhere else on the album entry to view detailed album information Songs To buy and download a song tap the song price and tap Buy Tap anywhere else on the song entry to preview the song 5 If you tap Buy enter your email address and password and tap Sign In To purchase songs without needing to enter your password each time turn on Enable 1 Click IMPORTANT When you are signed in to your Amazon MP3 account your credit card is charged for the price of an item as soon as you tap Buy View album information and buy an album BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you download an album to your smartphone make sure you have enough storage space on your smartphone to fit the files Open Device Info and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Search for see Search for a specific song album or artist or browse to see Browse songs albums artists or genres an a
117. alfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss Patent pending This product also is licensed under United States patent 6 058 304 Email mobile number and related information required for setup and activation Actual speeds may vary Required data services sold separately unlimited plan recommended and may be required Not all web content may be available Open Source License information You can view the Open Source License terms on your smartphone Tap the center of the gesture area and then tap the Launcher icon Swipe left until the PDF View icon appears Tap PDF View and then tap Open Source Information pdf You can also view the file on your computer Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable On your smartphone tap USB Drive On your computer locate and double click the removable drive named for your smartphone To locate the drive do the following for your operating system e Windows Vista Windows 7 Open Computer e Windows XP Open My Computer e Mac Open Finder e Linux Ubuntu The drive is displayed on the desktop e Other Linux distribution The location of the drive may vary by system After you open the drive double click the file Open Source Information pdf Recycling and disposal This symbol indicates that HP products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted municipal waste HP products sho
118. all or let it ring through to voicemail Do one of the following e Press power Gp e Press volume e Slide the ringer switch off red means off This silences the ringer and any notification sounds These sounds remain off until you slide the ringer switch back on Other sounds such as music and video playback are not affected by sliding the ringer switch off Ignore a call To send a call immediately to voicemail do one of the following e Tap e Press power B twice To reply to a caller who is in your Contacts list after you ignore a call tap the ignored call notification This opens the caller s contact entry where you can select a reply method To reply to a caller who is not in your Contacts list go to your call history see View your call history Use voicemail Set up voicemail 1 Do one of the following e In the Launcher Card view or Phone press and hold 1 B Open Phone Then tap ET e Open Phone amp Then tap and hold 1 onscreen 2 Follow the voice prompts to set up your voicemail Listen to voicemail messages 1 Do one of the following e In the Launcher Card view or Phone press and hold 1 B e Tap a voicemail notification at the bottom of the screen e Open Phone amp Then tap Ms e Open Phone amp Then tap and hold 1 onscreen 2 Follow the voice prompts to listen to your messages What can do during a call Your smartphone offers many advanced telephone featu
119. ame to contact that person TIP You can set a preference to show all your buddies whether they are online or offline or to hide offline buddies In Buddies view open the application menu and tap Show Hide Offline Buddies Use emoticons in a message To include an emoticon in a text multimedia or IM message type a keyboard character combination for that emoticon Most emoticons can be created by more than one combination After you send the message the emoticon image appears in the conversation on your smartphone and on Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging the recipient s smartphone as long as the receiving IM application supports the image This table shows the emoticons that are supported on your smartphone NOTE Emoticon combinations that use words such as cool or cry are not supported in most messaging applications Emoticons created using these combinations may not appear correctly on the recipient s phone Table 1 Supported emoticons To display this Enter any of these keyboard character combinations emoticon gt 10 gt 0 gt 0 gt gt O gt gt angry mad o_O confused J ies i 8 8 B B cool ccry ia redface S S i rs X X eww gross tsad O O o o O O o surprised shock omg AN A A ALA grin biggrin lt 3 heart BOQ BEBEE O Or 0o o innocent
120. an also change the setting to download all messages regardless of the date in which case all messages continue to appear in your Inbox see Enter advanced account settings have trouble sending or receiving attachments e Email attachments smaller than 150KB are downloaded automatically All other attachments have to be downloaded manually by tapping the attachment name in the email You may need to tap the attachment to complete receiving it e Sometimes an attachment to an email may prevent the email from being sent The reason may be related to the account an account setting or the file To determine whether this is the case try sending the email without the attachment or try sending the email from a different email account If a different account works check the settings of the problem account If sending the email without the attachment works also check the account settings and try sending the email with another file in case the first file was damaged Messaging can t send or receive text or multimedia messages e Make sure that the phone is on see Turn wireless services off airplane mode e For multimedia messages do the following e Contact AT amp T to verify that your plan includes messaging services that these services have been correctly activated on your smartphone and that they are available at your location AT amp T should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission del
121. and tap an application Use Certificate Manager Certificates are digital documents that are used to authenticate and exchange information on networks Certificates can be issued for a user a device or a service Install a certificate from USB drive storage You can install a certificate that is located in the USB drive storage on your smartphone For information on copying a certificate into USB drive storage see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer _ Open Device Info amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Certificate Manager Preferences 1 59 H all D l 2 Security Certificates Oo E erlifiede Your certificate list is empty O 7 Tap 6 and tap the certificate name ce Install a certificate from an email attachment e Open the email attachment see Open email attachments and then tap Trust Certificate Chapter 13 Preferences 205 206 View certificate details You can view user installed certificates only 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Certificate Manager 3 Tap the certificate name Delete a certificate You can delete user installed certificates only 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Certificate Manager 3 Tap the certificate and tap Delete Certificate Exhibition Exhibition gives you access to special applications that optimize use of the smartphone while placed on an HP Touchstone char
122. and tapping List Apps On the list of applications tap and hold an app name or throw the app off the side of the screen and then tap Delete Manage applications in Card view Card view displays open applications as small cards so that you can easily scroll through them and drag them to change their order When you have no open applications your smartphone displays Card view automatically You don t have to do anything to open Card view When no cards are open Card view shows only the Just Type field see Just Type your wallpaper see Change your wallpaper and Quick Launch see Open an application in Quick Launch AT amp T Just type 1 Just Type field 2 Wallpaper 3 Quick Launch When an application fills the screen and you want to go to Card view do one of the following e Tap the center of the gesture area e Make the up gesture Flick up from the gesture area to the screen Work with stacked cards If you are working in an application and perform an action that opens a new screen or launches a second application for example composing a new email from your Inbox or dialing a phone number from Contacts which opens the Phone app your smartphone treats the app screens as a group If you minimize one of the screens that screen and all screens associated with it appear as a set of stacked cards in Card view You can also manually stack and unstack cards Move among cards and stacks 1 In Card view
123. and your i f All Files computer or files that you receive as an email attachment see Open email attachments You can view files in DOC DOCX TXT XLS XLSX PPT and D ocuments PPTX formats Spreadsheets BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you put a file on your smartphone make sure you have enough storage space on your smartphone to fit the file Open Presentations Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Open Quickoffice Any accounts you set up on your smartphone be n appear onscreen The option Files on my Palm also appears 4 Tapthe file Change the text display size in a Word document or Excel fal Files on my Palm spreadsheet Local iile Cl PS y Pra t aha N Add New Account Add 3 nevaremnte aooounr Do one of the following e Double tap the screen to zoom in or out a specified amount e Open the application menu and tap Zoom Tap the zoom level For slide shows see Zoom in to and pan a slide h A 2 Tap an account to view files in that account Tap Files on my Palm to Save a file with a new name view files stored in the USB drive storage on your smartphone 1 With the file open open the application menu and tap Save As 3 Tap Documents Spreadsheets or Presentations to see a list of just those file types or tap All Files 2 Enter the new file name and tap Save As Chapter 11 Documents 183 184 Share a file 1 With the f
124. any built up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from HP is that you take this precaution before connecting your device to your computer placing the smartphone in a docking station or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your mobile device by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body e Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding mats Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following e Low relative humidity e Material type The type of material gathering the charge For example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge static electricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Owner s Record
125. application and you can set an event reminder from there see Add an alarm to an event 1 Find a local business see Find a business 2 Tap the business name and address to see more details 3 On the business details page tap Fig 4 Optional Enter an event description in the Label field 5 Enter the start date and time and the end date and time 6 Tap Add To Calendar Add a local business to your contacts You can add a service provider as a contact in the Contacts app 1 Find a local business see Find a business 2 Tap the business name and address to see more details 3 On the business details page tap M 4 Enter a name for the contact and tap Done Add a local business to your favorites 1 Find a local business see Find a business Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 177 2 Tap the business name and address to see more details Make a pairing request to another device 3 On the business details page tap Kal BEFORE YOU BEGIN The other device must be discoverable in order to appear on your smartphone s Devices list Check the documentation that 4 Tap OK came with the other device for information on making it discoverable To view your favorites open the application menu and tap Favorites You can make a pairing request to a Bluetooth audio device such as a headset car kit or A2DP stereo Bluetooth device Bluetooth wireless technology 1 Open Bluetooth TIP You can also open the Blu
126. ar Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Send email messages from within another application Use the share menu item in any application that supports this feature to send an item as an attachment to an email message This feature is available in the Contacts Photos PDF View and Memos applications among others Depending on the app the menu item might be named Share Send or Email For details see the section in this guide on the specific application Messaging All messages in one application What kinds of messages can send and receive You can use the Messaging application to send and receive the following types of messages e Text and multimedia messages see Create and send a text or multimedia message e Instant messages for an IM account you already have set up online see Set up an instant messaging IM account The Synergy feature enables the Messaging app to gather all your text multimedia and instant messages to and from the same contact into a single conversation sometimes called a thread So you can see your entire message history with someone regardless of the different methods you happened to use to communicate with that person see Work with conversations You can even switch from account to account without losing the thread of your conversation see Switch between messaging accounts in a conversation just pick the messaging account that s most likely to keep you in unbr
127. ar while on a call the screen goes dark This is normal behavior It prevents your accidentally tapping an item on the screen and saves battery power When you take the smartphone away from your ear the screen automatically turns back on ready for use If the screen doesn t turn on fast enough for you tap the screen to wake it up The same behavior occurs anytime you re on a call and the smartphone screen is placed near another surface The screen turns on automatically if the smartphone is still on when you move the smartphone away from the other surface When the smartphone is on and idle the screen first dims and then turns off This also is normal behavior caused by the auto shut off interval You can adjust this auto shut off interval to be as long as three minutes see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically At first the screen dims as a power saving measure Just tap the screen to brighten it Then if your smartphone remains inactive for the full interval you set the screen turns itself off Press power Gi to turn the screen back on Follow these steps in sequence if you can t turn the screen back on 1 Make sure you have removed the protective cover that came attached to your smartphone screen 2 Make sure that there are no stickers covering any part of the front of the smartphone 3 To brighten the screen if it has dimmed tap the screen 4 To turn on the screen do one of the following e Pres
128. arches are designated by App To include other search engines or applications in your searches tap Add More Searches and tap the item you want Quick Actions This displays the types of items you can create from your search results such as an email message or a memo To add a new item type tap Add Quick Actions and tap the item Find More This option lets you search App Catalog for third party applications and services that you can use to perform any of the following Just Type functions web search app search or creation of a new item Quick Action For example you can use Find More to download a new web search engine To use this feature tap Find More and then download an app from the list displayed in App Catalog see HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager TIP There s another way to add a search engine to Just Type If you open a web page and an additional search engine is available a notification appears alerting you that you can add the search engine If you add the search engine it appears as an option in Just Type Optional Within any of the sections in Just Type preferences Launch amp Search Quick Actions and so on you can change the order of the items by tapping and dragging This changes the order in which the items appear in the Just Type search results Chapter 3 Just Type 37 38 Chapter 3 Just Type Work with applications Whatever you need to do in an app your HP Veer 4G makes it easy
129. are Manager 190 Browse applications in HP webOS App Catalog 191 Download a free application 191 Buy an application 193 Reinstall a deleted application 193 Setup a billing account 194 Update or delete a billing account 194 Manage applications with Software Manager 195 Update a downloaded application from a notification 195 Manually check for application updates Preferences 198 Backup 202 Date amp Time 203 Device Info 206 Exhibition 208 Regional Settings 209 Screen amp Lock 211 Sounds amp Ringtones Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 216 218 Pub at 223 225 226 227 229 230 231 233 234 239 238 238 239 239 242 243 244 244 244 6Ts Ways to get your HP Veer 4G working again Palm profile Battery Screen and performance Phone Hands free devices Synchronization Data connections Email Messaging Wi Fi Web Calendar and Contacts Camera Photos Videos and Music Amazon MP3 HP webOS App Catalog Transferring information to and from your computer Backing up and restoring data Updates Transferring information from another HP webOS phone Making room on your smartphone Glossary of Terms Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones Specifications Regulatory and safety information Index Contents Contents Welcome Congratulations on the purchase of your HP Veer 4G In this chapter 8 Your HP Veer 4G 9 What s in the box 10 Where can learn more C
130. artphone Calendar Yes deleted info remains in Calendar Sync other apps YouTube Videos Transfer upload from Yes No Only info in Videos is smartphone to web deleted The frequency with which data is synced or transferred between the smartphone and online accounts depends on the account you are using For information about account sync intervals go to kb palm com and search for article number 47817 The information contained in this table is subject to change with webOS updates Sync A two way exchange and update of your data What you add or change in one location is automatically added or changed in the other Transfer A one way update of your data You can add or change data only in one location the data is then copied to the other location Only the data on your smartphone is deleted The data source is not affected If you delete an account from your smartphone using the Accounts app all data from that account is removed from all apps associated with the account You can also edit and add data to an Exchange account from a desktop application such as Outlook Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones Specifications Table 1 Specifications Category Description Radio Features Processor technologies Battery Operating system Camera Size Weight Operating temperature range Tri band UMTS 850 1900 2100 HSDPA 7 2 Quad band GSM GPRS EDGE 850 900 1800 1900 Speakerphone Dual
131. as soon as you tap Buy View and work with downloaded items 1 Open the application menu and tap Downloads This displays items that you are currently downloading or that you already downloaded 2 Tocancel a current download tap W After you download an item listen to it in the Music application see Get music onto your smartphone 152 Chapter 9 Photos videos and music Web and wireless connections With AT amp T s network and your HP Veer 4G smartphone s web browser you can take the web with you almost anywhere you go You can use your smartphone s Wi Fi feature to connect to a public work or home network The Bluetooth wireless technology on your Veer helps you easily set up wireless connections to a number of devices In this chapter 154 158 161 163 169 170 171 176 178 Wi Fi Palm mobile hotspot VPN Web Location Services Google Maps AT amp T Navigator YPmobile Bluetooth wireless technology Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 153 Wi Fi What is a Wi Fi connection Many environments such as corporate offices coffee shops airports and libraries offer access to a Wi Fi network which is a wireless local area network WLAN To access this WLAN you connect your smartphone to the WLAN through a Wi Fi access point also called a hotspot When you re within range of an accessible Wi Fi network you can use your smartphone s Wi Fi feature to connect to that network an
132. at information is backed up WARNING Please refer to Regulatory and safety information for information that helps you safely use your smartphone Failure to read and follow the important safety information in this guide may result in property damage serious bodily injury or death What s in the box All of the following items are included in the smartphone box Hardware e HP Veer 4G e USB cable charging and data transfer cable with magnetic connector e AC charger e Standard lithium ion battery installed and nonremovable e 3 5mm headset adapter DID YOU KNOW The USB cable included with your smartphone the one with the magnetic connector on one end is used both to charge your smartphone battery see Charge the battery and to connect your smartphone to your computer as a removable USB drive see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer To simplify charging you can purchase an HP Touchstone charging dock sold separately You also need to purchase a compatible USB cable if one is not included in the charging dock package the charging cable for your Veer is not compatible with a Touchstone charging dock Print material e Quickstart Guide e Limited Warranty e General User Guide Important Safety and Legal Information Chapter 1 Welcome 9 Where can learn more e On device Help Read short how tos and watch animations on your new smartphone e To view all Help Open Help Lau
133. ata connection as indicated by the W EG H or E icon at the top of the screen e f the battery does not have enough charge you must charge the battery before you can download or install an update e To avoid roaming charges updates are not downloaded if your smartphone is in roaming coverage e If you do not install an update immediately after downloading it you are prompted to install the update the next time you charge your smartphone You can choose whether to install the update now or later You have ten minutes to decide otherwise the update installs automatically Manually check for system updates Open System Updates Preferences System Updates Lor Checking for updates k A If a message appears stating that a system update is available do the following Preferences 7 18 amp HP webOS Update HP webOS x x is now available It s about x MB We ll download it over the next couple of days when your phone is idle and a high speed network is available You ll be notified when the update is ready to install N Download now e Tap Download now e When prompted tap Install Now e After installation has finished and the smartphone resets tap Done Chapter 2 Basics 29 30 Chapter 2 Basics Just Type Just Type changes the way you create look for and use information on your smartphone Instead of Starting a task by opening an app start in Card view simply by typing your
134. ays e Turn off the phone by turning on airplane mode and then turn off airplane mode see Turn wireless services off airplane mode Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 231 232 e Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone e Make sure you are in an area with good signal strength see Signal strength is weak e Make sure you have a data connection over the AT amp T network Note that you cannot send or receive multimedia messages over a Wi Fi connection see don t know if have a data connection e Check to see if you have data services enabled Open Phone 5 open the application menu and tap Preference amp Accounts Under Network make sure Data Usage is set to On e f you are in roaming coverage check to see if you have data roaming enabled Open Phone open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network tap Data Roaming and tap Enabled e Make sure the file you are attaching or receiving is of a supported file type see Create and send a text or multimedia message or Receive and view text and multimedia messages e Some wireless service providers have limits on the size of attachments to multimedia messages check with AT amp T to see if there are any limits To check the size of a video you want to attach Open Videos and tap Video roll Videos are listed by date and time with the length and size of the video To check the size of a photo you want to attach Put the smar
135. back gesture and the forward gesture in Web Having these gestures on or off affects the way you can switch among open applications on your smartphone e Previous and next gestures The previous and next gestures let you move among your open applications without first going to Card view The previous gesture is a full swipe from left to right across the entire length of the gesture area The next gesture is a full swipe from right to left across the entire length of the gesture area Use these gestures when you have more than one app open and an app is displayed full screen By making the previous and next gestures you go from full screen view to full screen view of each app The order of applications is determined by the order that you opened them or arranged them in Card view e Change to the back gesture and to the forward gesture in Web The back gesture still goes from right to left in the gesture area but you must make a shorter swipe from the center outward The forward gesture in Web also requires a shorter swipe 1 Open Screen amp Lock NCED GESTURES Switch Applications OFF Any right to left swipe on the gesture area Will perform the back gesture Ceoctigecimincte SE REUN K tele Ae Le T a Off P eee al pa NOTFGCATIONS is Ls is emia ES ET ERP i A r e Show When Locked i Blink Notifications Chd 2 In Switch Applications tap On or Off Chapter 13 Preferences
136. between your smartphone and your computer 59 Overview Get your personal data onto your smartphone 61 Transfer data from an old phone 61 Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer 62 Get data from an online account in the cloud 63 Sync your desktop organizer and your smartphone Contents 3 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Contents Phone Chapter 10 66 Make calls 70 Receive calls 71 Use voicemail 71 What can do during a call 74 What s my number 75 View your call history 7 5 Work with favorites 77 Save a phone number to Contacts 77 Use a phone headset 79 Customize smartphone settings 83 Use SIM Toolkit Chapter 11 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 86 Email 98 Messaging All messages in one application Chapter 12 101 Messaging Text and multimedia messaging 104 Messaging Instant messaging Contacts Calendar and other personal information 110 Contacts 121 Calendar 128 Tasks 132 Memos 133 Clock 135 Calculator 135 Facebook Chapter 13 Photos videos and music 138 Camera 138 Photos 143 Videos 146 YouTube 147 Music 150 Amazon MP3 Web and wireless connections 154 Wi Fi 158 Palm mobile hotspot 161 VPN 163 Web 169 Location Services 170 Google Maps 171 AT amp T Navigator 176 YPmobile 178 Bluetooth wireless technology Documents 182 Quickoffice mobile office software 185 PDF View HP webOS App Catalog and Softw
137. by HP or a HP Authorized Service Provider Regulatory and safety information Power Specifications Use only HP approved power accessories such as AC power adapters USB cables and batteries Unauthorized and non approved accessories will NOT operate with the Veer AC Power Adapter source HP Part Number 157 10124 00 Input Rating 100 240 Vac 50 60Hz 0 2A Output Rating 5Vdc 1000mA AC Power Adapter source HP Part Number 157 10130 00 Input Rating 100 240 Vac 50 60Hz 0 2A Output Rating 5Vdc 1000mA Environmental and Recycling Information For decades HP has worked to manage its environmental impact by adopting environmentally responsible practices in product development operations and supply chain The company strives to be a global leader in reducing its carbon footprint limiting waste and recycling responsibly For more information about HP s commitment to the environment refer to the following websites e Global Citizenship Report hp com hpinfo globalcitizenship gcreport index html e Environmental website hp com environment ISO 14001 Certificate hp com hpinfo globalcitizenship environment operations envmanagement html e Material Substitution and Elimination hp com hpinfo globalcitizenship environment productdesign materialuse html Disposal of Waste Equipment by Users in Private Households This symbol means do not dispose of your product with your other household waste Instead you should protec
138. can buy NOTE Applications you installed on your old Palm OS by ACCESS or Windows Mobile smartphone do not work on your HP Veer 4G because your Veer uses the new HP webOS Check App Catalog for a new version of your old favorites 1 Open App Catalog T 2 The first time you open App Catalog review the terms of use and tap Accept 3 Tap the icon of a featured application or do one of the following To search by name Type a search term and then tap or press Enter A list of apps whose name or category matches your search term appears To search by category Tap Browse Categories and tap a category If the category or list screen displays a category header beneath the featured app icons tap it to view and select subcategories If a Subcategory screen contains a similar header tap it to view further subcategories To narrow your search by filtering Tap an icon at the bottom of the screen Table 1 App Catalog search icons Icon Description es Featured apps This option appears on the Home screen only S Top paid apps Top free apps New apps Chapter 12 HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager Table 1 App Catalog search icons Icon Description sg All apps in a category This option appears on a category or subcategory screen only e To search within featured paid free or new apps only Tap the corresponding icon at the bottom of the screen and then enter a sear
139. cation option 89 signal 16 22 225 226 signatures 89 96 SIM card contacts and 114 described 18 icons 16 inserting in phone 18 locking 81 slot for 17 unlocking 81 SIM Toolkit 83 Simple PIN option 210 size specifications 253 sleep settings 157 slides See PowerPoint files slideshows 140 184 207 smart folder 249 Smart Folders list 97 smartphone See phone SMTP servers 231 snooze 126 134 soft resets See partial erase Software Manager 194 Software Manager application 200 software updates 28 29 songs See music sorting bookmarks 167 cards 49 50 contacts 119 email accounts 98 emails 97 icons 50 Launcher pages 51 task lists 130 tasks 130 131 sounds See also specific types backups 200 quality of 14 227 saving settings 15 setting volume for 212 213 turning on and off 17 Sounds amp Ringtones application 200 211 214 space bar 15 speaker 17 speakerphone 72 225 Specific Absorption Rate See SAR specifications 253 speed dialing 69 116 speed of applications increasing 224 spelling 45 46 stacks 49 static 225 227 stereo headsets 77 78 stop scrolling gesture 27 storage space 58 244 storing smartphones 15 streaming music 147 videos 146 street addresses 173 Index 275 Subscriber Identity Module card See SIM card supported file types See file types specific file types swipe gesture 24 250 switching messaging accounts 99 sheets 184 slides 184 views 100 Sym key 15 250 symbols entering 15 44 Sy
140. ccount it will show up on your smartphone within a day as long as you are in a good wireless coverage area Contacts created in your Palm profile account are backed up daily NOTE The Data Transfer Assistant does not transfer contact notes larger than 1MB e Verify that your contact information is correct in your online account e f the missing contact is from a Google account make sure the contact is in your My Contacts list in Google If your Google contacts are only partially synchronizing check for contact names that start with a special character like or instead of a letter Delete the nonalphabetic character from the contact s name Synchronize again to see if all of your contacts are listed e If the missing contact is from an Exchange account make sure the email account is set up as an Exchange account not a POP or IMAP account Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 235 236 An Exchange account that is set up as a POP or IMAP account cannot sync contacts see Change account login settings e If the missing contact is from Facebook LinkedIn or Yahoo note the following e Facebook and LinkedIn contact info comes from the profile of the Facebook friend or LinkedIn contact Because Facebook com and LinkedIn com do not allow you to change another user s profile any changes you make on your smartphone do not affect the contact s info on the web When a Facebook friend or LinkedIn contact makes changes to h
141. ccounts in a conversation 1 In a single conversation you can switch between text multimedia 2 messaging and an IM account So if you are having an IM chat with someone and he or she goes offline you can send the person a text message 3 to wrap up the conversation You can also switch between different phone numbers for sending a text message to a person TIP To be able to switch between text messaging and IM messaging with someone that person s mobile phone number and IM address must be in the same single contact or a linked contact If the address and number are in different unlinked contacts link them see Link a contact Open Messaging Tap a conversation Do one of the following e Tap the contact name or phone number at the top of the screen and tap the number you want to call e Tap Text or the IM account name in the upper right corner and tap amp beside the number you want to call Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging J9 100 Switch between Conversations view and Buddies view Conversations view lists all of your Messaging conversations Buddies view lists all of your IM buddies 1 Open Messaging 2 For Conversations view tap Conversations For Buddies view tap Buddies Messaging H all D C Available AIM BOTS ED p Rachel Venetian Liv Greene ey MovieFone Gj O A 3 In Buddies view tap to expand a buddy list Tap a buddy n
142. ce 150 152 239 242 MP4 files 145 MPEG 4 files 143 145 multimedia messages addressing 102 applications used in 98 101 attachments 103 copying 104 creating 101 102 deleting 104 dialing from 70 displaying 103 forwarding 103 notifications 101 pictures and 102 141 saving contact information 104 sending 73 99 101 102 troubleshooting 231 233 multitasking open applications 8 music See also sounds backing up 150 200 copying 59 data transfer of 147 deleting 149 downloading 152 formats 147 information about 151 listening to 78 147 148 149 notifications 148 playback controls 148 previewing 151 as ringtones 213 243 searching for 149 150 troubleshooting 238 239 242 Music application 25 147 150 mute 72 N names See also user names Bluetooth device 180 device 203 dialing by 69 pages changing 16 sending or receiving messages and 89 naming devices 180 203 email accounts 90 Launcher pages 51 videos 143 144 national emergency phone numbers 70 network settings 82 154 network times 203 network types 82 See also specific types networks 154 155 156 New card command 164 next gesture 210 999 phone numbers 70 911 phone numbers 70 nonremovable battery 222 normal use position 261 notes 124 129 See also memos notifications contacts and 71 defined 249 email 90 event 124 icons 16 148 locked screen 211 messages and 89 101 responding to 54 224 sounds for 17 71 124 system updates 28 29 t
143. ce problems using an email account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure see Set up email and are experiencing problems using the account verify that the account complies with your email provider s requirements e Verify both your password and your username for your email account e If you changed your password in an online email account you must change the password on your smartphone see Change account login settings Chapter 14 Troubleshooting e Some wireless service providers have other requirements specific to their service Check with AT amp T to find out whether any provider specific requirements exist e Make sure your email provider ISP or wireless service provider allows you to access email on a smartphone via POP or IMAP Some providers do not offer this option at all other providers require an upgrade for you to access email on a smartphone e Email provider settings may change If your email account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your email provider to find out whether any of the account settings have changed You may need to manually change some email settings on your smartphone see Enter advanced account settings have problems sending and receiving email e Make sure that your data connection to your mail server or email service provider has not been interrupted see don t know if have a data connection e Short periods of time when
144. ch could become detached and create a choking hazard Keep the device away from the abdomens of pregnant women and adolescents particularly when using the device hands free To reduce exposure to radiation use your device in good reception areas as indicated by the bars on your smartphone at least 3 to 4 bars Caution Avoid potential hearing loss Prolonged exposure to loud sounds including music is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss Some scientific research suggests that using portable audio devices such as portable music players and cellular telephones at high volume settings for long durations may lead to permanent noise induced hearing loss This includes the use of headphones including headsets ear buds and Bluetooth or other wireless devices Exposure to very loud sound has also been associated in some studies with tinnitus a ringing in the ear hypersensitivity to sound and distorted hearing Individual susceptibility to noise induced hearing loss and other potential hearing problems varies The amount of sound produced by a portable audio device varies depending on the nature of the sound the device the device settings and the headphones You should follow some common sense recommendations when using any portable audio device e Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the lowest volume at which you can hear adequately e When using headphones turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people
145. ch results tap Go to website Find information in an application on your smartphone You can search for email messages web bookmarks and websites you ve visited browsing history on your smartphone You can also search for items in Google Maps or HP webOS App Catalog right from Just Type If your search term does not show results for a certain app you may need to turn on a preference to include that app in a Just Type search see Customize Just Type You can use this preference to include more apps in Just Type searches 1 Open Card view see Manage applications in Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Begin typing the information you want to find Depending on which app you want to search this could be the subject of an email address a Chapter 3 Just Type 33 physical address you want to locate on a map a bookmark name the Create anew item such as a message or memo name of an app you want to download or some other term Just Type You can use Just Type to create a new item such as an email message or fad memo by entering all or part of the item s text These items are grouped in the Quick Actions section of the search results g Email For some Quick Actions you need to turn on a preference to create that Bookmarks amp History type of item from your search results see Customize Just Type sat aha sa St 1 Open Card view see Manage applications in Card view or the 9 gt G
146. ch term When the app you want appears onscreen tap the name to display app details On the app details screen do any of the following App Catalog 1 55 a ull f Facebook Aa 70 Reviews Share Download for free To see a larger view of a thumbnail image Tap the image To read reviews Tap Reviews To share info about the app with a friend Tap Share and then tap Email or Text Message To go to the app developer s home page Tap Developer Home To go to the developer s product support page Tap Support if available To view a video of the app in your smartphone s YouTube application Tap the YouTube link if available Download a free application BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you download an app make sure you have enough storage space on your smartphone to fit the app Open Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Open App Catalog f 2 Finda free app you want see Browse applications in HP webOS App Catalog 3 Tap the app name and then tap Download for free 4 Ifthe application uses Location Services a notification appears see Location Services Tap Continue TIP To pause a download tap the Downloading progress bar To resume downloading tap Download paused 5 To cancel a download Tap X on the Downloading progress bar 6 After you download an app tap Tap to Launch to open it The app also now appears as an icon in the Launcher so you can open it from
147. connections Palm mobile hotspot has a range of up to 170 feet about 50 meters The actual range varies depending on environmental conditions such as obstructions and radio interference When using Palm mobile hotspot your smartphone s battery charge may not last as long as usual When possible to improve battery performance you should charge your battery while using Palm mobile hotspot see Charge the battery Secure hotspots and open hotspots We recommend that you set up your Palm mobile hotspot as a secure hotspot see Create a secure hotspot That way you can protect your hotspot with a passphrase and you can control who connects to the Internet through your smartphone by controlling the distribution of your passphrase Create a secure hotspot 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gy 2 _ The first time you open Palm mobile hotspot tap OK to continue 3 Tap Off to switch Palm mobile hotspot from Off to On 4 Ifyou are connected to a Wi Fi network tap Continue to disconnect NOTE The smartphone must remain connected to your wireless service provider s network so don t use airplane mode to turn off Wi Fi 5 Do one of the following Create an open hotspot e If this is your first time opening Palm mobile hotspot enter a 1 passphrase and tap Done Open Palm mobile hotspot gy Mobile Hotspot gt 3 28 2 The first time you open Palm mobile hotspot tap OK to continue 3 Tap Off to switch Palm mobile hotspot from
148. create the conference call Look up or send a message to a contact 3 35 When you re on a call with a contact tap the contact name to see the Home person s information in Contacts With the contact entry open you can do 510 sisi be the following nno Ss e Tap to send the contact a text message For example if the contact is ae on hold while you re having a long conversation with a second caller you John Peterson 510 555 7592 can send the contact a text stating that you ll call him or her back sae e Tap Edit to edit the contact entry For example if a contact gives you his or her new email address while you re talking you can enter the address during the call What s my number Do any of the following 3 35 1 Open Phone amp Conference call 0 01 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Your ede Paeron phone number appears at the top of the Phone Preferences screen Home Preferences 1 51 Ra Phone Preferences r PERL pl fi eer b v4 a iia a taani 1 408 555 8215 Show Contact Ci Matches e To add callers Tap Ka p gt i e To extract a call from the conference and talk privately Tap the caller Call Forwarding gt name or number and then tap gig e To return an extracted call to the conference Tap Chaka eatin AE When you re done tap WE to end either an extracted call or the TIP You can also see your phone number by opening Device
149. creens and work in other applications while your new app downloads in the background For example find another app in App Catalog and start its download while the first download is finishing Buy an application directly from a promo code link A promo code allows you to purchase one or more App Catalog apps for free You might receive a promo code for a specific app or a general code that allows you to purchase any one or more apps up to a specific dollar amount Chapter 12 HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager You need to have a billing account set up in App Catalog to purchase apps with a promo code however your account is not charged when you use the code 1 If you receive a promo code link such as in an email or text message click the link 2 Do one of the following e If the main App Catalog page is displayed Tap OK to dismiss the promo code notification Browse to the app you want Tap the app name e Ifa specific app page is displayed Tap OK to dismiss the promo code notification 3 Tap Download for amount 4 Ifthe application uses Location Services a notification appears see Location Services Tap Continue 5 If prompted enter your Palm profile password to authorize the purchase Tap Continue 6 Ifyou do not have a billing account do one of the following To bill purchases to your AT amp T account Tap Set Up Carrier Account Select the state associated with your account Confirm the em
150. d access the web Your smartphone supports Wi Fi connectivity based on the 802 11 standard 80241b 802 11g and 802 11n with WPA WPA2 WEP and 8021x authentication TIP Your Veer is itself a Wi Fi access point Use your smartphone to connect your laptop to the Internet See Palm mobile hotspot Why use a Wi Fi connection A Wi Fi connection is especially helpful in the following situations e You re outside a coverage area and you want to access the web e Your AT amp T service plan incurs additional charges for data services and you want to minimize data service charges by using a Wi Fi connection instead e You want to maintain a web connection while talking on the smartphone e You re inside a coverage area but outside AT amp T s 3G or 4G coverage area A Wi Fi connection may provide faster throughput than a GPRS or EDGE data connection Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections Are there different kinds of Wi Fi networks There are two types of Wi Fi networks Open networks These networks broadcast their name SSID and do not require you to enter a password or other settings To learn how to connect to an open network for the first time see Connect to a new open network Secure networks These networks may broadcast their name but at the very least they require you to enter a password that you get from an administrator who may be for example the librarian or the person behind the counter at the coffee sh
151. d party applications see HP webOS App Catalog for additional suggestions My smartphone doesn t ring e Make sure the ringer switch is turned on If you can see the red next to the switch the ringer switch is turned off Slide the ringer switch on e Check the ringtone volume Open Sounds amp Ringtones and drag the Ringtone Volume slider to the right to increase the ringtone volume e If you are using a ringtone you installed open Sounds amp Ringtones and tap Ringtone Tap the default ringtone for your smartphone If selecting the default ringtone solves the problem the ringtone you installed is not working properly Delete the ringtone you installed from your smartphone by following the steps in Delete files and folders using USB Drive mode Chapter 14 Troubleshooting My smartphone doesn t vibrate e Make sure the ringer switch is turned on If you can see the red next to the switch the ringer switch is turned off Slide the ringer switch on The ringer switch needs to be on to test vibrate mode e Make sure the vibrate settings are turned on Open Sounds amp Ringtones e Under Ringer Switch Off tap Rings amp Alerts and then tap Vibrate e Under Ringer Switch On tap Rings amp Alerts and then tap Sound amp Vibrate e Tap hold and drag the Ringtone Volume slider in either direction The smartphone should vibrate and the ringtone should play am working with a support agent and need to find
152. d to set up a VPN to access a corporate server in any of the following situations e Your company s wireless local area network LAN is outside the firewall e Your company s wireless LAN is inside the firewall but you are accessing the network from outside the firewall for example from a public location or at home Check with your company s system administrator to see if a VPN is required for accessing the corporate network TIP Being connected to VPN may sometimes interfere with web browsing If you are having problems browsing in Web disconnect VPN see Disconnect from a profile and then try using Web again Add a VPNC VPN profile VPNC is a Cisco compatible IPSEC client BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get the following information from your system administrator e Profile name e VPN server e Username and password e Group ID e Group secret e Domain Dead peer detection setting When selected if no VPN traffic is received for five minutes the client checks to see if the VPN server is still available Encryption method Secure Weak None Secure forces the client to use more secure AES or 3DES algorithms Weak allows the weaker 1DES algorithm Strong encryption may still be used depending on what the VPN server decides None enables no encryption Encryption is not disabled and may still be used depending on the VPN server With the None option the VPN profile is simply allowed to use no encryption NAT trave
153. d to your smartphone into predefined albums The following table tells you where to find your photos both in the Photos app and in your smartphone s USB Drive storage Table 2 Photo locations Origin of photos Album in Photos Folder in USB storage Email Downloads downloads MMS Messaging Messaging Root level of USB storage Copied from computer Miscellaneous Camera on Photo roll DCIM gt 100PALM smartphone Smartphone Screen captures screencaptures Smartphone Wallpapers wallpapers Copied from elsewhere Folder created by you Folder created by you in USB storage containing at least one BMP JPG or PNG You can use any photo in any album in Photos as wallpaper see Save a picture as wallpaper The photo does not have to be in the Wallpapers album You can assign any pictures on your smartphone to one of these albums or to an album you create To create and assign pictures to albums you must put your smartphone into USB Drive mode You then create the albums and move pictures into them using your computer Chapter 9 Photos videos and music TIP Besides using USB Drive mode to copy your photos videos and DRM free music from your computer to your smartphone you can also use solutions available from third party software developers sold separately that facilitate the transfer of media files to your smartphone For more information open the browser on your computer and go to palm com sync solutions Conn
154. d year and tap Go To Date e To go to today In Day view tap the Day View icon TIP Other ways to go to today Open the application menu and tap Show Today or tap Jump To gt Go To Today Icon Description Day view m Week view cera Month view Quickly glimpse your schedule e In Day or Week view slightly drag left or right to peek at the next previous day or week without changing the current view e In Month view slightly drag up or down to peek at the next previous month Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 125 Delete an event If you delete an event that is assigned to an online account the event is deleted in the online account also IMPORTANT When you delete an Exchange event on your smartphone notification is not sent to attendees 1 Open Calendar 2 Do one of the following e In Day view press and hold Option p and tap the event You have the option to delete just this event or the entire series or to cancel the delete e Tap the event name Open the application menu and tap Delete Event and then tap Delete to confirm If this event is one of a series of repeating events tap the option to delete just this event or the entire series Calendar Telji Event Location Delete Event Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Respond to an event reminder When an event reminder appears in the notification bar at the bottom of th
155. ddress to your Contacts list directly from the header or from the To or Cc field of an incoming email message You can either create a new contact or add the information to an existing contact 1 Do one of the following in a message you ve received e To add a contact from the message header Tap the name or email address in the header e To add a contact from the To or Cc field Tap To and tap an email address in the list of recipients 2 Tap Add To Contacts 3 Tap one of the following Add New Contact Create a new contact for the name or address Add To Existing Tap the contact you want to add the name or address to DID YOU KNOW You can add an email address to Contacts directly from the Launcher or Card view Type the email address If the email address is not already in Contacts tap Save to contacts Tap Add To Contacts and tap Add New Contact or Add To Existing If you are adding to an existing contact tap the contact you want to add the name or address to Enter the contact details and tap Done Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging View a contact from an email message e In a message you ve received from someone listed in the Contacts app tap the name to open the contact entry Search for an email message You can search for messages in any email folder Incoming messages must be fully downloaded to your smartphone to show up in search results e In Launcher or Card view type a few char
156. dicator Shows that there are Launcher pages to the right of the currently displayed page Tap to move to the next page You can also swipe right or left on the screen to move among Launcher pages Page name Tap and hold to change the name see Rename a Launcher page Notification icons Show missed calls new voicemail and email messages and more Tap the bottom of the screen to view notification details See View and work with notifications Chapter 2 Basics Icons in the title bar Table 1 Title bar icons and descriptions Description The battery is being charged The battery is fully charged The battery is low See Charge the battery Airplane mode is turned on This means that the phone Bluetooth wireless technology feature and the Wi Fi and VPN features are off incoming calls go to voicemail See Turn wireless services off airplane mode Wi Fi is turned on The number of filled in bars denotes signal strength See Wi Fi The smartphone is searching for a Wi Fi network The phone is on The number of filled in bars denotes signal strength See Turn wireless services on Your smartphone is connected to a GPRS data network See don t know if have a data connection Your smartphone is connected to an EDGE data network See don t know if have a data connection Your smartphone is connected to a 3G data network See don t know if have a data connection Your smartphone is connected to a
157. do the following 1 During setup tap Create New Profile Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 219 2 Tap the field labeled First amp Last Name and enter your first and last e To enter an accented character or a symbol that doesn t appear on name Tap Next the keyboard Press Sym and scroll through the table to find the symbol see Enter characters from the symbols table 9 59 gt it ala 9 59 a lA New Profile Enter A Password Okay we ll create a profile for you Wh ful 4 Enter a new password between 6 and at s your full name 20 characters to securely backup and restore your data and use other Palm services 3 Create a password for your profile It must be between 6 and 20 4 Tap Next characters long You must enter it exactly the same way in the Password and Re enter Password fields Note the following when 5 Enter a valid email address Do the following you enter your password 9 59 i liD e To type a number or symbol that appears above a letter on the keyboard Press Option and then the key see Enter alternate Email Address keyboa rd characters Enter an email address for your Palm profile You ll use it for verification purposes App Catalog transaction receipts and more e Enter the full address for example yourname emailaccount com e Enter the address accurately with an sign and a period and the appropriate domain type at the end com net and so on e Enter the exact password you use t
158. download of a song log in to your Amazon account from your computer If the song shows up there as purchased and downloaded contact Amazon support and let them know you never received your song You can also check the USB drive storage on your smartphone to see if the file is there see Copy files and folders using USB Drive mode for information on using USB Drive mode HP webOS App Catalog NOTE HP supports finding purchasing downloading installing updating and deleting App Catalog applications The app developer cannot assist with any of these functions can t find the app want to download There are several sources of applications for your Veer App Catalog App Catalog is located in the Launcher on webOS smartphones Applications that have been reviewed by HP and meet specific development standards are included in App Catalog searches They appear with a blue background on the App Catalog details page for the application Web distribution Web distribution apps are located on the Internet and can be found by visiting precentral net Web distributed apps are delivered to the smartphone via links and are downloaded and installed using App Catalog on the smartphone The app details page for a web app appears with a gray background Because web distributed apps have not been reviewed by HP they cannot be found in App Catalog on the smartphone they may however appear in Software Manager after they are installed Beta
159. e Tap to tind other applications that support Exhibition Mode a e To change which apps are available in Exhibition Tap On or Off for each app You cannot remove the Time app e To find more Exhibition apps Tap Find More This opens App Catalog displaying a list of apps you can use in Exhibition Tap an app to download it see HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager You can install as many Exhibition apps as you want Regional Settings Language You can set your smartphone display to any language available for the device 1 Open Regional Settings 2 Tap the language currently displayed in the Language field and then tap a new language 3 If a region list is displayed tap the region 4 Confirm you want to use the new language or revert to the original language Your smartphone restarts after you select a new language The restart does not affect your data or applications Formats You can set your smartphone to format numbers currency date and time in the style you prefer You can select the format commonly used in your country or region or any style you prefer 1 Open Regional Settings 2 n Formats tap the country name 3 Do one of the following e Begin typing the name of another country and when it appears tap it e Scroll down to find a country and then tap it 4 Confirm you want to change the format Your smartphone restarts after you select a new country format The restar
160. e 2 Browse to the app see Browse applications in HP webOS App Catalog 3 Tap the app name and tap Download again for free Set up a billing account Open App Catalog t Do one of the following e Tap an app you want to buy and tap Download for amount e Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Carrier Account or Credit Card Account tap Add Account Enter your Palm profile password and tap Continue If you enter an incorrect Palm profile password three times a message appears that explains how you can contact Palm support for help Do one of the following s e To bill purchases to your AT amp T account Select the state associated with the account Confirm the email address where you want to receive purchase receipts or enter a new address Tap Continue e To bill purchases to your credit card Select the country associated with your account Select a credit card type and enter your credit card and billing address details Confirm the email address where you want to receive purchase receipts or enter a new address Tap Submit IMPORTANT Your credit card details are not stored on your smartphone They are encrypted and stored in your Palm profile Under Password is Required select one of the following Once every 4 hours You must enter your password the first time you make a purchase If you make any other purchases within four hours you don t need to enter your password again
161. e If you still experience problems and you frequently leave the Wi Fi feature on even when you are not using the smartphone change the sleep setting for Wi Fi See Put Wi Fi to sleep when the screen is off for instructions The battery doesn t charge or doesn t hold a charge If you are trying to charge the battery using the USB cable try these steps in sequence e Make sure you are using the USB cable and AC charger that came with your Veer or a compatible cable or charger approved by HP e Make sure the magnetic end of the cable is securely attached to the charger connector on your smartphone Make sure the other end is securely connected to the AC charger or to a USB port on your computer Chapter 14 Troubleshooting e If using the AC charger make sure it is securely inserted into a working outlet Try a different outlet if one is available e If using a computer try a different USB port on the computer if one is available e Try a different compatible USB cable with magnetic connector if one is available If you are trying to charge the battery using an HP Touchstone charging dock try these steps in sequence e Make sure your smartphone is correctly positioned on the charging dock If the Veer is correctly positioned a Charging Battery notification appears and a lightning bolt appears on the battery icon in the upper right corner of the screen e Make sure the slanted face of the charging doc and the
162. e and it syncs all other apps associated with all online accounts that you selected for synchronization Open Calendar Open the application menu and tap Syne Now Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 127 128 Delete an online account from Calendar 2 If you synchronize calendar events with an online account deleting the account from Calendar stops synchronization of calendar events only if you also sync contacts or email messages with that online account those continue to synchronize Deleting the account from Calendar also deletes any associated events from your smartphone only The entries are not deleted from the online account i 1 Open Calendar 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Under Accounts tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Calendar Account To restart synchronization with an account you have deleted from Calendar Open Accounts tap the account name and tap Off beside Calendar to 4 turn synchronization on Tap fa lList name MY ORDER O F Enter the list name in the List name field and press Enter Create a task see Create a task Create a task Tasks f 2 Create a task list A task list is a group of related to do items All individual tasks you create see Create a task must be placed in a task list 1 Open Tasks Ez Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal informatio
163. e screen tap the event description to open the event or tap one of the following Calendar 3 50 Today Fri Nov 5 Budget meeting Sunnyvale Fri Nov 5 4 00 PM Contact meeting attendees Dismiss e Contact meeting attendees This opens an email message with the participants addresses added to the To field The default message text is Running late on my way You can edit the text before sending the message e Dismiss Close the notification e Snooze The reminder reappears in five minutes View meeting participants If you receive a meeting request you can view the participants 1 On your calendar tap the meeting The Participants field shows the organizer name plus the number of participants 2 Tap the number to see the participants names 3 Optional Tap a participant s name If the participant is a contact the contact entry is displayed If the participant is not a contact tap Add To Contacts to add the participant to your contacts list Customize Calendar 2 Open Calendar Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Calendar H all i gt Preferences amp Accounts Set the following options First Day of Week Select the day that appears as the start of the week in Week view and Month view Day Start and End Tap to enter the default start and end times that appear in Day view and Week view Default Event Reminder Tap the
164. e Any authentication ESMTP requirements for outgoing mail 2 X e Root folder IMAP accounts only 1 If you have already started account setup and an Unable To Sign In message appears tap Manual Setup and skip to step 6 Otherwise start at step 2 3 Enter your email address and password and tap Manual Setup 4 Enter info for the incoming mail server as needed based on the server information you got from your email provider or system administrator 2 You can enter either the server name or IP address in the Incoming Mail Server field Open Email 3 Do one of the following 9 Tap Sign In e The first time you open Email tap Email Account T keen your Schanaeaccsuntsecureyou may beached tosers e If you have already set up an account that takes advantage of the password or PIN that is required to unlock the smartphone Tap Set A eat ane wal Oe POET CEASAR Password or Set Pin Enter a password or PIN and tap Done RECOUNT Ain Ea ACEON 6 You may be presented with options for which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Create 7 lap Done 88 Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging e Any other time you open Email open the application menu tap Preferences amp Accounts tap Add Account and then tap Email Account Email 1 34 TEE w Your Mail Accounts gt Email Account 3 Google ii Microsoft Exchange Yahoo h d 4
165. e SIM card You can lock your SIM card to prevent unauthorized use of your mobile account When your SIM card is locked you must enter your PIN to turn on your smartphone to make or receive calls except for emergency numbers The SIM card remains locked even if you move the card to another phone To unlock your SIM card turn on the smartphone and enter your PIN BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Get your default PIN from AT amp T e Make sure the phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turn wireless services on 1 Open Phone 5 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Do one of the following e To lock the SIM card Tap Lock SIM Card Enter the PIN provided by AT amp T to lock the SIM and tap Done The SIM card locks anytime you turn off your smartphone To turn the smartphone back on you must enter the PIN e To change the PIN Tap Change SIM Card PIN and enter the old PIN Enter the new PIN twice and tap Done e To turn off SIM lock Tap Unlock SIM Card Enter the PIN and tap Done Use restricted dialing When restricted dialing is turned on you can make calls to or answer calls from only those numbers that are on your list of restricted numbers To add to or change the list you need to enter a PIN2 If you enter an incorrect PIN2 more times than allowed by AT amp T the SIM card locks After the SIM card locks you need to enter a PUK2 to unlock the SIM card Contact AT amp T to learn mo
166. e a Wi Fi connection from my home network e can t make a Wi Fi connection from a public or corporate network e Clear the cache in Web Preferences Open Web and open the application menu Tap Preferences and then tap Clear Cache This ensures that pages are viewed directly from the Internet and not from a saved copy of the page on the smartphone Then close Web amp and reopen it e To confirm you have an Internet connection try to view a web page you ve loaded before After confirming your Internet connection try to view the page again If it comes up blank tap e Some websites redirect simple web addresses given to the public to actual web addresses that are more complex for example if you enter the address www palm com support it may actually go to the web address http Wwww palm com us support If the Web app can t follow the redirect enter the web address in a desktop browser and read the actual web address in the address bar Then enter the actual address in Web at the top of the screen e If a website appears static or is missing content look for a Skip button a link to a mobile version of the site or a link to a basic HTML version of the site that your smartphone can render properly If you re still having trouble the page may contain elements that are not supported by the browser such as Shockwave Silverlight VBScript WML script and other plug ins An image or map is too small on my screen Do either of
167. e accounts Tap the account you want to download and install it Enter your username and password and tap Sign In Depending on the account you may be presented with options for which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Create 3 Accounts A L besd S 2e Ch Messaging er Ne 7d Contacts Open Accounts Tap the account name Accounts 3 28 7 lf S Account Settings Ae Spur ae Sy Google Contacts Remove account Change login settings Do one of the following e To change the account display name Under Account Name tap the current name to highlight it and enter the new name e To change which applications are associated with the account For each app listed tap On or Off e To edit the account information Tap Change login settings enter the new username and password and tap Sign In e To delete the account Tap Remove account Tap Remove Account again to confirm Chapter 4 Work with applications 53 54 IMPORTANT If you delete an account from your smartphone using the Accounts app all data is removed from all apps on your smartphone associated with the account The account itself still exists online For example if you delete an Exchange account using the Accounts app all your Exchange data is removed from Email Contacts Calendar and Tasks If you want to delete data only
168. e accounts available for HP webOS smartphones Option o key The key you use to enter characters that appear above the letters on the keyboard keys Press once to enter a single character Press twice to lock the alternate character feature so you can enter a series of characters Also press and hold Option 0 and then drag your finger onscreen to move the cursor in text Palm profile A Palm profile gives you access to services like automatic updates backup of your data and more You create a Palm profile by entering a working email address during initial setup of your Veer see Set up your smartphone Your Palm profile also identifies the location on the web where the data you store in your Palm profile account is backed up You cannot see or change this data on the web however See also Palm profile account Palm profile account An account that is automatically set up for you when you create your Palm profile You can assign contacts and calendar events to it Palm profile items are included in the daily backup of information to your Palm profile but do not synchronize with any of your online accounts See also Palm profile pinch A gesture used to zoom in for a magnified view or zoom out to see a larger area To zoom in you pinch out Place the thumb and index fingertips close together on the touchscreen then slowly spread them apart To zoom out you pinch in Place the thumb and index fingertips apart on the touchscreen and
169. e accounts in one place but even though the information is brought into one view the sources of that information are kept separate For more information read about linked contacts layered calendars and the single inbox for your email in Contacts Calendar and Email NOTE See for the current list of online accounts that you can set up on your smartphone and for information about the behavior of these accounts Thanks also to the Synergy feature in the Messaging application all your conversations with the same person are grouped together in one chat style view If you start an IM chat with Ed for example you can continue the same conversation when Ed signs out of IM by sending him a text message and you can see it all in the same view For more information see Messaging All messages in one application Syne Your Veer gives you synchronization without a cable You can sync with online services so that you can store and sync your info in online accounts For more information see Get data from an online account in the cloud Your Palm profile When you set up your smartphone you create a Palm profile by entering a valid email address Your profile gives you an account in which to create and store contacts and calendar events It also gives you access to services like automatic updates and automatic frequent backups of any of your info that is stored only on your smartphone and isn t synchronized with an online account see Wh
170. e drive representing your smartphone and delete the folder representing the album Look at photos in a slideshow You can view the photos in any album as a slideshow _ Open Photos 2 Tap the album you want to view as a slideshow 3 Doone of the following e To start with the first photo in the album Open the application menu and tap Play Slideshow e To select a different starting point Tap the photo you want the slideshow to start at and tap JZ 4 To exit the slideshow tap a photo Add a picture to a contact You can add a picture to a contact using the Photos application TIP You can also add a picture to a contact in the Contacts application see Add a photo to a contact 1 Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full screen 2 3 4 5 If Kaj is not visible tap the screen to display it Tap Kaj and tap Assign to contact Enter the contact name and tap the contact Optional Do either or both of the following Assign To Contact e To zoom out or in on a part of the picture Pinch in or out on the picture e To capture the portion of the picture you want for the contact photo Tap and hold the picture and then drag the portion you want to the center of the onscreen box This portion becomes the contact photo 6 Tap Assign To Contact Save a picture as wallpaper Wallpaper is the background screen that appears in Card view 1 Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full screen
171. e email address and password don t create a new one When you do this all data that has been backed up to your profile contacts calendar events and tasks as well as apps you bought through App Catalog is restored to your smartphone To restore information about your online accounts to your smartphone simply enter the password for each account when prompted after the erase synchronization begins again The Erase USB Drive option and the two full erase options delete everything stored in your smartphone s USB drive pictures videos music documents PDF files ringtones and so on You need to have copies of those files available elsewhere if you want to restore them to your smartphone For example you can save copies on your computer and then transfer them back to your smartphone see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer want to do a full erase but the screen is cracked or doesn t respond to taps If you can t do a full erase using the screen you can use a keyboard shortcut Press and hold Option Sym power for 15 seconds My bookmarks were restored but the thumbnail icon is not displaying Web bookmarks are part of the data backed up to your Palm profile After a partial or full erase a bookmark is restored with a generic thumbnail icon After you revisit the page for which you created the bookmark the thumbnail icon is restored Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 243 244 Updates
172. e keyboard shortcuts to cut copy and paste After selecting the text or inserting the cursor press and hold the gesture area the lighted bar begins to pulse and glow more brightly Then press X cut C copy V paste or A select all in the apps that support this feature A notification appears indicating that the text has been successfully cut copied or selected Use the Copy All or Select All feature Some applications offer a Copy All menu option For example in Messaging you can start or open a conversation open the application menu and tap Edit gt Copy All This saves the entire conversation as plain text which you can paste in a memo email message and so on Other apps offer a Select All menu option For example in Memos you can open a memo open the application menu and tap Edit gt Select All This highlights the full memo text which you can cut or copy Some apps such as Contacts and Email offer both the Copy All and Select All features to perform different text selection tasks See the app section in this guide for details Select items in a list Lists enable you to select from a range of options Lists are different from menus see Use the menus which give you access to additional features Lists are hidden until you tap the currently displayed option for that list 1 Tap the currently displayed option to open the list For example when creating a new event in Calendar tap 15 minutes before to di
173. e lower left side of the screen gt JZ TIP In Camera press the P key to switch the camera to video mode Press the Q key to return to still mode Edit videos you recorded You can create a shorter version of a video you recorded The original version is not affected Your edited version is saved with the word edit added to the video name You can also rename videos and add descriptions of them 1 Open Videos amp 2 Tap Video roll and tap the video date or title 3 To rename the video tap Title and enter a new name Chapter 9 Photos videos and music 143 144 9 To add a description tap Description and enter the description To begin editing the video tap f Turn your smartphone to landscape view The sequence of frames that make up the video is displayed at the bottom of the screen To shorten the video tap hold and drag the handles on either end of the video frame selector To make adjustments to the portion you selected for saving without changing the length of the selected portion tap and hold the middle of the saved portion and then move the whole frame selector left or right 1 Handle 2 Handle 3 Tap and hold here to move the frame selector Tap The edited copy of the video is saved in Video roll along with the original Chapter 9 Photos videos and music Upload or share videos you recorded Open Videos amp Tap Video roll and tap the video date or title Tap is a
174. e of the following to address the message e Enter a contact s first or last name or initials screen name phone number or email address When you enter a contact name favorites appear at the top of the search results see Create a favorite Tap the phone number IM account name or email address you want to use to send the message when it appears e Tap amp J to open your full contact list Tap the contact you want or enter a name or address to narrow the list 102 Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging e Enter a phone number for a recipient who is not a contact e Do you need to enter a short code that contains letters for example to text a vote to a TV poll or to make a donation to a charity Use the keyboard to enter it just press the letter keys and tap the code that appears under Short Code This is not the same as dialing a number that is expressed as letters for example 555 256 TALK To dial a number like this you must use the onscreen dial pad and tap the numbers that correspond to the letters T A L K which would be 8255 Optional Tap the To field and repeat step 3 to enter additional recipients To attach a picture in JPG format to a multimedia message do one of the following e Before entering the message text Tap 2 Tap the album containing the picture you want and tap the picture or tap New Photo and take a picture Tap Attach Photo e After entering the message text Open
175. e or more apps you downloaded you get a notification Tap the notification and do one of the following AT amp T Just type ry App catalog Tap for app updates 1 e To display details about an app and the available update Tap the app name To update one app Tap the arrow icon to the right of the app name e To update all apps Tap Install Updates Manually check for application updates Open Software Manager 4 Tap Apps to manage downloaded apps that appear in the Launcher or tap Other to manage background apps and services that do not appear in the Launcher If updates are available for any of your downloaded apps or services an Update button appears in the lower right corner of the screen with a number The number indicates the number of items for which updates are available Tap Update Software Mana 3 32 H all i a a Facebook 1 3 56 Palm Pandora 1 0 4 Pandora 1 Update L ta Do one of the following e To display details about an app and the available update Tap the app name e To update one app Tap the arrow icon to the right of the app name e To update all apps Tap Install Updates Chapter 12 HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager 195 196 Chapter 12 HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager Preferences There are lots of ways to make your HP Veer 4G work better for you Personalize your smartphone to make it match your lifestyle You can easily customi
176. e status Available or Busy d tap Sign off 6 Depending on the account you may be presented with options for Seas which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Create Send and receive IM messages 7 lap Done BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that the phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turn wireless services on Sign in to an IM account J 1 Open Messaging gt 1 Open Messaging 2 Doone of the following to start or continue a conversation 2 Tap Buddies e In Buddies view tap a buddy name If there s more than one account for that buddy the most recently used IM account is opened To switch to another IM account tap the IM account name in the upper right and tap an IM address Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 105 106 e In Conversations view tap an existing conversation e In Conversations or Buddies view tap E to start a new message Enter an IM address or tap amp to search for a contact 3 Enter the message text and tap TIP You can include emoticons in your message see Use emoticons in a message 4 When the message recipient replies the reply appears below your message in the conversation Repeat step 3 to reply to that person 5 Optional Do any of the following from a message you receive e To call a number Tap the number and tap N e To add a number to Contacts Tap and hold the number a
177. e upper right corner of the screen changes to red When the battery is fully charged the icon appears full and changes to green f Chapter 2 Basics 19 20 WARNING Use only chargers that are approved by HP with your smartphone Failure to use a charger approved by HP may increase the risk that your smartphone will overheat catch fire or explode resulting in property damage serious bodily injury or death Use of unapproved third party power supply accessories may damage the device and void the Limited Warranty for the product Although the battery may come with a sufficient charge to complete the setup process we recommend that after setup you charge your smartphone until the battery icon in the upper right corner of the screen is full to ensure that the battery is fully charged WARNING Never remove the back cover of your Veer The battery is built in to your smartphone and is not removable See Maximizing battery life for tips on making your battery s power last longer 1 Attach the magnetic end of the USB cable to the charger connector The silver circle on the cable faces the front of the smartphone 2 Connect the other end of the USB cable to the AC charger 3 Plug the AC charger into a working outlet Chapter 2 Basics TIP You can also charge your smartphone battery by connecting your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable Charging this way takes much longer than using the AC cha
178. eakers or a stereo headset both sold separately that are equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology you can also use them to listen to music You can also listen to streaming music from the web directly in the web browser see Web Get music onto your smartphone To get music onto your smartphone you can do any of the following Copy music files from your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer You can copy music files to any folder on your smartphone s USB drive However to make it easy to find and manage files consider creating a Music folder and copy files to there Use solutions available from third party software developers sold separately that facilitate the transfer of music files to your smartphone For more information open the browser on your computer and go to palm com sync solutions Listen to music files received as email attachments see Open email attachments Listen to music files received as part of a multimedia message see Receive and view text and multimedia messages Buy music using the Amazon MP3 app see Amazon MP3 The following table lists music formats that you can play on your smartphone Table 5 Music formats playable on HP webOS smartphones File Play in Music Copy to Download from Download from format USB storage Email MMS AAC y y AAC VV V AMR V see Note MP3 V y see Note y see Note WAV V y see Note KEY TERM DRM free A f
179. ece of contact information Throw the item off the side of the screen and tap Delete 7 Tap Done Copy a contact to the SIM card After you add a phone number for a contact you can copy that contact s name and phone number to the SIM card If a contact has more than one phone number you can copy each number as a separate entry on the SIM card 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Open the application menu and tap Copy To SIM Card 114 Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 4 Ifthe contact has more than one phone number tap the number you want to copy to the SIM card To copy other numbers repeat steps 3 and 4 selecting a different number each time The contact info is copied to the SIM card and a linked contact is created between the source contact and the contact s on the SIM card Engineer Emily Weeks 555 555 3082 WORK Add a photo to a contact The photo you add appears onscreen when this contact calls you or when you call the contact 1 While creating see Create a contact or editing see View edit or delete contact information a contact do one of the following To add or change the photo in the default account Tap e Ina linked contact to add or change the photo of another account Tap the account button in the upper right corner and tap the other account see Linked contacts Contacts 1 38 i lf
180. eck to see if you have the next previous app gestures turned on see Turn advanced gestures on off If so you need to make a short swipe left for the back gesture and a full swipe right or left for the next or previous open app e Likewise you can t use the next previous app gestures unless you turn them on see Turn advanced gestures on off e To check if you re making the gesture correctly see Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch There are small icons in the lower right corner of the screen Those icons represent notifications that you have not opened or dismissed For most types of notifications if you do not tap a notification after a few seconds it becomes an icon in the lower right portion of the screen If you see one or more icons tap anywhere on the bottom of the screen to display your notifications Phone Signal strength is weak Become familiar with low coverage areas where you live commute work and play Then you know when to expect signal strength issues e f you re standing move about 10 feet 3 meters in any direction e If you re in a building move near a window Open any metal blinds e f you re in a building move outdoors or to a more open area e Outdoors move away from large buildings trees or electrical wires e In a vehicle move your smartphone so that it s level with a window My smartphone doesn t connect to the mobile network e Try the suggestions in Signal strength is
181. ect your smartphone and your computer using the USB cable On your smartphone tap USB Drive If prompted tap OK On your computer your smartphone appears as a removable drive On a Windows computer if the Found New Hardware wizard opens click Cancel to close the wizard Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Windows 7 or the Finder Mac and double click the drive representing your smartphone To create an album use your computer s controls for creating a new folder To be sure the Photos application can find the album create it at the root level of the drive representing your smartphone not as a subfolder of another folder Assign pictures to albums using your computer s controls to copy or move items It is easiest to find the pictures you want by displaying them as thumbnails End the connection safely If you do not eject your smartphone safely your smartphone resets when you disconnect the USB cable e Ona Windows computer right click the drive representing your smartphone and click Eject e Ona Mac computer from your desktop drag the drive representing your smartphone to the Trash The Trash icon changes to Eject Chapter 9 Photos videos and music 8 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and from the smartphone when the USB Drive screen no longer appears on your smartphone e To delete an album Connect your smartphone to your computer and tap USB Drive From your computer open th
182. ed for synchronization If you want you can also use your smartphone s web browser to view your web based email just go to the email provider s website Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Merged inboxes in Email You can set up multiple email accounts on your smartphone When you open Email you see all your accounts in a single view Account List view From there you can open the inbox of an individual account or you can open the All Inboxes smart folder and see all messages from all your inboxes displayed in a merged view By FAVORITES gt 3 All Inboxes o ay Inbox amp EXCHANGE ay Inbox GOOGLE I 4 4 Number to the right of All Inboxes indicates the total number of unread email messages in all your email accounts 2 Number to the right of an individual folder name indicates the number of unread messages in that folder If you reply to a message when you re working in All inboxes the message is sent from the same account in which it was received To reply from a different account tap the From field and tap a different account to send the email from If you create a new message when you re working in All Inboxes the message goes out using the account you set as the default account see Set email preferences Set up email 5 Tap Done Follow this procedure if you have a common email provider for example AOL EarthLink or Yahoo If you are setting up the Email applicat
183. eer 4G simply to make calls you bought it because it s also a handheld computer with lots of the features and functions of your desktop computer One important feature that your smartphone shares with your computer is that it has storage space for your files and for your personal data This chapter explains how to get these two kinds of data files and personal data onto your smartphone Copying files to your smartphone is easy Getting your personal data onto your smartphone is also easy you just need to decide where you want that data to be stored and how you want to access it In this chapter 58 59 61 61 62 63 Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Overview Get your personal data onto your smartphone Transfer data from an old phone Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer Get data from an online account in the cloud Sync your desktop organizer and your smartphone Chapter 5 Copy files and sync your personal data 3 7 58 Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Copy files and folders using USB Drive mode You can copy any type of file from a computer to your smartphone and from your smartphone to your computer by putting your smartphone in USB Drive mode In this mode your smartphone appears as a removable hard drive to your desktop computer After you copy a file to your smartphone you can open the file if your smartphone has an application that support
184. em from your smartphone 3 Do one of the following e To delete only one entry in a linked contact Tap the displayed contact name to open the list of all entries in the linked contact Tap the entry you want and tap Delete This Profile e To delete an unlinked contact or an entire linked contact Open the application menu and tap Delete Contact Tap Delete All Profiles to confirm NOTE If you see Delete Other Profiles rather than Delete All Profiles you have linked contacts that come from accounts whose info you can t change on your smartphone like Facebook and LinkedIn Tap it To delete any remaining contacts go to the account online using your computer and delete them there Contacts elit Set Speed Dial Add Contact Reminder Add To Launcher Copy To SIM Card Delete Contact v If you delete a contact that is assigned to an online account the contact is deleted in the online account also Customize Contacts 1 Open Contacts 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 2 50 lE A Preferences amp Accounts amp Y Palm Profile Wendy Madison SIM 1 555 306 5765 Google wradisen 256 qrail com Li FALH OCE pe ee i 3 Set the following options List Order Tap to select the criterion by which the contact list is sorted If you select Last name to sort on the names are alphabetized by last name but they still appear in the
185. email is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you have problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or email service provider to verify that the service is working properly and check with AT amp T for outage information in your area Tap the mail header in your account Inbox to see the last time the account was updated e For problems sending and receiving email using an Exchange email account see the following sections e have an Exchange account at work but my data is not being downloaded to my smartphone e entered the settings to sync with Exchange but can t synchronize with my company s Exchange server e A notification tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem on the server e A notification tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem with item type item name have problems sending email IMAP and POP accounts If you are able to receive email messages but cannot send them try the following e Turn on authentication see Set up email when automatic setup fails Many service providers require authenticated access or ESMTP to use their SMTP servers for outgoing mail e Turn off Wi Fi if you are connected to a Wi Fi network see Turn Wi Fi on off This allows your smartphone to send email over the phone network instead Some Wi Fi networks prevent outgoing mail messages e Confirm the port number for the outgoing mail ser
186. en a red border appears around the slide you can pinch in or out to change the zoom level and drag in any direction to pan the slide e To return the slide to normal view Tap the header at the top of the screen Update Quickoffice software You can update your Quickoffice software to make sure you have the most current version 1 Open Quickoffice 2 Open the application menu and tap Check For Upgrades You can also set a preference to receive a notification if an update is available 1 Open Quickoffice 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Quickoffice Modify the details of an account by selecting frorn this list Notify me when updates are available Recommended Ea SELECT ACCOUNT TO EDIT Creaa a g a A Sag SO Add New Account Add a new remote account Add An Account lt 4 3 Under Notifications tap On or Off Add edit or delete an account in Quickoffice You can set up additional accounts associated with online collaborative tools such as Google Docs or Dropbox so that files from these accounts appear in Quickoffice 1 Open Quickoffice 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Doone of the following e To add an account Tap Add An Account Tap the account type enter your username and password and tap Sign In e To edit an existing account Tap the account edit the username and or password and tap Sign In
187. ent 161 Java applets 163 JavaScript 163 168 Join network option 155 JPG files 93 102 103 138 139 Just Type adding search engines to 164 creating memos and messages in 34 defined 248 described 8 32 dialing with 67 opening applications in 40 searching with 32 37 66 troubleshooting 236 Just Type field 15 K keyboard 68 254 entering information with 46 features of 15 sliding out 14 keyboard shortcuts 47 keywords 35 known networks 157 labels 112 LAN local area network 161 landscape mode 164 234 landscape view 138 language 208 lanyard loop 17 Launch amp Search 33 36 Launcher airplane mode 22 backup summary 199 Calendar event from 123 closing 40 compared with Card view 247 contacts in 117 defined 248 displaying 26 dragging items in 24 emails from 91 94 Facebook status 135 gesture 40 Google Maps from 171 icons 50 117 165 memos from 132 messages from 102 opening applications in 40 pages 16 40 51 searching in 17 searching in with Just Type 32 37 tasks from 129 web pages in 165 YouTube from 146 layered calendars 121 learned words 46 lens camera 17 light in gesture area 23 47 lighted dial pad 67 line breaks creating 15 linked contacts 99 110 248 Linkedln accounts availability 60 251 contacts synchronization 112 deleting from 118 List Order option 119 lists scrolling in 25 selecting items in 47 sorting items in 130 local area network LAN 161 location information 123 169 See al
188. er 2 Scroll to the page containing the app icon you want to move into Quick Launch 3 Tap and hold the icon and wait for the visual cue that the icon is ready to be dragged The Launcher pages become a series of cards Quick Launch appears at the bottom of the screen 4 Drag the icon on top of the Quick Launch icon you want to replace The current Quick Launch icon disappears and the new one takes its place The icon that disappeared from Quick Launch is still available in the Launcher NOTE If Quick Launch contains fewer than five icons you can drag the app icon from the Launcher between two Quick Launch icons to drop it into the blank space If you simply want to remove an icon from Quick Launch without replacing it go to Card view tap and hold a Quick Launch icon and drag it off the bar The only one you can t remove is the Launcher icon Chapter 4 Work with applications Reorder Quick Launch icons You can change the position of any Quick Launch icon except the Launcher icon 1 In Card view see Manage applications in Card view tap and hold a Quick Launch icon 2 Wait for a visual cue and then drag the icon to another location on the Quick Launch bar Manage applications in the Launcher Reorder Launcher icons 1 In the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher tap and hold an icon and wait for the visual cue that the icon is ready to be dragged The Launcher pages become a series of cards
189. er 9 Photos videos and music 145 2 Tap the album containing the video 3 Throw the video off the side of the screen and tap Delete You Tube Watch a YouTube video The YouTube application on your smartphone lets you watch videos available online at the YouTube website Videos are displayed on your smartphone in landscape orientation 1 Open YouTube 2 Doone of the following e To search for a video Enter a search term and then press Enter or tap 8 YouTube H all E 373925 Life moves fast Don t m j F A ht Palm 0 30 Palm Pre vs iPhone 3G ey jon4lakers 2 99 LL Palm Pre Plus Review e To display the most highly rated videos Tap Videos and tap Popular This is the default view e To display the most frequently viewed videos Tap Videos and tap Most Viewed Chapter 9 Photos videos and music e To display videos you have recently viewed Tap Videos and tap History 3 When the video you want appears do one of the following e To view the video Tap the video thumbnail e To view video details Tap the text to the right of the video thumbnail DID YOU KNOW Some videos can be viewed in YouTube on your computer only For those videos you can view video details on your smartphone but if you try to play the video on your smartphone an error message appears TIP You can also search for videos in YouTube directly from the Launcher or Card view Start typ
190. er Launcher icons and Reorder Launcher pages 1 If you re in an app tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view 2 In Card view tap 6 Chapter 4 Work with applications TIP You can also open the Launcher by flicking up twice from the gesture area to the screen If you are in Card view just flick up once to open the Launcher 3 To find the app you want flick up or down to see all the icons on a page To see other pages swipe right or left on the screen or tap the arrows in the upper left and upper right corner of the screen Launcher Calendar Messaging B g Photos Music 14 Page indicator shows that there are pages to the right of the current page Tap the arrow to move to the next page 2 Page name Tap and hold to change the name 4 Tap the application icon To close the Launcher do one of the following e Tap the center of the gesture area e Make the up gesture Flick up from the gesture area to the screen Open an application in Quick Launch Quick Launch is the bar of five icons that always appears at the bottom of Card view You can also make a simple gesture to access Quick Launch from inside an app You can customize Quick Launch to contain the icons for apps you use most often To open an application from Quick Launch just tap the icon AT amp T Just type Quick Launch Quick Launch can display no more than five icons By default it displays from left to
191. er and save information and Text selection gestures TIP You can also use Just Type to create a memo directly from the Launcher or Card view Start typing the memo text and under Quick Actions tap More and then tap New Memo The Memos application opens at a new memo with the text you entered in the body of the memo Find a memo e In Memos start typing any letters or numbers in the memo and then tap the memo when it appears NOTE The results of a Just Type search that you access in Card view or the Launcher do not include memos Edit a memo 1 Open Memos gt 2 Tap the memo you want to edit 3 Tap the screen to position the cursor see Text selection gestures and edit the memo text TIP To copy the whole memo In the application menu tap Edit gt Select All and then tap Edit gt Copy Change the color of a memo 2 Enter the email address The subject Just a quick memo is automatically filled in You can edit the text before sending the message 3 Tap Color code your memos to help you recognize memos of a certain type For example make all of your grocery lists blue 1 Open Memos _ 2 Tap the memo Clock 3 Tap the lower right corner of the screen and tap the new color Memos The Clock application lets you set an alarm You can set Clock to wake you up at the same time wherever you are for example the recurring 7AM alarm you set in San Francisco rings at 7AM in New Yor
192. ers before contact matches are returned e You may need to scroll down the list to find the match you want e If you still don t see the match you want try typing a few more characters of the person s name can t synchronize Calendar events Different accounts sync events for different periods of time into the past and future Note the following to be sure the information you want to sync is available for the account Google accounts sync events one month back and two months forward Yahoo accounts sync events one month back and three months forward Exchange accounts sync events two weeks back and unlimited forward If you are trying to synchronize with a desktop application using the USB cable note that webOS does not support synchronization of HP webOS smartphones with desktop software such as Palm Desktop software or desktop Outlook Instead webOS smartphones synchronize wirelessly with online services such as Google or Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync If you are trying to synchronize with a third party desktop application contact the application developer for support Make sure you have a data connection see don t know if have a data connection Set up your online account to sync on your smartphone if you have not already done so see How do get events into Calendar IMPORTANT If you want to add a Google Calendar account on your smartphone make sure your Gmail account includes Google Calendar before you add
193. ervice is available at access points called AT amp T Hot Spots NOTE Requirements for using an AT amp T Hot Spot may vary Check with the owner operator of the AT amp T Hot Spot location for specific information about using their Wi Fi service If you have an HP webOS smartphone an active AT amp T account in good Standing and an appropriate data plan you can access music email and the web at over 20 000 AT amp T Wi Fi Hot Spot locations nationwide including the following e Airports e Hotels e Universities e Convention centers e Sports centers e Starbucks locations e Restaurants e Bookstores To find the nearest AT amp T Wi Fi Hot Spot Open Web tap the AT amp T Hot Spots bookmark and follow the onscreen instructions AT amp T is committed to enhancing your experience by providing powerful broadband speeds This allows for fast and easy downloads of your favorite music streaming videos games and more To connect to an AT amp T Wi Fi Hot Spot 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Make sure Wi Fi is on see Turn Wi Fi on off 3 Tap attwifi in the list of available networks Disconnect from a network When you disconnect from a network you can keep it on your list of known networks so that your smartphone can automatically connect to it again If you remove the network from your list of known networks however you must reconnect to the network Follow the steps in Connect to a new open network or Connect to a new secure
194. es 93 139 bookmarks 166 167 200 PDF 187 Brightness slider 209 browser See web browser browsing history searching 33 34 buddies 106 107 Buddies view 100 built in applications 255 buying See also downloading music 151 C cable service providers 231 cache web pages 169 Calculator application 135 calendar accounts 122 125 127 Calendar application 121 128 199 described 8 Calendar Display Options 125 calendar events See events Calendar View Options 125 127 calendars See also events alarms and 124 127 backup summary 199 dates on 125 default 127 display of 125 events 121 125 126 getting started with 122 Google 86 104 110 121 235 icons 125 online 127 preferences for 127 128 saving 123 synchronizing 110 121 127 128 227 troubleshooting 235 238 viewing 208 call forwarding 79 call history 69 71 75 76 77 See also phone calls call waiting 73 80 caller IDs 77 80 114 140 calls See phone calls camera 138 238 253 camera lens 17 capitalization 43 44 45 46 Caps Lock 43 44 car kits 78 79 120 card stacks 49 247 Card view See also wallpaper airplane mode 22 Calendar event from 123 closing applications 25 closing applications in 48 defined 247 displaying 26 displaying open applications 24 dragging items in 24 emails from 91 94 Facebook status 135 features of 15 Google Maps from 171 managing applications in 48 maximizing applications 24 memos from 132 messages from 102 multitaski
195. esults list when you search using Just Type 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap Favorites 3 Tap Add Favorite and tap a contact In the All contacts list favorites are identified with a ve Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 115 116 Remove a contact from favorites 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap Favorites 3 Tapa contact and tap Assign a speed dial to a contact You can assign a speed dial to any contact phone number You can assign up to 23 speed dials 4 Tap the phone number you want to assign a speed dial to and then do one of the following e To assign a speed dial Tap the key to use as a speed dial e To reassign a speed dial to the selected number Tap the assigned speed dial and then tap Reassign To Name NOTE You cannot assign 1 the E key as a speed dial The number 1 is reserved for dialing your voicemail system The B and Z keys are also unavailable 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Open the application menu and tap Set Speed Dial Jane Farrell Pick a speed dial phone number 555 555 1289 MOBILE 555 555 4485 WORK 555 555 6321 HOME k d Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information TIP To remove a speed dial from a number open the contact open the application menu and tap Set Speed Dial Tap the number and tap Remove Speed Dial key letter Assign a reminder me
196. etooth app by opening the connection menu i tapping Bluetooth and tapping Bluetooth Preferences What is Bluetooth wireless technology PP PP With the Bluetooth wireless technology on your smartphone you can 2 Make sure Bluetooth is on see Turn the Bluetooth feature on off connect to a number of Bluetooth devices including a hands free device such as a headset or car kit see Set up and use a Bluetooth hands free pokana device Bluetooth C Before you can connect to another Bluetooth device you need to pair with Your phone is now discoverable that device You can either make the pairing request from your smartphone see Make a pairing request to another device or accept a pairing request from the other device see Accept a pairing request from another device F y z Add device Turn the Bluetooth feature on off Do one of the following k d e Open Bluetooth and tap On or Off e From any screen Open the connection menu tap Bluetooth and tap Turn on Bluetooth or Turn off Bluetooth 3 Tap Add device 4 Tap the Type field and tap Audio Keyboard or Other to filter the list of discoverable Bluetooth devices 5 Tap a device name 178 Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 6 Ifa passkey is not required pairing is complete when the Devices list appears If a passkey is required do one of the following e An automatically generated passkey appears on the passkey sc
197. ew is displayed you open the Launcher Pinch zoom gestures Zoom in pinch out to increase the size of items on the screen Email Web Photos PDF View and Google Maps Place two fingers on the screen and spread them slowly apart Scroll gestures Scroll slow Drag the screen in the desired direction Zoom out pinch in to decrease the size of items on the screen Email Web Photos PDF View and Google Maps Place two fingers on the screen and bring them together 26 Chapter 2 Basics Scroll fast Flick the screen in the desired direction Insert the cursor in a text field Tap the location Stop scrolling Tap or drag the screen while scrolling Move the cursor Tap the location to insert the cursor Press and hold Option p Place your finger anywhere onscreen and drag your finger in the direction you want to move the cursor Text selection gestures ARRA ft G2 a xo aM Mo For information on working with text after you select it see Cut copy and paste information and Use the Copy All or Select All feature Chapter 2 Basics 27 28 Select text when you can see a cursor Tap the location to insert the cursor Press and hold Shift Place your finger anywhere onscreen and drag your finger in the direction you want to select text Tap the highlighted text to deselect it 8 We Ta Ta ul A k i Select a paragraph of text When you cannot insert a cursor in the text for example on a web page
198. f contacts or calendar events from an online account to your smartphone you may not see all your data on your smartphone right away Some online account providers such as Google set limits on the amount of data that a user can import in a given time frame Also if you have many years worth of data or thousands of entries in an online account you may want to review the data and reduce the number of entries before setting up the account on your smartphone Filling your smartphone memory with a large number of account entries can affect performance Use the Accounts application to set up an online account 1 Open Accounts Accounts lt a G Accounts ty Palm Profile Jane Farrell SIM P 408 555 8215 ud 2 Tap Add Account 3 Do one of the following 1 48 Accounts 4 Add An Account Use the Accounts application to edit or delete an online account If you change the username email address or password you use with an online account you need to enter the new information in the account settings on your smartphone You can do that from within one of the applications associated with that account or from the Accounts app gt lt Email Account ba a Facebook 3 Google A in Linkedin h d e To add one of the listed accounts Tap the account name e To search for other accounts Tap Find More This displays a list of available onlin
199. f the following e Call or send a message to a contact see Get in touch with a contact Search the web see Search the web e Search for email messages web bookmarks videos and more see Find information in an application on your smartphone e Map a location see Find information in an application on your smartphone 3 e Create anew message memo or other item see Create a new item such as a message or memo e Update your Facebook or Twitter status see Create a new item such as a message or memo e Open an app see Open an application Chapter 3 Just Type Open Card view see Manage applications in Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher Begin typing the contact s first and last initials no space first or last name or email address Just Type Ei 31 Calendar CONTACTS Calvin Lee T 510 555 1289 MOBILE clee company com When the contact name appears do one of the following If only the contact name is displayed tap the name to display ways to get in touch Tap the name to open the person s contact information e Tap a phone number to dial it an email address to send a message and so on Tap to the right of a phone number to send a text message e Tap Add Reminder to add a reminder message to the contact see Assign a reminder message to a contact NOTE Ifyou are using Exchange with a corporate server you can search your company s Glob
200. f the gesture area to display Card view The web pages are displayed in a stack Tap the one you want Navigate a web page Table 1 Web page navigation To do this Do the following Move back through previously viewed pages Move forward through previously viewed pages Refresh Scroll View in landscape Zoom in out Zoom in ona column Pan Enter information in a form Share a web address as a link in an email message Tap or make the back gesture from right to left anywhere in the gesture area Tap or make the forward gesture from left to right anywhere in the gesture area Tap Drag or flick up down on the screen Turn the smartphone on its side When the display is in landscape orientation flick up down on either the screen or the gesture area to scroll Pinch out to enlarge items onscreen Pinch in to decrease the size of items onscreen Double tap the column to center it and enlarge it Double tap again to zoom out to see the whole page again Tap hold and drag the page Tap the form field Enter or select information and press Enter g Open the application menu tap Page and tap Share Create the email message Table 1 Web page navigation To do this Do the following Display the address Start typing a search term or web address or scroll bar to the top of the page If the page title is displayed tap it to view or edit the URL Save a photo t
201. f you don t specify the account the new contact is added to your default account If you are using Contacts for the first time you go through a few different steps to add or access the contacts on your smartphone see Use Contacts for the first time Follow this procedure to add contacts directly on your smartphone after the first time you use Contacts 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap 3 Optional Tap the account icon to the right of Name to change the account to which the new contact will be added NOTE If an account doesn t appear in the list you can t add data to that account from your smartphone 4 Tap Name to enter the contact name Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information To add detailed name information such as prefix suffix or middle name to a name open the application menu and tap Name Details Contacts 1 05 ll Name s9 xk JobTile m Company New Phone Number Set a ringtone p gt oone Nl Email Address y Account icon showing Palm profile account Tap fields to enter contact details select a ringtone for this contact and so on Scroll to see all fields You can add a reminder that appears whenever you and this person get in touch See Assign a reminder message to a contact In some fields such as New Phone Number when you enter the information a label button appears on the right Tap the button to change the label for your e
202. fications 253 278 Index Wi Fi See also wireless services access points 154 airplane mode 22 authentication 154 backup summary 201 connecting to 154 155 156 connections 157 158 coverage areas 154 disconnecting from 157 disconnecting networks 157 hotspots 158 160 icons 16 known networks 157 network types 154 removing networks 157 sleep settings 157 troubleshooting 233 234 turning on and off 154 usage 154 Windows computers data transfer from 62 phone drive 58 140 150 213 Windows Mobile 224 wired headsets 78 wireless networks 154 wireless services conference call support 73 data transfer help 61 icons for 16 restarted phone and 226 turning on and off 17 21 23 WLANs See wireless networks Word files 182 182 184 WPA 159 WPA2 159 X XLS files 183 XLSX files 183 Y Yahoo accounts 62 87 252 your 18 233 YouTube application 145 146 147 252 Z zoom gestures 26
203. fied by HP HP cannot assist with the finding purchasing downloading installing or removing of applications that are not from App Catalog Installing homebrew applications can modify your webOS smartphone in any number of ways that may cause your smartphone to behave erratically over time While your smartphone may work fine with these applications on the current version of webOS it is possible that the application could cause issues with your smartphone in future versions of webOS If you installed an application via a mechanism other than App Catalog you may find that you cannot download or install software updates but the smartphone continues to prompt you to update If you have installed such an application you need to remove the app before attempting to update your webOS smartphone Follow the developer s instructions on how to uninstall these apps If you installed an app that was intended for a wireless service provider other than AT amp T that app is also not certified by HP for your smartphone and you need to uninstall the app before updating your smartphone NOTE Be sure to make a backup copy of any information stored in the app before you uninstall it If the developer does not provide a way to back up the data you can write down the information to save it Alternately hold down Option Sym P to save screen captures of important data to the screencaptures folder in Photos If you see issues with your smartphone af
204. first and last name as you want them to appear in the Launcher 5 Tap Add To Launcher To see the contact in the Launcher scroll down on page 1 of the Launcher If the contact has a picture see Add a photo to a contact the picture appears as a Launcher icon If the contact doesn t have a picture the contact name appears in the Launcher with a placeholder icon Tap the real or placeholder icon to open the contact Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 117 TIP To remove a contact from the Launcher open the contact open the application menu and tap Remove From Launcher Get in touch with a contact 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap the contact name F li Bonnie Frank 7 555 555 8314 en 2 bfrank7256 gmail com HOME franklybon AIM 4125 Erwin Avenue HOME ey Osweqo OR Ne 7d 3 Doany of the following e To call or send an email or instant message to that contact Tap the appropriate field For example tap a phone number to call the contact e To send a text message Tap W e To locate an address on a map Tap an address field Delete a contact 1 Open Contacts 2 Tap the contact name 118 Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information NOTE Entries that you cannot change on your smartphone like those from Facebook and LinkedIn you also cannot delete from the smartphone You must delete them from your account on the web to remove th
205. from one app served by the account for example you want to delete the calendar events but keep the contacts simply turn that app off for that account View and work with notifications Notifications show up at the bottom of the screen to notify you of new voicemail and messages upcoming appointments missed calls application updates and more Some notifications also display app controls such as music playback controls when you are not in the app itself There are several kinds of notifications Banner alert This is a notification that appears in a small strip at the bottom of the screen Some banner alerts appear as confirmation of an action for example to confirm that text was selected or copied Others notify you of an item you can act on for example a missed call or an incoming text message For these alerts if you do not tap the alert after a few seconds it becomes an icon in the lower right portion of the screen Tap the bottom of the screen to display the alerts as dashboard items Chapter 4 Work with applications Calendar 11 24 5 Today Tue Jan 11 John Peterson Hello Dashboard item The dashboard provides an expanded view of all notifications you can act on For example you can tap a voicemail dashboard item to check your voicemail or a calendar dashboard item to open your calendar AT amp T Just type Voicemail 2 messages Drop off car Today 4 00pm Greg Madison Check out
206. g 183 185 saving 183 187 searching for 186 sending 92 184 187 storing 242 viewing 182 187 Index Find command 186 Find More 37 finding See searching firewalls 161 Flash content 165 Flash plug ins 163 flick gesture 25 248 folders copying 58 242 deleted items 96 deleting 58 email 96 97 favorites 97 ringtones 58 Forget Network option 157 formatting email message text 91 96 phone 209 forward gesture 24 210 forwarding calls 79 emails 94 messages 103 Found New Hardware wizard 140 149 AG network 16 free applications 191 frozen phone 203 224 244 full erase 204 243 G GALs See Global Address Lists genres 148 150 Geotag Photos option 169 gesture area 14 248 gestures See also specific types advanced 210 described 8 lighted bar 23 troubleshooting 224 where to make 23 Get email option 89 GIF files 139 Global Address Lists 69 110 global address search 113 Gmail 86 235 Google accounts availability 60 251 online 60 phone setup 86 104 110 121 setting up on website 63 synchronization of 62 Synergy feature and 8 63 website setup 61 Google calendar 86 104 110 121 239 Google Docs 182 185 Google Earth 170 Google Maps 123 170 Google Maps searching for items in 33 34 Google Services 170 Google Weather 121 GoogleTalk 104 GPRS data network 16 72 229 GPS 170 graphics See icons wallpaper H H 263 files 145 H 264 files 145 hands free devices setting up 78 troubleshooting 225 227
207. g dock by connecting the USB cable to a computer Chapter 13 Preferences Exit Exhibition Do any of the following e Tap the center of the gesture area e Flick up from the gesture area to the screen e f your smartphone is on a charging dock remove the smartphone from the charging dock When you exit Exhibition the last used item on the smartphone is displayed the Launcher Card view or an app window Use Exhibition Here are some key features of using Exhibition e When Exhibition starts the last used app is displayed To switch to another app tap the upper left corner of the screen and tap the app you want 1 11 11 ll When Exhibition starts notifications appear as usual and tapping a notification performs the same action as usual If your smartphone is on a charging dock but Exhibition is turned off Exhibition starts automatically when the smartphone has been inactive for the period defined in the Screen Lock settings see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically The screen does not lock If you have Secure Unlock turned on you must enter your PIN or password to use the smartphone when Exhibition starts Use your smartphone as a clock The Exhibition Time app provides a convenient way to use your smartphone as a clock while the smartphone is sitting on the charging dock e In Exhibition tap the upper left corner of the screen and tap Time View a picture slideshow When you
208. ging dock sold separately These apps include Time clock app Photos photo slideshow and Agenda agenda based on your Calendar events for the day Start Exhibition Do one of the following e When the screen is off and the keyboard is closed place your smartphone on a Touchstone charging dock Exhibition starts automatically If you place your smartphone on a charging dock while the screen is on or when the screen is off but the keyboard is open Exhibition starts when the smartphone has been inactive for the period defined in the Screen Lock settings see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically The screen does not lock Open Exhibition and tap Start Exhibition This starts Exhibition whether or not your smartphone is on a charging dock Photos Find More Tap to find other applications that support Exhibition Mode Start Exhibition NOTE If you place your smartphone on a charging dock when you are on a call or watching a video in the Videos or YouTube app Exhibition does not start NOTE Ifyou purchase an HP Touchstone charging dock you also need to purchase a USB cable if one is not included in the charging dock package The charging cable for your Veer is not compatible with a Touchstone charging dock Also to use a charging dock you must connect the USB cable to the AC adapter and then plug the adapter into a working outlet You cannot use a chargin
209. hapter 1 Welcome 7 Your HP Veer 4G NOTE When referring to the company that makes your Veer this document uses both the terms HP and Palm HP and Palm are the same company the use of both terms reflects company terminology In one compact and indispensable device you now have all of the following e An advanced wireless smartphone running the HP webOS platform e A full suite of organizer applications Contacts Calendar Memos and Tasks e High speed data transfer with 4G 3G and GPRS EDGE support e Wi Fi capability e A 5 megapixel digital camera e GPS functionality e ntegrated text multimedia and instant messaging IM e Applications to view and manage Microsoft Office and Adobe PDF files e HP webOS App Catalog from which you can download applications designed for your smartphone select from an ever expanding list of applications Your Veer puts HP webOS a multitasking gesture based operating system inside a small beautiful device with a keyboard that you can slide out whenever you need it Here are a few highlights of your new smartphone Gestures On your Veer you make calls move around and manage your applications and info by making simple gestures either on the touchscreen or in the gesture area directly beneath the screen For more information see Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch Carry the Quickstart Guide included in the box with your Veer around with you for reference Soon you ll
210. hard resets See full erase headsets 78 79 227 hearing aids 259 hearing loss 260 help 10 34 See also troubleshooting Help application 10 hidden phone numbers 80 history 33 34 36 75 169 holiday events 124 hospitals 259 hotspots 158 160 HP Veer 4G smartphone See Veer 4G smartphone HP webOS App Catalog See App Catalog HP webOS See webOS platform HSDPA data network 16 73 HTML 4 01 163 iCal on Mac 62 63 Icons See also specific types battery 19 bookmark 166 calendar 125 data connection 16 229 data services 229 display limit in Quick Launch 41 Google maps 171 hotspots 160 Launcher 50 notifications and 224 Quick Launch 50 signal strength 22 225 title bar 16 web page 163 165 ignored calls 75 IM See instant messages images 93 234 See also pictures images See icons wallpaper IMAP email accounts 231 IMEI number 226 importing information 228 See also data transfer inbox email 86 97 231 Industry Canada 257 information See also text cutting copying 47 deleting 203 importing 228 linked contacts 117 losing 243 pasting 47 restoring 243 saving 48 112 inline images 93 installing applications 19 SIM card 18 third party applications 190 updates 28 29 instant messages 98 107 232 233 Interactive Tests 204 interference 225 227 internal memory See memory international dialing 80 international language settings 208 Internet See websites Internet service providers 231 IP addresses 157 IPSEC cli
211. he apps installed on your smartphone not just the open ones To get to Card view when an app is displayed full screen flick up from the gesture area to the screen or tap the center of the gesture area connection menu A menu hidden in the upper right corner of the screen that lets you turn on off wireless connection features such as Bluetooth wireless technology and your wireless service provider s network To open the connection menu drag down from the upper right corner of the smartphone above the screen onto the screen or tap the upper right corner of the screen See Open the connection menu for details See also application menu and airplane mode Glossary of Terms 248 dashboard A list of all your notifications When one or more notification icons appear at the bottom of the screen tap the icons to open the dashboard Tap a dashboard item to act on it See also notification Data Transfer Assistant A tool that enables you to do a one way export of information such as contacts and calendar events from a desktop organizer to your smartphone See Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer drag A slow movement of your finger on the touchscreen used for example to scroll slowly through a list or move an icon in the Launcher Drag slowly up from the gesture area to display Quick Launch when it s hidden See Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch DRM free file A file that is not protected by Digit
212. he email address where you want to receive purchase receipts or enter a different email address 7 If you do not have a billing account do one of the following e To bill purchases to your AT amp T account Tap Set Up Carrier Account Select the state associated with your account Confirm the Chapter 12 HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager 191 172 8 email address where you want to receive purchase receipts or enter a new address Tap Continue To bill purchases to a credit card Tap Set Up Credit Card Select the country associated with your credit card account Select the card type and enter the card information Confirm the email address where you want to receive purchase receipts or enter a new address Tap Submit Do one of the following e To purchase the app using a promo code Tap Use Promo Code Enter the promo code and then tap Use Promo Code e To purchase the app using your billing account Tap Purchase TIP To pause a download tap the Downloading progress bar To resume downloading tap Download paused 10 To cancel a download Tap X on the Downloading progress bar After you download an app tap Tap to Launch to open it The app also now appears as an icon in the Launcher so you can open it from the Launcher as well TIP If you delete a purchased application you can reinstall it without paying for it again see Manage applications with Software Manager You can move to other s
213. he various accounts where you originally created the data it s just assembled in one view on your smartphone for your convenience How can you tell if a contact is linked Look in the upper right corner of the contact screen If you see a number beside the photo icon that means that you re looking at a linked contact with combined info from contacts you re storing in separate accounts Contacts S Emily Weeks e Emily Weeks E Link more profiles WORK ov d 14 Tap the photo icon to see the contacts that are linked 555 555 8314 2 Emily is a contact in your Google online account and in your Palm profile account 3 Scroll down to see Emily s combined contact info You can unlink linked contacts and you can manually link contacts see Unlink a contact or Link a contact Use Contacts for the first time 1 Open Contacts Do one of the following e To set up an online account to sync Tap Add An Account and go to step 3 e To open Contacts without creating an online account Tap Done This opens your Palm profile account and you can start creating contacts in this account To set up an account that is listed tap the account type enter the account information and then tap Sign in NOTE When setting up an AT amp T Address Book account you are asked to accept AT amp I s terms and conditions Tap Terms amp Conditions and then tap the plus icon in the upper right to see the f
214. hone completes startup 6 If this does not solve the problem see 6Ts Ways to get your HP Veer 4G working again for additional steps to try Applications are running slowly NOTE Be sure that any third party applications you install are compatible with HP webOS Applications written for earlier Palm smartphones using the Palm OS by ACCESS operating system or Windows Mobile are not compatible with your Veer If you can try a free version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly 1 Tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view 2 Scroll through the cards and note how many applications are open 3 Close any application you are not using by throwing its card off the top of the screen If the problem persists after you close apps you are not using restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone If this does not solve the problem see 6Ts Ways to get your HP Veer 4G working again for additional steps to try Chapter 14 Troubleshooting My gestures in the gesture area aren t working e Some gestures begin in the gesture area and end in the touchscreen and vice versa Crossing the border between the two areas with your finger is crucial to making the gesture successfully Likewise the drag gesture for opening a menu begins at the top of the smartphone above the screen and crosses down onto the screen Gesture area e f you cannot make the back gesture ch
215. ialing when the screen is locked If this preference 3 Tap one of the contact s phone numbers to dial it If only the contact is on you can access voice dialing by first turning the screen on if it is off by eth wda tenh bae ora pressing power or sliding out the keyboard and then pressing and holding Ga a a iver a Ror rte volume You do not need to enter your PIN or password If this preference is on contact and tap a number and you have a headset attached to your smartphone you can access voice dialing when the screen is locked by pressing and holding the button on the headset you don t need to turn the screen on first Dial using the onscreen dial pad TIP You can use voice dialing to call any contact number type except the following fax pager assistant and radio Some of these types appear for contacts cee The onscreen dial pad is useful when you need to dial numbers that are in certain online accounts only such as a Google or Exchange contact expressed as letters and when you need large brightly lit numbers that you can tap 1 Open Phone Dial by contact name using Just Type ie v 1 Display Card view see Manage applications in Card view or open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher Chapter 6 Phone 67 2 Tap the dial pad numbers to enter the number Just Type ed ctitvexg AT amp T 1 408 555 4 408 555 9876 E Send SMS Message Save to Contacts 4 Google SUGGEST
216. ice you must have the account set up on your smartphone and you must have access to the Internet on your smartphone e To upload to Facebook you must have installed the Facebook app from App Catalog on your smartphone see Download a free application e For information about setting up online picture accounts on your smartphone see Set up an online pictures account on your smartphone can t send or upload my video If you create a long video and then edit it to shorten it the editing processing must be complete before you email upload or send the video with a multimedia message If the process was not complete the upload fails or is incomplete To upload videos of any size you need access to the Internet from the smartphone To confirm that you have an Internet connection open a website see Go to a website or Search for a website Video files can be large For example a 1 minute video can be more than 10MB Many email providers have limits on how large a file you can send Check with AT amp T to see if there is a limit on how large a file you can send To upload to Facebook you must have installed the Facebook app from App Catalog on your smartphone and you must already have an account set up on the Facebook site Facebook has a limit of 2 minutes or 100MB for unverified accounts and 20 minutes or 1GB for verified accounts see Download a free application You also need to add the Facebook account from the Contacts
217. ich apps should get data from the online account For example you can choose to set up your Google account so that your smartphone displays your Google contacts Google Talk instant messages and Gmail messages but not your Google calendar events e To set up an online account in the Accounts app See Use the Accounts application to set up an online account for details e To set up within an individual app The first time you open Email Contacts Calendar or Messaging you are given the option to enter settings for one or more online accounts See Set up email Use Contacts for the first time Use Calendar for the first time or Set up an instant messaging IM account You can add more accounts at any time using the Accounts app or the preferences in any of the applications mentioned above See Set email preferences Customize Contacts Customize Calendar or Set up an instant messaging IM account Chapter 4 Work with applications You can also set up your smartphone to post photos to online accounts such as Facebook or Photobucket See Set up an online pictures account on your smartphone See Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones for the current list of default online accounts that synchronize your info and those that do a one way transfer of info either from the web to your smartphone or from your smartphone to the web NOTE Ifyou are setting up your smartphone for the first time and downloading a large number o
218. icle or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and or others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and do so only if it is legal and you can do so safely Make sure you place your smartphone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient time let your voicemail answer it for you Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions Rain sleet snow and ice can be hazardous but so is heavy traffic As a driver your first responsibility is to pay attention to the road Do not take notes look up phone numbers read write email or surf the Internet while driving If you are reading an address book or business card while driving a car or writing a to do list then you are not watching where you are going It s common sense Do not get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or writing and not paying attention to the road or nearby vehicles Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic Try to plan your calls before you begin your trip or attempt to schedule your calls with times you may be temporaril
219. ification it means your smartphone had to wait too long to connect to the Exchange server The connection may have been lost the server may be temporarily overloaded or the server may have encountered an internal error Check your Exchange server name and proxy server settings see Set up email Microsoft Exchange and Lotus Notes and try again later A notification tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem with item type item name There was an error while synchronizing a single item This error can usually be corrected only by deleting the item that caused the error If you sync again to see if the error persists be aware that items causing this type of error are skipped and do not show up again Data connections don t know if have a data connection The following icons appear in the title bar to indicate whether data services are available If you don t see one of these icons you don t have a data connection Table 1 Data connection icons Icon Description g Your smartphone is connected to a GPRS data network g Your smartphone is connected to an EDGE data network 3G Your smartphone is connected to a 3G data network Your smartphone is connected to a 4G data network Your smartphone is connected to a Wi Fi network You can open a data connection KEY TERM GPRS General Packet Radio Service A mobile Internet connectivity technology that allows persistent data connections Additional charges ma
220. ile open open the application menu and tap Share 2 Create the email message and tap View cell content in a spreadsheet You can see a larger view of the contents of any spreadsheet cell 1 Tap the cell The cell contents appear in a larger view at the bottom of the screen A B c D 1 MON 2 7 45 9 30 Con call 3 9 30 10 Panning a 10 00 12 00 Open 5 12 00 1 00 Lunch E 100300 Ai hands 7 3004 00 Open 8 400 530 Strategy session 9 10 1 J Planning meeting 2 Tap the enlarged cell contents to see an even larger view To close the larger view tap Done Scroll rows or columns in a spreadsheet e To scroll rows Flick up or down on the screen e To scroll columns Swipe left or right on the screen Chapter 11 Documents Switch among sheets in a spreadsheet 1 Tap the name of the currently displayed sheet in the upper right corner of the screen 2 Tap the sheet you want to jump to Resize columns in a spreadsheet 1 Tap and hold the column header line to the right or left of the column you want to resize 2 Drag the column Switch among slides in a PowerPoint slideshow Do one of the following e To move to the next or previous slide Drag up or down on the screen e To jump to a different slide Tap the name of the currently displayed slide in the upper right corner of the screen Tap the slide you want to jump to Zoom in to and pan a slide e To zoom in to a slide Double tap the slide Wh
221. ile that is not protected by Digital Rights Management DRM free music files can be copied as many times as you like and can be played on your Veer NOTE You can download and listen to MP3 WAV and AMR files in Email and you can download and listen to MP3 files in Messaging Files you download from Email or Messaging are not saved to USB storage and they are not listed in Music Chapter 9 Photos videos and music 147 Listen to music e To listen to all songs from an artist Tap Artists and tap the artist name Tap the first song After you begin to play music music continues to play if you switch to e To listen to an album Tap Albums and tap the album name Tap the another application turn off the screen or slide the ringer switch off If a call first song comes in Music pauses automatically and resumes when you hang up or e To listen to all songs in a genre Tap Genres and tap the genre name ignore the call Tap the first song e To listen to playlists you synchronized to your smartphone Tap If you put the Music app in the background while you work in another app a Playlists Go to palm com sync solutions for a list of third party music notification icon appears at the bottom of the screen Tap the icon to solutions sold separately that you can use to sync music and display the music playback controls You can use the controls even if the playlists from your computer to your smartphone screen is locked l e To
222. ing 104 displaying 103 forwarding 103 links in 147 notifications and 101 phone calls and 70 72 sending 99 101 102 troubleshooting 231 233 text selection gestures 27 28 text telephone mode See TTY TDD mode text telephones See TTY TDD devices third party applications adding 190 backup summary 200 compatibility 224 data transfer 140 147 freeing internal memory and 245 losing 243 searching for 37 specifications 256 synchronization by 60 63 110 121 228 3G files 145 3G network 16 73 229 throwing gesture 25 thumbnails 138 243 time 19 time formats 202 Tips Help application 10 touchscreen See screens Touchstone charging dock 17 20 21 traffic information 171 transferring data 58 63 242 244 trash folder 96 triple toggle 217 troubleshooting App Catalog 239 242 applications 223 224 batteries 222 223 blank screens 223 calendars 235 238 camera 238 contacts 235 238 email 228 230 231 gestures 224 hands free devices 225 227 memory 244 messaging 231 233 music 238 239 242 notifications 224 232 233 performance 224 phone not turning on 18 phones 204 225 226 removing the battery 218 restarting the phone 216 217 signal strength 225 226 synchronization 227 229 throwing open applications off top of screen 216 transferring data 242 244 updates 244 user profiles 218 222 web pages 234 235 Wi Fi 233 234 TTY TDD devices 82 TTY TDD mode 17 Turn Off And Erase Data option 201 turning on and off airplane mode 2
223. ing a search term and under Launch amp Search tap More and then tap YouTube To use this search option you must add YouTube to your list of Just Type preferences see Customize Just Type Use video playback controls Playback controls automatically appear when you start a YouTube video They disappear after a few seconds Tap the video to manually display or dismiss the controls Table 4 Video playback controls Control Function CS Play E Pause Move forward or backward tap and hold the slider and then drag it right to move forward or left to move backward g Switch between full screen view and the original size Use the volume button on the left side of your smartphone to control the sound level Find related videos Find videos from the same author or otherwise related to the one you selected On the video details screen see Watch a YouTube video do one of the following e To view videos from the same author Tap More gt More from This Author e To view related videos Tap More gt Related Videos Share a video Send a friend a link to a YouTube video 1 On the video details screen see Watch a YouTube video tap Share 2 Tap Email or Text Message 3 Address and send the message Music You can add and listen to DRM free music files on your smartphone You can listen to music through the speaker on the back of your smartphone or through headphones sold separately If you have sp
224. ing measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This smartphone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines and is certified with the FCC as FCC ID O8F BROU The FCC ID is located on the back of your HP webOS smartphone behind the touchscreen To view the FCC ID slide the keyboard out CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Antenna Care Unauthorized Modifications Use only the supplied integral antenna Unauthorized antenna modifications or attachments could damage the unit and may violate FCC regulations Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The term IC before the equipment certificati
225. ing the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone see Bluetooth wireless technology TIP If you turn off the Show Contact Matches preference you can still perform a contact search in the Phone application After opening Phone tap the contact list icon to the right of Enter name or number Type the contact name or initials and Customize smartphone settings tap the number when it appears Use Phone Preferences to customize smartphone settings J Turn call forwarding on off Preferences You can forward calls to another phone number Check with AT amp T about availability and pricing of forwarded calls additional charges may apply JNE NUMBER ni oO TA oe A te hw 1 Open Phone 5 1 408 555 8215 WHEW TYE 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts ary NG IN OF Valet LLENA eee Wue i Show Contact ch 3 In Call Forwarding tap On or Off Matches CT nn ae 4 Ifyou turn call forwarding on tap Enter Number and enter the call coe forward number Tap to change an existing number Call Forwarding gt P z 3 Cla am A AL Olla A Chapter 6 Phone 7 80 Turn my caller ID on off The caller ID feature controls whether your phone number appears on another person s phone when you call them Check with AT amp T about availability and pricing of the caller ID feature DID YOU KNOW The caller ID feature does not affect whether your smartphone displays the caller ID
226. ing trouble purchasing an app If you see a charge of exactly 1 00 the 1 00 charge has been applied by the online retailer as a credit validation charge This is a temporary charge that should be removed shortly If the charge is not removed after 24 hours contact Palm Support Go to palm com support Select your smartphone and AT amp T and click Support Services Select one of the support options If you have been charged multiple times for the same app you must provide proof to HP If the charge is not removed after 24 hours contact Palm Support Go to palm com support Select your smartphone and AT amp T and click Support Services Select one of the support options If App Catalog requests that you enter your billing information after you already entered it this means that HP reset your account due to billing address inconsistencies Re enter your billing address in App Catalog see Update or delete a billing account If you receive an alert that says Card Validation credit card number and card type do not match this means that the credit card number is valid but does not match the credit card type Verify and correct your card information see Update or delete a billing account If you receive an alert that says Card Validation country and credit information are set incorrectly this means that the credit card number is not valid for the country in which your smartphone was activated Verify and correct your cred
227. ion to NOTE If automatic setup fails for your email account an error message appears k with t il t that Mi Exch Tap Manual Setup or Find a Synergy Service gather the settings info you need mn oe eee ee een A p en ae and enter the account settings see Set up email when automatic setup fails ActiveSync or Lotus Notes see Set up email Microsoft Exchange and Lotus Notes 1 Open Email Set up email Microsoft Exchange and Lotus Notes 2 Doone of the following Follow this procedure to get email for Microsoft Exchange and Lotus Notes e The first time you open Email tap an account type or tap Email accounts Account e If you have already set up an account that takes advantage of the BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get this info from your email provider or system Synergy feature and want to set up another one tap Add An administrator Account and then tap an account type or tap Email Account e Mail server name or IP address for receiving mail e Any other time you open Email open the application menu tap Preferences amp Accounts tap Add Account and tap an account type or tap Email Account e Server domain name e Your username and password Email 1 34 H all NOTE If your corporate Exchange system utilizes policies such as remote wipe w Your Mail Accounts and password enforcement including minimum password length allowed number of failed password attempts and other parameters those policies are d supported in your Excha
228. ions that you can use when you re on a call depend on the kind of network your smartphone is connected to How can you tell which kind of network you re connected to See Icons in the title bar TIP You don t need an on hold button to put a call on hold Just tap the mute icon to mute your end of the line a GPRS network You can use the personal information applications Contacts Calendar and so on and send and receive text messages But e Open the dial pad to enter numbers for navigating phone trees some kinds of data connections are not possible You cannot browse the responding to prompts and so on Tap EJ web or send or receive email multimedia or instant IM messages To browse the web or send or receive email or IM messages while on a call you must connect to a Wi Fi network See Wi Fi e Add a call See Make a second call e Adjust call volume Press volume Chapter 6 Phone 4G or 3G network You can make simultaneous voice and data connections So when you re on a call you can also send and receive email browse the web and send and receive text multimedia and IM messages NOTE You can t send or receive multimedia messages using a Wi Fi network 1 While on a call do one of the following e Display Card view see Manage applications in Card view and begin typing the name of the app e Open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher e Open Quick Launch see Open an application in
229. irplane mode you must first connect to a Wi Fi network Turn wireless services on When you turn on your smartphone it automatically connects to your mobile network so that you can make and receive phone calls and use other wireless services if supported by the local network If airplane mode is turned on you need to turn it off before you can connect to your mobile network Tap the upper right corner of any screen to open the connection menu Tap Turn off Airplane Mode When your smartphone locates a signal AT amp T appears in the upper left of the screen in the Launcher Card view and Phone and the signal strength Fill icon appears at the top of the screen These indicate that wireless services are on When you are inside a coverage area the bars of the signal strength i icon are filled in according to the strength of the signal If you re outside a coverage area the bars in the signal strength icon appear dimmed with an X Shut down your smartphone Usually turning your smartphone off and or putting it in airplane mode is sufficient for normal periods when you have the smartphone with you but you re not using it On rare occasions however you may want to put your smartphone into deep sleep because you are not going to use it for an extended period At those times shut down the screen and wireless services completely by doing one of the following e Open Device Info amp and tap Reset Options Tap Shut Down
230. is or her profile these changes are transferred to your smartphone the next time the account syncs e Yahoo accounts support a one way transfer of Yahoo contact info from the web to the smartphone The info on your smartphone updates each time the account syncs but Yahoo accounts do not provide two way synchronization e f you make changes or add to a Facebook LinkedIn or Yahoo contact entry on your smartphone the smartphone creates a new contact in the default Contacts account adds the changes to this new contact and then links the new contact to the original Facebook LinkedIn or Yahoo contact The changes sync with the default Contacts account not with your Facebook LinkedIn or Yahoo account e Changes made on Facebook com LinkedIn com or Yahoo com are reflected on your smartphone every 24 hours or after you manually sync e If the missing contact is from a LinkedIn account make sure the contact is in your direct network The smartphone does not sync second and third level connections e If the missing contact information is from another account that is compatible with the HP Synergy feature you need to contact the developer for help e Sync your Contacts accounts see Manually synchronize Contacts with your online accounts e Set the default Contacts account see Customize Contacts e Search to locate the contact information see Find a contact e Check other contacts that have the same phone number or emai
231. isorder make sure to take necessary breaks from use take longer rests such as several hours if discomfort or tiring begins and see a doctor if discomfort persists To minimize the risk of Repetitive Motion Injuries when texting or playing games with your smartphone e Do not grip the smartphone too tightly e Press the buttons lightly e Make use of the special features in the handset which minimize the number of buttons which have to be pressed such as message templates and predictive text e Take lots of breaks to stretch and relax Blackouts and Seizures Blinking lights such as those experienced with television or playing video games may cause some people to experience blackout or seizure even if never experienced before In the event a smartphone user should experience any disorientation loss of awareness convulsion eye or muscle twitching or other involuntary movements stop use immediately and consult a doctor Individuals with personal or family history of such events should consult a doctor before using the device To limit the possibility of such symptoms wherever possible every hour take a minimum break of 15 minutes use in a well lighted area view the screen from the farthest distance and avoid exposure to blinking lights if you are tired Operating Machinery Do not use your smartphone while operating machinery Full attention must be given to operating the machinery in order to reduce the risk of an accident Aircraft
232. istory Scroll to the page name and tap the page vince A ea E ranan foe al arnt bio D Kana Welcome to Facebook Fa ah facebook com H E ES Sesame Breaking News a ara We ie om CNN com Breaking News Eg anyep aR eee Products SF Tiitii ai d L Palm USA Mobile Products 4 3 Do one of the following e Open Web and enter a term or address in the address bar that matches the page name or address e To clear your browsing history Open Web amp open the application menu tap Preferences and then tap Clear History e To edit Tap to the right of the bookmark name Change the icon see Create a bookmark title or URL and tap Save Bookmark e To reorder Tap hold wait for the visual cue and then drag the bookmark e To delete Throw the bookmark off the side of the screen and tap Use links on a web page Delete Table 2 Use links on a web page Return to previously viewed web pages To do this Do the following Go to another Tap the link Do one of the following page l Dial a phone Tap the link to display the dial pad with the number e In Launcher or Card view type a few characters of a keyword relating to number entered and tap the page you are looking for and then tap Bookmarks amp History Scroll to find the page you want and tap to open it Open a link in Press and hold Option o and tap the link Tap another browser Open In New Card Copy the URL Press and hold O
233. it card information see Update or delete a billing account If you receive an alert that says Couldn t Add Credit Card this means that the credit card information could not be added to your account The Address Validation Service is temporarily unavailable Try again later to add the credit card information see Update or delete a billing account If you receive an alert that says Couldn t update try again later to update your credit card information see Update or delete a billing account m having trouble downloading an application through App Catalog If you have another version of the app installed on the smartphone without using App Catalog delete it before installing the App Catalog version All applications have a unique App ID even those that did not originate in App Catalog Your webOS smartphone can serve only one e If you are making a data connection over the AT amp T data network and are App ID instance at any given time in roaming coverage check to see if you have data roaming enabled Open Phone amp open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network tap Data Roaming and tap Enabled Note that additional charges may apply if you enable data roaming e Connect to a Wi Fi network and then try the download again see Wi Fi IMPORTANT Information stored in an application is stored only within the e Restart your smartphone and then try the download again see Restart applicati
234. ivated in order to work properly The first time you turn on Google Services you may be asked to review and accept the terms of use and decide whether to allow anonymous data collection Do the following e Review the terms of use e If you decide not to allow anonymous data collection tap the checkmark to remove it e Tap Agree or Don t Agree Background Data CRD lt Allows Google to autornatically collect A Turn location service providers on off Google Maps Google Maps cannot determine your location and therefore cannot work properly unless a location service is turned on see Turn location service providers on off Location Services provides access to two location service providers GPS and Google Services At least one of these must be turned on for Location Services to be enabled Both of them can be turned on at the same time 1 Open Location Services 2 To turn GPS on off open the application menu tap Locate Me Using and tap GPS GPS which is turned on by default is a radio technology that uses line of sight communication with satellites orbiting the earth GPS is Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections Open Google Maps Tap Menu in the lower right corner In Google Maps use these icons to do the following Google Maps Table 3 Google Maps icons Icon Description Q Search Map Search for a location or service Get Directions Get directions x Map In Sa
235. k However use Calendar to have your appointment times adjusted so that the notification for a 9AM meeting in San Francisco will sound at noon when you re in New York see Create an event Manage Clock 1 Open Clock EJ 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences 3 Doany of the following Delete a memo To set whether the alarm sounds when the ringer switch is off 1 In an open memo open the application menu and tap Delete Under Alarm Sound tap Ringer Switch Off and then tap Mute to turn the sound off or Play Alarm to turn the sound on 2 Tap Delete to confirm To set whether an alarm gets louder as it rings Next to Ascending volume tap Yes No To set how long you can snooze after an alarm goes off Tap Email a memo Duration under Snooze and tap a time period To change the clock display Tap the current Theme Then tap a 1 In an open memo open the application menu and tap Email Memo theme Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 133 TIP To change the time See Date amp Time Set an alarm BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure ringtone volume is on and you can hear it and make sure the preference to play the alarm even when the ringer switch is off is set to Play Alarm see Manage Clock That way you can sleep through the night without being disturbed by phone calls but your alarm still wakes you up in the morning 1 Open Clock EJ 2 Tap the screen if Bg is not visible 3 Tap EY
236. ke the Calendar notifications and the camera shutter click when you take a picture The ringer switch does not affect music and video sound By default when the ringer switch is off you can still hear the Clock alarm If you want to change this setting so that turning off the ringer switch also turns off the Clock alarm sound go to Clock gt Preferences Under Ringer Switch Off change Play alarm anyway to No If you set this option to No be sure to change it back to Yes the next time you set an alarm otherwise you won t hear the alarm if the ringer switch is off Set ringer switch settings You can set how your smartphone treats system sounds and rings for incoming calls when the ringer switch is off and when it is on 1 Open Sounds amp Ringtones Preferences 2 00 H all D amp Sounds amp Ringtones i CA a 3 Witt Cie 5 7I i ES E eaa a RINGS amp ALERTS Vibrate 4 RINGS amp ALERTS Sound amp Vibrate RINGTONE Pixi Ringtone Volume k Chapter 13 Preferences 211 212 2 In Ringer Switch Off gt Rings amp Alerts tap the currently displayed option and then tap an option to set what happens when the ringer switch is off and a system sound or the ringer would normally play Tap Vibrate to have your smartphone vibrate instead of playing the sound Tap Mute to have nothing happen 3 Under Ringer Switch On gt Rings amp Alerts tap the currently displayed option and
237. know the most important gestures by heart Chapter 1 Welcome Multitasking You can have many applications open at once and easily move among them Go to the Launcher to open apps See the lineup of your open apps in Card view Tap an app to bring it into the foreground and work with it For more information see Open applications You can also send email or surf the web while on a call Just Type Need to call Ed Just slide out the keyboard and type ed If he s listed in your Contacts you can get his numbers from the search results Tap a number and you ve made the call Just Type works just as fast when you need to search the web find info in an application on your smartphone start an action such as creating an email message or memo or update your status on social networking sites such as Facebook or Twitter For more information see Just Type The HP Synergy feature The HP Synergy feature works in the background to gather your information from the various online sources where you keep it and then display that information in a single view on your smartphone You can access your info quickly without having to remember where you stored it For example suppose you have a Google account for personal email contacts and calendar events and an Exchange account for your corporate email contacts and events The Email Contacts and Calendar applications on your Veer all provide a view in which you can see information from both of thos
238. ks is automatically backed up to the webOS servers Verify your profile f your smartphone is lost or stolen open the web browser on your computer sign in to your Palm profile on palm com palmprofile and do a After you finish setup look for an email on your computer at the address you remote erase of the info on the smartphone used for your Palm profile If you don t see the confirmation email in your Inbox check your spam mail folder in your desktop email program Click the link in the email to do the following NOTE If you want to erase data on your smartphone while you are still in possession of the smartphone for example before you give it to someone else don t do a remote erase Instead do a partial or full erase of the smartphone itself e Verify your Palm profile see Erase data and reset your smartphone e Follow a link to go to palm com gettingstarted where you can watch short how to videos learn about transferring your information to your smartphone and more For detailed information about your Palm profile see Backup Although you create a Palm profile by entering a valid email address setting up a Palm profile is different from setting up email on your smartphone To set up email see Set up email To change your Palm profile information after you have set it up see Update your Palm profile settings What is a Palm profile Charge the battery When the battery is very low the battery Bj icon in th
239. l address to make sure the missing contact information has not been improperly linked to another contact If you have contacts with matching information tap the contact name at the top of the screen to display any linked Chapter 14 Troubleshooting contacts If you find the missing contact tap it and then tap Unlink this profile The unlinked contact now appears as a separate entry in Contacts My contact data is in the wrong field e f your incorrect contact data is being synced from an online account update the contact information in your online account If your incorrect contact data is being backed up with your Palm profile update your contact information on your smartphone e Manually synchronize Contacts see Manually synchronize Contacts with your online accounts have duplicate contacts e If the duplicate contacts are from the same source if for example both contacts are Google contacts or both contacts are Exchange contacts link the duplicate contacts see Link a contact e Delete one of the duplicate records from the source such as Google or Exchange or delete the duplicate from the smartphone see Delete a contact e Manually synchronize Contacts with your online accounts see Manually synchronize Contacts with your online accounts started entering a contact s name in Card view or the Launcher but I m not seeing the person in the results e With Just Type you need to enter at least two lett
240. l net On precentral net do the following Click the apps link at the top of the page and select App Gallery Under App Catalog Apps enter the name of the application and click Search Under Web Dist Apps enter the app name and click Search Under Beta apps enter the app name and click Search If you find the app click the link Download Now webOS Link below the application image When prompted enter your mobile phone number Click Send to my phone HP sends a text message to your smartphone with a link to the application in App Catalog After the text message arrives tap the link e Go to the app developer s website and confirm the app name including spelling and that the app is available for webOS e If the app is not available for webOS contact the developer to find out if a webOS version will be available soon e If the app name you used in previous searches was not correct go to precentral net and repeat the steps with the correct name and spelling If the app still doesn t appear the app is not currently available for your smartphone through the webOS distribution channels There are several reasons why this may occur For example the app may not be compatible with your smartphone model the app may not be supported by AT amp T the app may not be Supported in your region or the app may be a homebrew app e Try looking for another app that provides similar features 240 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting m hav
241. l other applications that can display data from that account For details on how Synergy works for the current list of online accounts see Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones For example suppose you want to set up your Google Talk account on your smartphone The last step in setup is to select all the other apps that you want to receive data from your Google account besides Messaging you can include Contacts Calendar and Email After setup is complete your smartphone begins to download your messages and all data for all other apps you selected for synchronization 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Doone of the following e The first time you open Messaging Tap Add An Account e Any other time Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Tap Add IM Account 3 Do either of the following Messaging ti Buddie e To set up messaging with one of the accounts listed Tap the account type 5 Offline e To set up an account type that is not listed tap Find More tap an app and follow the instructions onscreen to add the account Messaging 1 58 H alll T New Messaging Account AM LS Google r 3 Tap to the left of the text Offline and tap Available amp Yahoo fo Find More Sign out of an IM account b 4 1 Open Messaging gt 4 Enter your username and password 2 Tap Buddies gt Tap Sign In 3 Tap the status icon to the left of your onlin
242. l strength icon If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage see Signal strength is weak hear static or interference Check the signal strength icon If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage see Signal strength is weak If you re using a hands free device enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology try the following e Move your smartphone closer to the hands free device Audio quality degrades as the distance between your smartphone and the hands free device increases The effective range for a hands free device varies among manufacturers Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 225 e Confirm that no obstructions including your body are between the smartphone and your hands free device For example move your smartphone to the same side of your body as your hands free device My smartphone seems to turn off by itself Your smartphone has a power saving feature that s set to turn off the screen if it has been idle for one minute You can change the auto shut off interval see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically If you restart your smartphone wireless services such as Wi Fi and Bluetooth are automatically turned on if they were on before the restart However if the smartphone can t determine if a wireless service was on before the restart that service does not automatically turn on see Turn your smartphone on off If the problem persists and you re using thir
243. lbum and tap the album name 2 To preview a song tap anywhere on the song entry except the price 3 Do either of the following e Tap the album price and tap Buy e Tap a song price and tap Buy 4 Enter your email address and password and tap Sign In To purchase songs without needing to enter your password each time turn on Enable 1 Click IMPORTANT When you are signed in to your Amazon MP3 account your credit card is charged for the price of an item as soon as you tap Buy Preview and buy a song BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you download a song to your smartphone make sure you have enough storage space on your smartphone to fit the file Open Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone 1 Search for see Search for a specific song album or artist or browse to see Browse songs albums artists or genres an album or artist entry containing the song you want Chapter 9 Photos videos and music 151 2 To preview a song tap anywhere on the song entry except the price Amazon MP3 Neko Case Furnace Room RS Star Witness Al v Vengeance Is S Things That Sca 3 Tap the song price and tap Buy 4 Enter your email address and password and tap Sign In To purchase songs without needing to enter your password each time turn on Enable 1 Click IMPORTANT When you are signed in to your Amazon MP3 account your credit card is charged for the price of an item
244. les 185 187 200 PDF View 185 187 200 performance 223 224 personal data 59 Personal Identification Numbers See PINs personal information 243 phone 19 See also phone calls answering 70 71 73 as clock 207 backing up 198 200 caring for 260 compatible devices for 78 227 data services and 229 data transfer to 58 63 110 121 deleting user profiles from 19 dialing 104 116 headsets 78 79 227 icons title bar 16 lost 158 198 201 naming 203 number for 74 preferences for 79 83 redialing 69 regional settings 209 restarting 203 217 224 226 restoring backups 19 restricted dialing 81 safety information 77 257 262 setting up 18 19 sliding out keyboard 14 specifications 253 stolen 158 198 201 system information about 203 troubleshooting 204 225 226 TTY TDD devices and 82 turning on and off 17 21 23 views of 14 volume 72 phone calls answering 70 applications during 72 conferencing 73 74 contact information for 77 dialing 66 67 70 167 driving and 77 261 forwarding 79 hands free devices and 79 hold 72 73 ignoring 71 improving sound quality of 14 information about 69 71 75 76 77 messages during 102 music during 148 receiving 70 71 replying to 71 ringtones for 115 213 searching and 8 9 second 73 sending to voicemail 71 shortcuts for 80 silencing ringer for 71 phone numbers default settings for 76 for favorites 76 hidden 80 private 80 saving Phone Reset Options settings 204 photo albums
245. lete a page displaying any icons 1 Open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Scroll to the page you want to delete 3 Move the icons that appear to another Launcher page see Reorder Launcher icons or delete the icons for applications you installed see Delete applications 4 Tap 2 in the center of the empty page Chapter 4 Work with applications 51 ae Manage online accounts You can set up online accounts in the Accounts application or in individual applications on your smartphone The online account must already be set up on the web or server before you can add it to your smartphone KEY TERM Online account An online account is a web based or server based location such as Google Yahoo or Exchange where you keep contacts and or calendar information These accounts often have an email component as well Such web based or server based accounts are sometimes talked about as being in the cloud The HP Synergy feature works in the background to get data from an online account onto your smartphone After you set up one of these accounts on your smartphone you can access the data from that online account For some kinds of accounts you can also add and change data on your smartphone which is then synchronized to the online account in the cloud Whether you decide to set up your online accounts in the Accounts app or from within an individual app the process is the same You can specify wh
246. lick Next Enter your new password twice Optional Click Change Security Question select a security question and enter your answer Click Reset Password If you never verified your profile or didn t create a security question the process is a little different Do this On your computer go to palm com support select your smartphone and AT amp T and then click Manage Palm Profile Click Forgot password Enter the email address you used to create your Palm profile and click Next Type the text you see in the white box and click Send Email Open your email program on your computer and open the email with the subject How to reset your security information Click the link in the email Enter your new password twice Optional Click Change Security Question select a security question and enter your answer Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 221 222 9 Click Reset Password If that doesn t work or if you can t remember your security question and answer contact Palm Support for help on gaining access to your profile Go to palm com support Select your smartphone and AT amp T and click Support Services Select one of the support options Battery WARNING Never remove the back cover of your Veer The battery is built in to your smartphone and is not removable The battery drains quickly If the battery seems to drain quickly from normal use see Maximizing battery life for tips on improving battery lif
247. log Videos Nothing is backed up Keep a copy of these files on your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Voice Dial Nothing is backed up VPN Nothing is backed up Wallpaper Nothing is backed up Web Bookmarks Downloads and web settings Browser cookies Table 1 Backup details Application Backed up Not backed up Wi Fi Nothing is backed up Word See entry for Quickoffice Manually back up information to your Palm profile Backup occurs automatically every day but we recommend that you manually back up your information before you reset your smartphone or change your Palm profile settings 1 Open Backup W Preferences Backup Ca Last backup 12 14 10 323 AM Your Palm profile account and related records are backed up automatically every day Visit palm com support for more information Back up now C 2 Tap Back up now Erase Palm profile information from the server 1 Open Backup gp Preferences gt Bockup CO Last backup 12 14 10 323 AM Your Palm profile account and related records are backed up automatically every day Visit palm com support for more information Back up now 2 Doeither of the following e To stop backup of your info and delete all backed up information from the server Tap On to switch backup from On to Off Tap Turn Off And Erase Data This deletes all your information on the server It does not affect the i
248. lutions Export calendar events from desktop software When you export calendar events from desktop software you select which account to assign those events to Look for those events in the account you select see Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer Layered calendars Suppose you use the calendar in both Microsoft Exchange and in Google If you set up both of those accounts to sync with your smartphone your smartphone s Calendar app shows the events from both in a single view a layered calendar with events that are color coded to identify which provider they come from Individual events are stored separately with your different providers the events are just assembled in one view on your smartphone for your convenience Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 121 If you change an event the change is made in the appropriate calendar You can also look at the events of just one calendar at a time Use Calendar for the first time 2 3 Open Calendar Calendar Add An Account Y 74 Do one of the following e To set up an online account to sync Tap Add An Account and go to step 3 e To open Calendar without creating an online account Tap Done This opens your Palm profile account and you can start creating events in this account To set up an account that is listed tap the account type enter the account information and then tap Sign in Chapter 8 Contac
249. m update is available do one of the following e Tap Install Now twice When installation is complete and the smartphone resets tap Done Installation times vary depending on the size of the update You cannot use your smartphone while an update is being installed not even for emergency calls e Tap Install Later The next time you charge your smartphone you receive another update notification You can again choose whether to install the update now or later If you do not tap Install Later within 10 minutes of receiving the notification installation begins automatically Here is some additional information about system updates e Whenever possible use a Wi Fi connection to download system updates Downloads occur faster over Wi Fi than over an AT amp T data connection and use less battery power If you see that a system update is available make sure you have your smartphone s Wi Fi feature turned on e If you have Wi Fi turned on and the battery has enough charge your smartphone automatically downloads a system update if one is available you don t have to do anything If Wi Fi is not turned on when the update becomes available the HP servers continue to check your device for Wi Fi availability e If you do not have Wi Fi turned on anytime within a few days of the system update notification your smartphone automatically downloads the update over the AT amp T network the next time the battery has enough charge and you have a d
250. me and Customize Contacts The Synergy feature provides another advantage During the same process you go through to set up a contacts account you also set up the same account for all other applications that can display data from that account For details on how Synergy works for the current list of online accounts see Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones For example suppose you want to set up your Google contacts account on your smartphone The last step in setup is to select all the other apps that you want to receive data from your Google account besides Contacts you can include Messaging Calendar and Email After setup is complete your smartphone begins to download your contacts and all data for all other apps you selected for synchronization Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information NOTE In the Launcher tap Accounts and then tap Add Account to see the current list of online accounts you can set up on your smartphone and from which you can access contact info See Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones to see how major online accounts synchronize data between the web based account and your smartphone Enter a contact directly in Contacts See Create a contact for instructions You can assign the contact to one of your online address books if you do it synchronizes with the online address book Or you can create the contact in your Palm profile account which means it shows
251. means you end the relationship you created between your smartphone and the device This means that you will need to pair with the device again if you want to connect see Make a pairing request to another device or Accept a pairing request from another device If all you want to do is temporarily disconnect from a device see Disconnect from a device 1 Open Bluetooth Q 2 Throw the device name off the side of the screen and tap Delete Rename a device 1 Open Bluetooth Q 2 Tap and hold the device name 3 Enter anew name 180 Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections Documents Your HP Veer 4G enables you to take your office with you including your Microsoft Office files You can view Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint files on your smartphone You can also set up your smartphone to view files from online collaboration tools such as Google Docs You can also view and search in PDF files on your smartphone In this chapter 182 Quickoffice mobile office software 185 PDF View Chapter 11 Documents 181 182 Quickoffice mobile office software With Quickoffice mobile office software you can view Microsoft Word Excel and PowerPoint files on your smartphone Register Quickoffice software If you register Quickoffice software you receive notifications of software updates as well as features available only to users who register 1 Open Quickoffice 2 Tap Register Now Registe
252. mic Microphone mute option TTY compatible Ringer switch Built in GPS A GPS Qualcomm MSM 7230 processor Rechargeable lithium ion nonremovable 910mA hr power capacity HP webOS 5 megapixel Auto exposure Auto white balance Geotagging Video capture 3 3 in x 21 in x 0 6 in 84 mm x 54 5 mm x 151 mm 3 6 ounces 103 grams 32 F to 113 F 0 C to 45 C 20 to 90 RH Specifications 299 Table 1 Specifications Category Description Connectivity e Wi Fi 802 11 b g n with WPA WPA2 WEP 8021x authentication e WISPr support Bluetooth wireless technology 21 EDR with A2DP stereo Bluetooth support 2 6 inch touchscreen 18 bit color Resolution 320 x 400 User adjustable brightness Slide out physical QWERTY keyboard Ambient light Accelerometer Proximity 8GB 61GB user available USB mass storage support 512MB RAM Display Keyboard Sensors Memory Connector Magnetic connector Connects to charger data transfer cable with USB 2 0 Hi Speed and 3 5mm audio adapter for headset headset sold separately Back cover nonremovable Compatible with the HP Touchstone charging dock sold separately 254 Specifications Table 1 Specifications Category Description Included HP webOS applications at time of purchase HP webOS App Catalog Calculator Calendar Camera Clock Contacts Email Memos Messaging integrated SMS MMS and IM Music PDF View Phone
253. my IMEI number Do one of the following e Slide out the keyboard and look at the back of the smartphone The IMEI number is located on the portion of the back that s behind the screen e Open Device Info tap More Info and tap Hardware The IMEI number is listed under Network e Open Phone and enter 06 on the dial pad or the keyboard Tap SB Hands free devices can t make or receive calls using a Bluetooth hands free device e If you have earphones connected to your smartphone disconnect them e Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone e Verify that the hands free device is compatible with your smartphone Go to palm com support to see a list of supported devices NOTE This list contains only devices that have been tested for compatibility It is possible that a device that does not appear on the list may be compatible with your smartphone e Make sure that the Bluetooth feature is turned on see Turn the Bluetooth feature on off e Make sure that your smartphone is paired with your hands free device and the hands free device appears in the Devices list see Connect with a paired device e Make sure that the volume on the hands free device and on your smartphone is set loud enough to hear e Make sure your Bluetooth hands free device is charged and turned on e Make sure that your smartphone is within range of the hands free device Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters in
254. n Open Tasks Ez Tap the list you want to assign the task to 3 Tap 3 Tap to the right of the task name Tasks Gardening Call Bonnie about roses j Set water timer Normal PRIORITY Call Bonnie about roses Gardening LIST Tack ra ask name No due date DUE Z 3 p 4 Enter the task name in the Task name field To set the task priority see 4 Set any of the following Set task priority due date and other details Priority High priority tasks appear in red Normal priority tasks appear in bold text and low priority tasks appear in gray text TIP You can also use Just Type to create a task directly from the Launcher or Card view Start typing the task text and under Quick Actions tap New Task The Tasks application opens at a new task with the text you entered in the body of the task List Assign the task to a different list Due Tap No due date and tap a due date option If you set a due date a notification appears at the bottom of the screen on the due as date Tap the notification to open the task Set task priority due date and other details j j _ 5 To enter a note about the task tap the blank field at the bottom of the 1 Open Tasks 22 screen and enter the note 2 Tap the list containing the task Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 129 Check off a task 1 Tap the list containing the task 2 Tap the box to the left of the task name Task
255. n You can zoom in on or out from the page while selecting the portion you want to use The portion that appears in the white square Is used as the icon Tap Done 166 Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 4 Title Tap to edit See Text selection gestures for useful gestures if you want to edit the bookmark title URL Enter or edit the URL for the bookmark For example change the URL to the home page of a site instead of a drill down page within the site Tap Add Bookmark The first 12 bookmarks you create become thumbnails on the start page of the Web app NOTE Web bookmarks are part of the data backed up to your Palm profile After a partial or full erase a bookmark is restored with a generic thumbnail icon After you revisit the page for which you created the bookmark the original thumbnail icon is restored Open a bookmarked page Do one of the following e In Launcher or Card view type a few characters of the bookmark title and then tap Bookmarks amp History Scroll to find the bookmark you want and tap to open it e From the start page when you open the Web app Tap a thumbnail e To open a bookmark if it s not on the start page or after you navigate away from the start page Open the application menu and tap Bookmarks Then tap a bookmark Edit reorder or delete a bookmark Open Web 2 Open the application menu and tap Bookmarks e Open Web open the application menu and then tap H
256. n your smartphone Filling your smartphone memory with a large number of account entries can affect performance About the Data Transfer Assistant DTA The DTA enables you to do a one time one way export of data from selected desktop apps to your Veer through the USB cable included with your smartphone After the data is on your smartphone you can select the account you want to import the data to Chapter 5 Copy files and sync your personal data 61 62 IMPORTANT The DTA is not synchronization software It is meant to be used once per desktop app to export your info from the desktop app to an account on your smartphone These are the desktop apps that the DTA works with and the data that the DTA transfers to your smartphone Table 2 DTA application data transferred Operating Desktop Contacts Calendar Tasks To Memos System application dos Notes Windows Outlook 2003 V V V y XP or 2007 or 2010 Vista or Windows Palm Desktop V y y y 7 MacOS Address Book y 10 5 iCal y y Note the following If you use a desktop organizer that is not listed in the table go to palm com migrate webOS and click the link for transferring Contacts Calendar data from somewhere else Depending on the amount of data you are transferring it can take up to an hour to complete the transfer of your data Do not use the DTA to transfer data from a copy of Outlook that is associated with Exchange ActiveSync which
257. n your smartphone and in the cloud You can set up a sync relationship between your smartphone and an online account in the cloud This enables you to create and change data in one place on your smartphone or in the online account and have it show up in both places Chapter 5 Copy files and sync your personal data ay 60 On your smartphone and on your computer You can set up a sync relationship between your smartphone and selected desktop organizers Different kinds of sync relationships are possible using third party solutions This enables you to create and change data in one place on your smartphone or in the desktop organizer and have it show up in both places On your smartphone only Store and create contact and calendar data in your Palm profile account It s backed up to your Palm profile in the cloud You cannot create change or look at your Palm profile account data except on your smartphone NOTE Data that you store in your Palm profile account cannot be accessed anywhere but on your smartphone Palm profile account data is backed up daily No one not even you can see that data For further information about getting personal data onto your smartphone see palm com migrate webOS What do we recommend We recommend that you set up a Google account and move your contacts and calendar data to the cloud That way you can access create and change your data both on your smartphone and in your Google online acc
258. nal Tap the message text and edit the text 4 Tap Copy messages You can copy an individual message as plain text You can also copy the contents of an entire conversation 1 Open Messaging 2 Tap aconversation 3 Do one of the following e To copy the entire conversation Open the application menu tap Edit and tap Copy All e To copy a single message Tap the message and tap Copy Text View a contact s information from a message e In a conversation tap the header of a message received from a contact to open the contact entry Dial a number from a message e Tap a phone number and tap D Delete a message 1 In a conversation throw the message off the side of the screen 2 Tap Delete to confirm Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging Delete a conversation 1 In Conversations view throw the conversation off the side of the screen 2 Tap Delete to confirm Messaging Instant messaging Set up an instant messaging IM account Your smartphone supports instant messaging through popular online IM services such as GoogleTalk and AIM If you already have an IM account you can sign in through the Messaging app or through the Accounts app see Use the Accounts application to set up an online account The HP Synergy feature see Your HP Veer 4G provides another advantage During the same process you go through to set up a messaging account you also set up the same account for al
259. nal information for the number you want prompted p y to call For example if you say a contact name only and you have multiple phone numbers for that contact Voice Dial prompts you to say the type of number you want to call Or if you say a contact name that matches more than one contact in your contacts list Voice Dial prompts you to specify which contact you want 5 8 0 These indicate that the phone is off airplane mode You cannot make calls Incoming calls go to voicemail Chapter 6 Phone Additional Voice Dial commands You can say any of the following voice commands when Voice Dial is open NO Begin typing the contact first or last name or initials Just Type To redial the last number called Say Redial e To check voicemail Say Voicemail To repeat the last audio prompt Say Repeat e To go back one step and repeat the preceding audio prompt Say Back or Try Again To start from the beginning Say Restart Reset or Start Over CONTACTS e To exit Voice Dial without making a call Say Cancel Stop or Exit You can also exit Voice Dial by tapping Cancel pressing and holding volume closing the Voice Dial app or pressing the button on an attached 510 555 1289 MOBILE headset Calvin Lee T clee company com TIP You can turn on a preference that allows you to use voice dialing when the screen is locked see Use voice d
260. nc deleted emails option 90 Sync Now option 119 synchronization cloud 59 60 contacts 110 desktop organizers 60 63 email 86 89 92 104 110 121 Exchange accounts 63 Exchange servers 228 229 Facebook accounts 63 122 Google accounts 63 manual 127 online accounts 9 online accounts for 52 online calendars 110 121 122 127 128 227 online contacts 110 111 119 122 third party 63 110 121 troubleshooting 227 229 Yahoo accounts 63 Synergy feature calendars 121 contacts 110 121 Index defined 250 described 8 email 86 104 110 121 Google accounts 63 linked contacts 110 merged views 235 Messaging 98 system information 203 System Sound setting 101 system updates 28 29 250 See also updating phone T tap gesture 24 224 250 task lists assigning tasks to 129 creating 128 deleting 132 sorting 130 sorting items in 131 tasks backup summary 198 200 completing 130 131 creating 128 129 deleting 131 displaying 130 due dates for 131 editing 130 priorities 131 Tasks application 25 128 132 200 TDD devices 82 technical support 10 temperature ranges 253 tests See Quick Tests Interactive Tests text See also information copying cutting 47 display size 183 186 entering 46 finding 186 formatting 91 96 pasting 47 selecting 27 28 Text Assist application 45 46 200 text messages addressing 102 applications used in 98 101 blocking 106 contact information and 103 104 copying 104 creating 101 102 delet
261. ncher 4 p Sounds amp Screen amp Lock Accounts Ringtones 1 5 E Software Gesture Manager Tutorial gt Bluetooth Welcome To Help Tips Read short how tos Watch short animations Featured Browse featured articles A Clips B r h 10 Chapter 1 Welcome e To view Help topics for a single application Open the application open the application menu and tap Help Sounds amp Ringtones Preferences amp Accounts Help Turn the phone on and off Make calls Receive calls Use voicemail What can do during a call What s my number e Online start up help Visit palm com gettingstarted to view videos on basic topics such as managing info transferring data and maximizing battery life e Tools available from online support Visit palm com support to access the 200 page User Guide detailing every facet of your smartphone On the support site you can also edit your Palm profile watch how to animations and access a tool to help you export data from your desktop to your new smartphone the Data Transfer Assistant e Peer to peer support Visit forums palm com to share your experiences and get help and advice from fellow customers e Self paced learning guides Visit learning palm com to take a free online tutorial about your new smartphone Available in English only e Customer service from AT amp T For questions about your mobile account or features contact AT
262. nd tap Add to Contacts Tap Save As New to create a new contact or tap Add To Existing to add this number to an existing contact e To send an email Tap the email address e To go to a web address Tap it Add a buddy To add a buddy to an IM account you must send a buddy request and be accepted as a buddy by the invitee To send a buddy request 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Add Buddy 3 Tap the IM Service field and tap the account in which you want to add the buddy 4 Inthe Buddy Name field enter the buddy s IM address Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 5 Optional if available Tap the Message field and enter a message for your buddy invitee 6 Tap Add Buddy Receive a buddy request 1 Open Messaging amp 2 Tap the conversation containing the invitation 3 Do one of the following e To accept a buddy request Tap WA e To decline a buddy request Tap and tap Delete Block a message sender You can block a person from contacting you by IM if you don t want to receive any further messages from them You cannot however block a person if they are on your IM buddy list To block an IM buddy you first need to delete them from your buddy list see Delete a buddy 1 Open Messaging 2 Tapa conversation with the person you want to block 3 Open the application menu and tap Delete This Person 4 Tap Delete Delete a buddy 1 Open
263. nd tap any of the following Share via email or Trim amp share via email If a video is above the maximum size allowed for sending by email you can trim the video to an appropriate size see Edit videos you recorded Share via MMS or Trim amp share via MMS If a video is above the maximum size allowed for sending by MMS you can trim the video to an appropriate size see Edit videos you recorded Upload If your video web service is not yet set up on your smartphone tap Add An Account and tap the account type Enter your username and password and tap Sign In Enter an account name tap On Off to select other applications you want to synchronize this account with and then tap Create After you sign in return and repeat steps 2 and 3 Upload to online account To rename the video tap Title and enter a new name To add a description tap Description and enter the description Tap Upload Video The Gj icon indicates that the upload is in progress The amp icon displays when the upload has finished Watch a video BEFORE YOU BEGIN Before you put videos on your smartphone make sure you have enough storage space on your smartphone to fit the file Open Device Info amp and look at the Available field under Phone To get videos on your smartphone you can do any of the following e Record a video see Record a video e Copy videos from your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer e Receive vide
264. ne and search the web simply by typing the number or search term in either Card view or the Launcher You can also use Quick Actions to create new items such as email messages text messages or memos by entering all or part of the item s text See Just Type Launcher A group of screens called pages that display all your applications To open the Launcher tap in Quick Launch see Quick Launch or from the active application flick up twice from the gesture area to the screen If you are in Card view open the Launcher by flicking up once from the gesture area In the Launcher swipe up down left and right to see all your apps Tap an app icon to open the application You can add delete or rename Launcher pages see Add a Launcher page Rename a Launcher page or Delete a Launcher page linked contact A contact containing information from more than one source For example if you have a work contact in Exchange and a personal contact for the same person in Google the Contacts application automatically recognizes the connection and links the two contacts so you can see all the information for a person in the same place but the information is kept separate in the different accounts where it originated You can also manually link and unlink contacts merged view A feature on your smartphone that displays data from several sources in a single view but keeps the sources of your data separate Let s say you use Google calendar fo
265. network to connect to the network again e To disconnect from a network but keep it on your list of known networks Turn off Wi Fi see Turn Wi Fi on off This disconnects you from the network e To disconnect from a network and remove it from your list of known networks Open Wi Fi Tap the network name and then tap Forget Network Put Wi Fi to sleep when the screen is off By default your smartphone keeps its Wi Fi connection active even when the screen is dark If however you find that a Wi Fi connection is constantly unnecessarily waking up your smartphone you can save battery power by turning off this setting When you turn the screen on again the Wi Fi connection is reactivated 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Open the application menu and tap Sleep Settings 3 The current setting is displayed in the When Phone Sleeps field To change the setting tap the current setting and then select the other option from the displayed list Customize connection settings Do not change Wi Fi settings unless you are having trouble connecting to a network BEFORE YOU BEGIN You must be connected to the network you want to customize see Connect to a new open network Connect to a new secure network or Connect to a previously used network 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Tap the network name 3 In Automatic IP settings tap On or Off e When Automatic IP settings is on the IP address is automatically and dynamically configured e When Automatic IP
266. nflag a message When you flag a message a Y is placed beside the message in your Inbox You might flag a message to highlight it as something that you need to return to 1 Open a message 2 Open the application menu and tap Set flag or Remove flag Show or hide message header details 1 Open a message 2 Tapa recipient name to show details Tap again to hide details Delete a message Deleting a message moves it to your deleted items folder so it s still on your smartphone Depending on your email account this folder is called Deleted Items Deleted Trash or something else Do one of the following e In the message list Throw the message off the side of the screen e In an open message Tap O Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 975 To avoid deleting a message accidentally you can turn the Delete Confirmation preference on see Set email preferences If you do i i accidentally delete a message you can move it back to the original folder see Move a message to another folder To remove a message from your Greg Madison smartphone permanently delete it from the deleted items folder To delete all messages from the deleted items folder open the application menu while in the folder tap Empty Trash and then tap Empty Trash again Show Icon TIP If you change the folder where you store deleted messages for an IMAP account see Enter advanced account settings deleting messages from
267. nformation on your smartphone TIP Open Device Info to delete the information on your smartphone see Erase data and reset your smartphone e To turn on automatic backup if you had previously turned it off Tap Off to switch Backup from Off to On Remotely erase Palm profile information from your smartphone In the event that your smartphone is lost or stolen go to your Palm profile on your computer and from there erase the data on your smartphone This does not affect the information stored in your Palm profile 1 On your computer go to palm com palmprofile Chapter 13 Preferences 201 2 Sign in using your Palm profile username and password 3 Click Device Info 4 Click Lost My Phone gt Erase Device Update your Palm profile settings IMPORTANT To ensure that the data on your smartphone is consistent with that stored on your Palm profile we recommend that you perform a manual backup of your data both before and after you change any of your Palm profile settings see Manually back up information to your Palm profile 1 Open Backup gp 2 Open the application menu and tap Palm Profile 3 Enter your Palm profile password and tap Sign In Preferences Ea Profile Settings mcampbell palm com j TY NA i nasi a What was your first car 4 Edit any of the following First Name Last Name Change the first name and or last name associated with your Palm pr
268. ng in 8 searching in 17 searching in with Just Type 32 37 tasks from 129 YouTube from 146 Certificate Manager 205 206 Change Login Settings option 90 Change Wallpaper option 209 character searches 66 67 charging dock 17 20 21 charging the battery 9 19 20 217 222 223 chat rooms See conversations children safety of 260 Cisco AnyConnect VPN profile 162 cleaning smartphones 15 Clear Cache option 169 Clear Call History command 75 Clear Cookies option 169 Clear History option 169 clearing search history 36 Clock application 133 135 clock using smartphone as 207 closing applications 25 Exhibition 206 207 Launcher 40 cloud synchronization in 59 60 62 colors for calendar entries 121 for email message text 91 96 for memos 133 columns resizing 184 compatibility information 78 224 227 conference calls 73 74 connected devices 160 connection menu 43 247 connections Bluetooth device 78 178 179 corporate servers and 228 icons 16 Internet 153 network settings for 154 online address books and 110 roaming and 82 timing out 229 transferring files and 140 150 troubleshooting 225 TTY TDD devices and 82 VPN profile 162 Wi Fi 155 156 157 connectivity specifications 254 connectors 14 254 contact header 114 contact lists 94 119 contact matches 68 69 79 contacts adding 94 103 110 112 backup summary 198 199 car kits and 79 120 default account 119 deleting 118 dialing by 69 99 displaying 75 104 1
269. ng pictures Continuous burst mode allows you to capture several images with a single action 3 Slide out the keyboard and press Space GB or tap amp onscreen to take the picture e Copy a picture from a web page see Copy a picture from a web page 138 Chapter 9 Photos videos and music The following table shows you the photo formats that you can see on your smartphone and the apps you can see them in Table 1 Photo formats viewable on HP webOS smartphones Photo format View in Photos Download from Download from Email MMS BMP y y GIF N see Note JPG y y y PNG y y NOTE You can download and look at GIFs in Email and they are saved to USB storage but you can t look at GIFs in Photos or use one as wallpaper You can also look at pictures on the web directly in the web browser see Web 1 Open Photos i 2 Tap the album containing the picture and tap the thumbnail of the picture The Photo roll album contains pictures you took with your smartphone s camera Photos Photo roll Wallpapers 3 Swipe left or right on the screen to look at other pictures in the album 4 To find photos you took on your smartphone connect your smartphone and your computer using the USB cable and tap USB Drive on your smartphone On your computer click the drive representing your smartphone click DCIM and then click 10OPALM Organize your pictures into albums The Photos app organizes the pictures you take or ad
270. ng to go back into the app Create and work with favorites You can quickly reach your closest contacts by phone email or text multimedia message by designating them as favorites Creating a favorite from a contact lets you view and touch base with that contact in just a few taps You can create and manage favorites in Contacts see Create a favorite and in Phone see Create a favorite You can view favorites in the following apps Phone See all your favorites by tapping on the dial pad In your call history list calls to and from favorites are noted by a star If you enter a contact name to call a contact matching favorites appear at the top of the search results list and are noted by a star AT amp T Calvin Lee Mobile 510 555 1285 Add Favorite Chapter 4 Work with applications 99 56 Contacts See all your favorites by tapping Favorites on the contacts list screen On your complete contacts list favorites are noted by a star 7 lE Favorites Calvin Lee Add Favorite y Just Type When you enter a search term matching favorites appear at the top of the contacts search results and are noted by a star Email and Messaging When you begin typing a contact name to address a message matching favorites appear grouped at the top of the search results list and are noted by a star Chapter 4 Work with applications Copy files and sync your personal data You didn t buy your HP V
271. nge account on your smartphone Check with your system Email Account PP i 2 P ate administrator for details S Google P s 1 Open Email 2 Microsoft Exchange 2 Doone of the following e The first time you open Email tap Microsoft Exchange v 4 e If you have already set up an account that takes advantage of the Synergy feature and want to set up another one tap Add An 3 Enter your email address and password and tap Sign In Account and tap Microsoft Exchange 4 Depending on the account you may be presented with options for which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Create Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 87 e Any other time you open Email open the application menu tap Set up email when automatic setup fails Preferences amp Accounts tap Add Account and then tap Microsoft Exchange Follow these steps if automatic setup see Set up email does not work for Email 1 34 ET your email account w Your Mail Accounts BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get this info from your email provider or system eee administrator Email Account e Account type POP or IMAP 3 Google Incoming and outgoing mail server names woes a Se e Incoming mail server username and password L Microsoft Exchange e Incoming and outgoing server port numbers amp Yahoo e Any SSL requirements for incoming and or outgoing mail ae
272. ntact Tap the number e To send a text message Tap W e To save the number to Contacts Tap Add to Contacts see Save a phone number to Contacts e To view a contact entry Tap View Contact DID YOU KNOW The additional options display includes the time and type incoming outgoing missed of the call If a call history entry collapses multiple calls the additional options show information for each call Work with favorites You can quickly reach your closest contacts by phone email or text multimedia message by designating them as favorites Creating a favorite from a contact lets you view and touch base with that contact in just a few taps For instructions on calling a contact you designate as a favorite see Dial a favorite Create a favorite You can also create favorites in Contacts see Create a favorite 1 Open Phone amp Chapter 6 Phone 75 76 2 Tap J 3 Tap Add Favorite search for the contact and tap the contact when the name appears AT amp T Calvin Lee Mobile 510 555 1289 Add Favorite 4 Ifthe contact has more than one phone number tap the number you want to set as the favorite When you call the favorite the call is made using this number View favorite details From the favorites list you can dial a different phone number for that contact send a message or view the favorite s contact entry TIP In the favorites list you can change the order of any favorite
273. ntry for example to identify a number as a mobile or work phone TIP When you enter a phone number that requires pauses for example a number for which you need to enter a password or respond to prompts you can insert a pause or a stop in the number To insert a two second pause enter a P where you want the pause to appear To insert a stop enter a W where you want the stop to appear To dial the next set of numbers after the stop tap the numbers you entered as they appear onscreen 8 9 Tap Done Optional To assign the contact as a favorite tap see Create a favorite Find a contact To find a contact within the Contacts app use these steps 1 Open Contacts 2 Begin typing any of the following e First middle or last name First and last initial no space between e Company e Nickname a ma Matthew Bluth SEARCH 3 Global Address Search y 3 For more search options tap Global Address Search This option is available if you are using Microsoft Exchange with a Global Address List 4 Tap the contact TIP You can also use Just Type to find a contact from Card view or the Launcher Start typing a name or initials and scroll down the list of search results If you have contacts that you call frequently you can do any of the following to help access their numbers quickly e Create a favorite in Phone see Create a favorite or in Contacts
274. ny available network type or whether to connect to 4G 3G networks only or 2G networks only Data Roaming Set whether to allow web browsing email multimedia messaging and instant messaging when you are roaming Data Usage Set whether to turn data services web browsing email multimedia messaging and instant messaging on or off Manually select network settings If your smartphone cannot read the network settings from your SIM card during setup you can manually enter the settings BEFORE YOU BEGIN Obtain the following from AT amp T e The Internet access point name APN e Your username and password for accessing the Internet APN Chapter 6 Phone e The multimedia messaging APN name MMS APN e Your username and password for accessing the multimedia messaging APN e The multimedia messaging service center name MMSC e The multimedia messaging proxy server name MMS proxy e The maximum multimedia messaging size 1 Open Phone 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Under Network in Manual tap Off to switch manual network settings from Off to On 4 Tap Edit Network Settings 5 Tap Internet APN and enter the settings you obtained from AT amp T 6 Tap MMS APN and enter the settings you obtained from AT amp T 7 Tap Change Settings Turn TTY TDD on off A TTY also known as TDD or text telephone is a telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf or hard of hea
275. o Press and hold Option p and tap the photo Tap Photos Copy to Photos Use Flash content When you open a web page Flash content on the page appears with a play I button on a black background Do either of the following e To play the Flash content at its current size Tap EA e To play and zoom in on the Flash content Double tap it Keep the following in mind e When you see in the lower right corner of the screen you know you re working with Flash content and not the web page e To use playback controls with Flash content and interact with other active areas Tap the Flash content e You cannot zoom in out while working with Flash content e To stop working with Flash content and return to the web page Tap The ability to use Flash content is turned on by default To turn it off Open the application menu and tap Preferences In Enable Flash Content tap On to switch it from On to Off To have Flash content begin playing as soon as you open a website without your tapping the play button Open the application menu and tap Preferences In Autoload Flash Content tap Off to switch it from Off to On Flash on your smartphone does not support the following e Games that require arrow keys as controls The smartphone keyboard has no arrow keys so unless a game enables the remapping of keys you cannot play that game on your smartphone e Hover states on Flash content e Some video streaming methods Add a web page t
276. o access this email account 220 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting Creating your Palm profile Unable to complete Try this Restart your smartphone and begin again by doing this 1 Press and hold the power E button until you see two buttons Turn Off and Cancel 2 Tap Turn Off Wait for the smartphone to shut down completely 9 59 Palm Profile A Palm profile is key to access critica Cancel bs TE 3 Press and hold the power E button and begin setup again If you are unable to create a profile contact Palm Support and find out the status of the Palm Profile server Go to palm com support Select your smartphone and AT amp T and click Support Services Select one of the support options There may be a temporary outage affecting your area Having trouble logging in to your Palm profile Remember to log in to your Palm profile you must enter the same email address and password you used to create the profile TIP After you create your Palm profile you get an email at the address you used to create the profile Click the link in the email message to verify your profile If you verified your profile when you created it do this 7 On your computer go to palm com palmprofile select your smartphone and AT amp T and then click Manage Palm Profile Click Forgot password Enter the email address you used to create your Palm profile and click Next Enter the answer to your security question and c
277. o it fast do it lightly as with a swipe your fingertip just skims the surface The faster you flick the faster and farther you scroll up or down a list Close an application To close an application in Card view flick the card up toward the top of the touchscreen This is called throwing the card off the top of the screen Delete a list item In some applications such as Email Messaging Tasks Music and Bluetooth you can throw a list item off the side of the screen to delete the item Throw the item off the side of the screen If prompted tap Delete to confirm the deletion If you can t delete a list item by throwing it open the item and look in the application menu for a Delete menu item TIP To delete multiple list items throw each one off the screen If you get the Delete confirmation prompt after throwing the first item you don t need to tap it just throw the second item and the first deletion is confirmed automatically TIP In some apps such as Email you can set a preference whether to show a confirmation screen when you delete a list item Chapter 2 Basics 25 Display Card view or the Launcher If an application is maximized you Zoom in or out a fixed amount Web Photos Quickoffice mobile office can flick up from the gesture area to the screen to minimize the app and software PDF View Double tap the screen display Card view This is the up gesture If you make the up gesture when Card vi
278. o offer the ability to search within the app for entries or files When you re in one of those apps from the list view type the file name a few words from e To create a new memo Tap New Memo A new memo opens a memo or a contact name initials address or number See the individual containing the text you entered application sections for details You can also enter a search term in the Help application to search for help content related to the term 4 To see more available quick actions tap More 34 Chapter 3 Just Type Open an application 1 Open Card view see Manage applications in Card view or the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Begin typing the app name or a related keyword See Use application keywords for a list 3 When the app appears tap it Just Type Calendar CONTACTS Calvin Lee T 510 555 1289 MOBILE clee company com Use application keywords If you don t know the name of the app you are searching for you can enter a keyword associated with the app This table shows the keywords you can use to find an app on your smartphone Table 1 Application keywords Application Name Keywords App Catalog Store Backup Settings Preferences Bluetooth Settings Preferences Wireless Table 1 Application keywords Application Name Keywords Calendar Clock Contacts Date amp Time Device Info Email Google Maps Location Services Memos Messaging
279. o the Launcher Add any web pages you visit frequently to the Launcher so you can access them in a few taps 1 Open the page you want to add to the Launcher 2 Open the application menu tap Page and tap Add To Launcher http www palm com URL Add To Launcher 3 Doany of the following Icon Tap the currently displayed page icon thumbnail Then tap hold and drag the web page to use a different portion of the page as the Launcher icon You can zoom in on or out from the page while selecting the portion you want to use The portion that appears in the white square Is used as the icon Tap Done Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 165 Title Tap to edit See Text selection gestures for useful gestures if you want to edit the page title URL Enter or edit the URL for the page For example change the URL to the home page of a site instead of a drill down page within the site 4 Tap Add To Launcher The page now appears as an icon in the Launcher Tap the icon to open the page To delete the page from the Launcher see Delete applications Create a bookmark 1 Open the page you want to bookmark 2 Open the application menu and tap Add Bookmark http www palm com URL Add Bookmark J I am 3 Doany of the following Icon Tap the currently displayed bookmark icon Then tap hold and drag the web page to use a different portion of the page as the bookmark ico
280. o you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence Do not touch the SIM card s metal connectors Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges the built up static electricity Regulatory and safety information ESD susceptible equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your HP smartphones from ESD harm While HP has built protections against ESD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your device build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions against ESD Make sure to discharge
281. oard 1 Option Press to enter numbers punctuation and symbols that appear above the letters on the keys see Enter alternate keyboard characters or to move the cursor see Text selection gestures Shift See Enter uppercase letters and Text selection gestures Space Backspace a fh W N Enter Press to enter a line return for example in a memo or in an email message you are composing or to accept information you entered in a field see Enter information in a field 6 Sym See Enter characters from the symbols table Enter uppercase letters By default the first letter of each sentence or field is capitalized and the remaining text you enter is lowercase To enter other uppercase letters do one of the following e Press Shift and press the letter key The Shift symbol appears You don t need to hold down Shift while you press the letter key Chapter 4 Work with applications 43 44 e Turn on Caps Lock Press Shift twice The Caps Lock symbol appears Turn off Caps Lock Press Shift amp Enter alternate keyboard characters Numbers punctuation and symbols appear above the letters on the keys To enter these characters do one of the following e Press Option p and press the key for the character The alternate character symbol appears You don t need to hold down Option while pressing the second key e Enter a series of alternate characters Press Option p twice to turn on Option L
282. ock The Option Lock symbol appears e Turn off Option Lock Press Option p Enter passwords You can see each character of a password only as you enter it so be careful Be sure Caps Lock and Option Lock are off unless you need them For information on how to enter characters see Enter uppercase letters and Enter alternate keyboard characters Enter characters from the symbols table You can enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys by using the symbols table See Symbols and accented characters for a list of the available symbols and accented characters 1 Press Sym to display the symbols table 2 Narrow the list by pressing the key that corresponds to the character you want For example to enter an press e Chapter 4 Work with applications TIP The symbols and accented characters are grouped according to their similarity to the corresponding key In some cases the symbol is related to the alternate character on the key not the letter For example to type a or other currency symbol press Sym h Why Because the alternate character on the H key is 3 Scroll to find the character you want 4 Tap the character to insert it Symbols and accented characters Table 1 Symbols and accented characters Press Sym and to select press aorA aaagaawmAAAAAA 4 8 t4 lt gt Ou bor B et4 lt gt Oy corC O O dor D TF e
283. of a misspelled word you can also tap the word and tap the original spelling TIP Suppose the language on your smartphone is English and you need to write an email in French To prevent Text Assist from trying to correct everything you enter temporarily turn off auto correction see Customize Text Assist settings Chapter 4 Work with applications 45 Customize Text Assist settings You can customize individual Text Assist features auto correction auto capitalization and shortcuts To customize the user dictionary see Add your own words and shortcuts 1 Open Text Assist p 2 Doany of the following e t gt 5 4 P 4 E oe e A Auto Capitalization Shortcuts Auto Correction System Sound Make a sound when typing is atg corrected _ _ e To turn auto capitalization shortcuts or auto correction on or off Tap Off or On for that entry e To change whether a tone plays the smartphone vibrates or neither happens when an auto correction takes place Tap Alert and then tap System Sound Vibrate or Mute The Alert option is available only if auto correction is turned on Add your own words and shortcuts 1 Open Text Assist 4 46 Chapter 4 Work with applications 2 Tap Edit User Dictionary Preferences 10N AT LOU ig eee Auto Capitalization Crt Shortcuts Ct Auto Correction on R System Sound ALERT Make a sound when typing is a
284. of the finger not the fingernail Tap fast and firmly and then immediately lift your fingertip off the screen Don t bear down on what you re tapping Don t wait for a response the response comes after you lift your finger Don t linger on the gesture a tap takes a split second to do Tap the center of the gesture area to do the following e When you re working in an application tap the center of the gesture area to see Card view Card view shows you all the applications that are currently open displayed as a series of cards small windows e When you re in Card view tap the center of the gesture area to maximize the app in the center of the view Swipe A swipe is most often a horizontal gesture from right to left or left to right Do it fast do it lightly In a swipe your fingertip just skims the surface of the touchscreen or gesture area One kind of swipe you ll use a lot back Make the back gesture from right to left anywhere in the gesture area Back takes you up one level from a detailed view to a more general view of the application you re working in For example when you finish reading an email message make the back gesture to close the message and return to your list of messages Or when you finish writing a memo make the back gesture to close and save the memo and return to the display of all your memos When you make the back gesture in an application and that s the only screen of that app that s open
285. ofile 202 Chapter 13 Preferences Email Change the email address associated with your Palm profile A verification email is sent to the new address Click the link in the email to verify the new address After you verify the email address is changed Security Question Answer Tap the current question and tap a new one Then tap Answer and enter an answer Change Password Tap Change Password Enter your new password and confirm it Tap Done Date amp Time You can set your smartphone to adjust the date and time automatically to the local date and time wherever you are or you can turn this feature off and enter this information manually 1 Open Date amp Time amp Preferences 1 58 Q Date amp Time TIME FORMAT gt Pn teh tied tee 12 hour p Network time on December 14 2010 1 58 PM Network time zone on k d 2 Set any of the following Time Format Set whether to use a 12 hour or a 24 hour format Network time Network time is set by the AT amp T network Tap On or Off If you turn this option off select the date and time If you switch from manual time to network time there might be a delay before the network time updates on your smartphone Network time zone Tap On or Off If you turn this option off tap the city that appears onscreen Type the name of a country or city in the time zone you want and then tap the location Device Info View system information
286. oken contact with the person you re talking to Work with conversations When you exchange more than one message with a person the messages are grouped into a conversation A single conversation can contain text multimedia and IM messages When you start or continue a conversation the upper part of Conversations view displays all messages you ve 1 exchanged with this person and the bottom part provides the area where you type your next message You can carry on multiple conversations at the same time 1 Open Messaging 2 Do one of the following e Start a new conversation Create a message see Create and send a text or multimedia message or Send and receive IM messages or tap a message and reply to it e Continue an existing conversation Tap the conversation 3 Enter your message 4 Tap TIP You can copy the contents of a conversation as plain text which you can paste in a memo email message and so on see Copy messages In Messaging start a new conversation or open one that s listed in Conversations view Tap Text or an IM account name in the upper right corner of the screen If available the other ways to communicate with this contact appear in a list Tap the account or phone number you want to use Messaging 555 373 5372 y atadai Bda i MO eae i ye oe ww SII Sf os z Al Pi Sure What s the plan Dial a number from a conversation Switch between messaging a
287. on so you cannot access this info after you delete the app Before you your smartphone delete an app write down any info you want to save Alternately you can save a screen capture of relevant info by pressing and holding Option Sym P Screens you capture are saved in the screencaptures folder in Photos e If you received an error message that there is not enough room to install the app make space for the new application by deleting another application see Delete applications lm having trouble installing an app from App Catalog TIP If you delete an app purchased from App Catalog you don t have to purchase e If you received one of the following errors the app is not compatible with the application again Purchased applications are associated with your Palm profile your smartphone account see Reinstall a deleted application This application is not available for your model e Look for the app in Software Manager see Manage applications with This application is not available for your carrier Software Manager You may see one of the following icons to the right of the app name This application is not available in your country Table 2 App Download Status Icons This application cannot run on your current operating system aaa Description an System Updates app to install the system update and try The download or installation of the app failed Tap the icon and follow the prompts to fix the issue This is not a
288. on Services 2 If required tap Turn On GPS 3 Youcan set Location Services to always ask your permission to send your location to a website when the site requests this information or you can set it to never share your location with any website The current setting is displayed in the For Websites field To change the setting tap the current setting and then select the other option from the displayed list 4 To clear all location data currently in use by websites tap Clear My Location Data and then tap Clear Preferences FOR WESSITES Always Ask Clear My Location Data You will be asked fer authorization when a website requests your location You will be asked tor authorization when an d annliratinn rameter mrata Manage location information passed to applications An application might request your current location so it can provide you with information that is relevant to where you are For example Google Maps might use your current location to provide driving directions to a destination Open Location Services 2 If required tap Turn On GPS 3 Select one of the following in the For Applications field Auto Locate Applications can automatically identify your location Always Ask Applications display a request to identify your location You choose whether to allow this for the current session only 4 Select On or Off for any of the following Geotag Photos Available only when Auto Loca
289. on number only signifies that the Industry Canada technical specifications were met IC 3905A BROU This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 L utilisation de ce dispositif est autoris e seulement aux conditions suivantes 1 il ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur du dispositif doit tre pr t a accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique regu m me si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le fonctionnement du dispositif Cet appareil num rique de la classe est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Radio Frequency RF Safety Exposure General statement on Radio Frequency RF energy Your smartphone contains a transmitter and a receiver When it is ON it receives and transmits RF energy When you communicate with your smartphone the system handling your call controls the power level at which your smartphone transmits Specific Absorption Rate SAR Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons regardless of age and health In order to certify this unit for sale to the public this unit has been tested for RF exposure compliance at a qualified test laboratory and found to comply with the regulations regarding ex
290. one in your back pocket as it could break when you sit down Battery Your smartphone includes an internal lithium ion or lithium ion polymer battery Please note that use of certain data applications can result in heavy battery use and may require frequent battery charging Any disposal of the smartphone or battery must comply with laws and regulations pertaining to lithium ion or lithium ion polymer batteries Demagnetization To avoid the risk of demagnetization do not allow electronic devices or magnetic media close to your smartphone for a long time Normal use position When making or receiving a smartphone call hold your smartphone to your ear with the bottom towards your mouth or as you would a fixed line phone Emergency calls This smartphone like any wireless phone operates using radio signals which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions Therefore you must never rely solely on any wireless phone for emergency communications Smartphone heating Your smartphone may become warm during charging and during normal use Accessories Use only approved accessories Do not connect with incompatible products or accessories Connection to a car Seek professional advice when connecting a phone interface to the vehicle electrical system Faulty and damaged products Do not attempt to disassemble the smartphone or its accessory Only qualified personnel must service or repair the smartphone or its accessory If your smartphone
291. oogle Maps Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher ii rina 2 Type all or part of the item text such as email message text or memo 1 Twitter x 3 Depending on the app you want to search in tap one of the following passin You may need to scroll down to see app search results cal QUICK ACTIONS Bookmarks amp History Your smartphone displays the number of websites in your bookmarks list and browsing history list whose name contains your search term Tap Bookmarks amp History to view a list of the websites Tap an entry to go to the website New Message m New Calendar Event g New Email Email Your smartphone displays the number of email messages whose sender name or subject contains your search term Tap Email More to display the list of matching messages Tap a message to view it bo Preferences Google Maps To view your search term on a map under Launch amp Search tap Google Maps 3 If needed scroll down to see the Quick Actions field Tap New item App Catalog To search App Catalog for apps that match your search type The relevant application opens displaying your text as part of a term under Launch amp Search tap HP webOS App Catalog new item Here are some examples e To create a new email message Tap New Email A new message NOTE In addition to Just Type applications such as Contacts Email Memos and opens with the text you entered as the message text PDF View als
292. ook 4 Tap Download for free TIP After you download the Facebook app and sign in to your Facebook account you can update your status directly from the Launcher or Card view Start typing your status update and under Quick Actions tap More and then tap Update Facebook Status The Facebook app opens with your message in the update field Tap Update Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 135 136 Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Photos videos and music There s no need to carry a separate media player you can play music and videos and view photos on your HP Veer 4G Listen to music through the built in speaker or through a 3 5mm headset or headphones sold separately Take pictures and record videos and then share them with your friends immediately directly from your smartphone In this chapter 138 138 143 146 147 150 Camera Photos Videos YouTube Music Amazon MP3 Chapter 9 Photos videos and music 137 Ca mera The picture you took is automatically saved in JPG format You can keep snapping pictures and then go to Photos to look at them and delete the ones you don t want Take a picture DID YOU KNOW Your smartphone offers another way to take a picture You can save any currently displayed screen as a picture file also known as a screen Your smartphone comes with an easy to use 5 megapixel camera You can capture or screensh
293. op You may also have to get other network settings from the system administrator To learn how to connect to a secure network for the first time see Connect to a new secure network To connect to either type of network after the first time see Connect to a previously used network Turn Wi Fi on off Wi Fi is turned on by default Do one of the following to turn it off or on e Open Wi Fi and tap On or Off Preferences Join network Your phone automatically connects to known networks e From any screen Open the connection menu in the upper right corner of the screen tap Wi Fi and tap Turn on Wi Fi or Turn off Wi Fi 4 07 Mon January 17 2011 Battery 100 Wi Fi Turn off Wi Fi Wi Fi Preferences v Tap the icons in this corner or drag your finger down across the icons If your smartphone finds the network you want tap the network name to connect to it Otherwise see Connect to a new open network and Connect to a new secure network Connect to a new open network For an explanation of open networks see Are there different kinds of Wi Fi networks 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Make sure Wi Fi is on see Turn Wi Fi on off 3 Do one of the following e If the network you want is displayed tap the network name e If the network you want is not displayed tap Join network and enter the network name Make sure Open is displayed in the Security field and then tap Connect TIP You can also o
294. optimum environmental conditions which include the absence of obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors e Make sure that you are away from other devices using the 2 4GHz radio frequency such as cordless phones and microwaves If this is impossible move the smartphone closer to the hands free device lost the connection between my smartphone and my Bluetooth headset If your headset isn t working delete the existing pairing see Delete a device and create a new one see Set up and use a Bluetooth hands free device hear static or interference when using my hands free device e Be sure your hands free device has a sufficient battery charge e Move to a quieter location to reduce environmental noise e Try wearing the smartphone and the headset on the same side of the body Try moving your smartphone closer to the hands free device Audio quality degrades as the distance between your smartphone and the hands free device increases The effective range for a hands free device varies among manufacturers Confirm that no obstructions including your body are between the smartphone and your hands free device Items such as furniture people or walls that are in the path between the headset and the smartphone will impair audio quality Some features of my hands free device don t work with my smartphone Check the compatibility list at palm com support to ensure that your device is com
295. or setup BEFORE YOU BEGIN Did you remove the clear plastic screen protector Your smartphone won t respond well to your taps if the protector is covering the touchscreen Look along the top of the screen from left to right Do you see 1 The name AT amp T If your smartphone uses a SIM card make sure that the card is not damaged and that it is inserted correctly No Then your smartphone isn t activated If your smartphone uses a SIM card make sure that the card is not damaged and that it is inserted correctly If you cannot activate your smartphone contact AT amp T for help 2 The H or 3G icon No Then move outside or go to a more built up area until you see the H or 3G icon If you see a white triangle you re roaming and setup won t work Move to a location where you are within coverage of the AT amp T network Setup takes longer when your smartphone has a 2G connection 3 Atleast three signal strength bars showing white not gray No Then move to a location where you get a stronger signal from the AT amp T network You can t use a Wi Fi connection to create your Palm profile 4 A battery icon that is green or at least one third white No Then charge your smartphone Plug the USB cable into the AC charger plug the charger into an electric outlet and attach the magnetic end of the cable to the charger connector on your smartphone Charge the smartphone for at least one hour If you answered Yes to all
296. orE 6GGEEEEEINY horH tE EY f i or iit IT o jor J j k or K 3 lor L T mor M U i i n or N AN lt oorO 6066e6DZO0O000EOG2 lt gt por P G 4 lt gt gt yu qorQ Table 1 Symbols and accented characters Press Sym GD and to select press rorR 2 sors B e lt gt gt tor T 3 uor U uuuaUUUU lt gt gt vorV a w or W xor X x2 yor Y yyYY lt gt z Or gt es4 lt gt gt Ou ww iet4 lt gt gt Oyu e Enter information in a field You can enter information in a field by typing or by pasting previously copied information see Cut copy and paste information The Text Assist feature works with all text fields see Work with the Text Assist feature To accept the information you entered do one of the following e Tap outside the field e Press Enter If a screen contains multiple fields pressing Enter accepts the information you just entered and moves the cursor to the next field e When you are done entering information on the screen containing the field make the back gesture to accept the information and back out of the screen see Go up one level in an app back gesture Work with the Text Assist feature Text Assist the assisted text entry feature works on any screen in which you can enter text including email text multimedia and instant messages memos contact
297. ord and the new PIN password 4 Tap Done Get notifications when the screen is locked or off 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 Under Notifications tap On or Off to set whether notifications are displayed when the screen is locked 3 Under Notifications in Blink Notifications tap On or Off If blink notifications are turned on when the screen is off the light in the gesture area pulses when a notification arrives and continues to pulse until you tap the notification or turn on the screen Blink notifications are on by default Use voice dialing when the screen is locked For information on using voice dialing see Dial by contact name using voice dialing If you turn on the preference to use voice dialing when the screen is locked you access voice dialing by turning on the screen if it is off see Turn the screen on off and then pressing and holding volume You do not need to enter your PIN or password to unlock the screen If this preference is on and you have a headset attached to your smartphone you can access voice dialing when the screen is locked by pressing and holding the button on the headset you don t need to turn the screen on first 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 Under Voice Dialing tap On or Off next to Enable When Locked Sounds amp Ringtones Use the ringer switch Sliding the ringer switch off red means off not only turns off the ringer for incoming phone calls it also turns off system sounds li
298. os as email attachments see Open email attachments e Receive videos as part of a multimedia message see Receive and view text and multimedia messages You can view DRM free videos that you receive as email attachments or that you copy from your computer in the MPEG 4 H 263 H 264 MP4 MAV 3GP 3GPP 3G2 and 3GP2 formats You can view videos sent to your smartphone as MMS attachments in 3GP format Videos play on your smartphone in landscape orientation KEY TERM DRM free A file that is not protected by Digital Rights Management DRM free video files can be copied as many times as you like and can be played on your Veer Use the YouTube application to view YouTube videos see You Tube 1 Open Videos amp Videos Video roll Loaded Videos 2 Tapan album and tap the video you want to watch Use video playback controls Tap the video to manually display or dismiss the playback controls r m Table 3 Video playback controls Control Function Ea Play Dl Pause Move forward or backward tap and hold the slider and then drag it right to move forward or left to move backward g Switch between full screen view and the original size Use the volume button on the left side of your smartphone to control the sound level TIP To skip ahead 30 seconds in a video swipe left to right on the screen To jump back 10 seconds swipe right to left Delete a video 1 Open Videos amp Chapt
299. ot To take a picture of the currently displayed screen press use the camera to take pictures and then use the Photos app to view them and hold Option Sym P The picture is saved in PNG format to the Screen and send them to your friends and family see Share a picture To add a captures album in Photos and is stored in the screencaptures folder of the USB personal touch to your smartphone use your pictures as your wallpaper drive You can work with it like any other picture see Save a picture as wallpaper and as caller ID images see Add a picture to a contact 1 Open Camera fj Review pictures 1 After taking a picture tap the thumbnail of the picture in the lower left corner of the screen This opens the picture in the Photo roll of the Photos application 2 Swipe left or right on the screen to view other pictures you took Photos Look at pictures To get pictures on the smartphone you can do any of the following 2 To take the picture in landscape view turn your smartphone 90 degrees e Take a picture with your smartphone s camera see Take a picture e Copy pictures from your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer e Receive pictures as email attachments see Open email attachments e Receive pictures as part of a multimedia message see Receive and view TIP Press and hold Space to take pictures in continuous burst mode Release text and multimedia messages Space to stop taki
300. ount The remaining personal data that you create on your smartphone tasks and memos are automatically backed up as part of your Palm profile Use the following table to review your options Then click the link to learn how to complete the solution you choose for your personal data These solutions are not mutually exclusive Do what works best for you You could potentially use all these solutions You could for example sync several online accounts including an Exchange account sync data with a desktop organizer using a third party solution and store and create new data in your Palm profile account Table 1 Data transfer and synchronization solutions for HP webOS smartphones My personal data is here want to access data here Do this Learn how here Online account Google Yahoo Facebook and so on Corporate Exchange account Desktop organizer software and want to stop using it Desktop organizer software and want to keep using it An old phone Nowhere just want personal data on my smartphone My smartphone and my online account My smartphone and Outlook other corporate email app on my computer My smartphone and maybe elsewhere My smartphone and my desktop organizer My smartphone and maybe elsewhere My smartphone Chapter 5 Copy files and sync your personal data Set up the online account on your smartphone Set up an online account for Exchange on your smartphone
301. ount you want to set as the new default The default account is used to send a message when you create a new message in Account List view or in a merged folder view such as All Inboxes or All Flagged Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 97 Reorder accounts You can change the order of the accounts in Account List view 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap and hold the account name wait for the visual cue and then drag the account up or down Reply to meeting invitations You receive meeting invitations on your smartphone in the same way that you receive email messages You cannot create meeting invitations on your smartphone Tap to accept tentatively accept or decline an invitation Here are the key features of meeting invitations e Meeting invitations appear on your smartphone in the Email application not in the Calendar application e From within the Email application you can accept decline or tentatively accept a meeting invitation e If you accept or tentatively accept an invitation it appears as an event in Calendar e You can reply to and forward meeting invitations in the same way as email messages TIP If you receive an updated meeting invitation you can again choose to accept decline or tentatively accept If you receive a meeting cancellation open the message and tap Remove From Calendar to delete the meeting from your calend
302. ounts available for HP webOS smartphones For example suppose you want to set up your Google calendar account on your smartphone The last step in setup is to select all the other apps that you want to receive data from your Google account besides Calendar you can include Contacts Messaging and Email After setup is complete your smartphone begins to download your calendar events and all data for all other apps you selected for synchronization NOTE In the Launcher tap Accounts and then tap Add Account to see the current list of online accounts you can set up on your smartphone and from which you can access Calendar events See Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones to see how major online accounts synchronize data between the web based account and your smartphone Enter an event directly in Calendar See Create an event for instructions You can assign the event to one of your online calendars if you do it synchronizes with the online calendar Or you can create the event in your Palm profile account which means it shows up on your smartphone only Palm profile events are included in the daily backup of your Palm profile information so you can restore them if they are accidentally erased Use a third party sync solution If you want to use a desktop app to store your calendar events you can use a third party solution sold separately to sync your calendar events directly with your computer see palm com sync so
303. our Palm profile Events in online accounts account Passwords for online Usernames for online accounts that sync like accounts that sync like Google Google Preferences see Customize Location Calendar Services Memos Contacts in your Palm profile account Usernames for online accounts that sync like Google Favorites Preferences see Customize Contacts Nothing is backed up Usernames for your email accounts See entry for Quickoffice See entry for App Catalog User customizations such as renamed or reordered Launcher pages see Reorder Launcher pages or Rename a Launcher page or reordered Launcher icons see Reorder Launcher icons Preferences All memos Contacts in online accounts Passwords for online accounts that sync like Google Contact photos that you added by taking a photo with your smartphone s camera Linking relationships between contacts Speed dials Passwords for your email accounts Emails their contents and attachments their sort order and account preferences Chapter 13 Preferences 199 Table 1 Backup details Application Backed up Not backed up Messaging Usernames for IM accounts Multimedia messages Text messages Passwords attachments and history Instant messages Music Nothing is backed up Keep a copy of these files on your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer PDF View Nothing is backed
304. our smartphone and it syncs all other apps associated with all online accounts that you selected for synchronization 1 Open Contacts 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap Sync Now Delete an online account from Contacts If you synchronize contacts with an online account deleting the account from Contacts stops synchronization of contacts only if you also sync email or calendar events with that online account those continue to synchronize Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 119 120 Deleting the account from Contacts also deletes the associated contact entries from your smartphone only The entries are not deleted from the online account 1 Open Contacts 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and tap Remove Contact Account To restart synchronization with an account you have deleted from Contacts Open Accounts tap the account name and tap Off beside Contacts to turn synchronization on Send contacts You can send all contacts to a hands free car kit with Bluetooth or send a contact using multimedia messaging MMS or email To send all contacts to a car kit first ensure that your car kit can be detected by your smartphone see Connect with a paired device Basic contact information such as first name last name and phone number are always sent to all car kits If a car kit
305. our smartphone is placed on a Touchstone charging dock sold separately Turn wireless services off airplane mode Airplane mode turns off your smartphone s wireless services which are the Phone amp app Wi Fi app Bluetooth amp app and VPN app Use airplane mode when you are on a plane or anywhere else you need to turn Chapter 2 Basics 2i 22 off all wireless services You can t browse the web but you can still use apps like Calendar Contacts Photos Music Quickoffice mobile office software and PDF View Do one of the following e Tap the upper right corner of any screen to open the connection menu Tap Turn on Airplane Mode e Press and hold power Gi and tap Airplane Mode When your smartphone is in airplane mode the airplane mode s icon appears at the top of every screen and Airplane Mode appears in the upper left corner of the screen in the Launcher Card view and Phone The phone is not connected to any mobile network Airplane Mode Enter name or number 1 a These indicate that wireless services are off airplane mode Chapter 2 Basics TIP When your smartphone is in airplane mode you can turn the Wi Fi Bluetooth and VPN features on individually see Turn Wi Fi on off Turn the Bluetooth feature on off and VPN To turn the phone back on so you can make and receive calls you must turn airplane mode off Note that to make a VPN connection while your smartphone is in a
306. oyfriends Amazon MP3 Sheena Ringo x Saito Neko Before you can download items using the Amazon MP3 application on your smartphone you must have an Amazon account and you must read and agree to the MP3 Music service terms and conditions e If the item you want appears on the screen tap the song album or artist name Tapping the name of a song plays the preview tappin MP3 files you buy from Amazon MP3 are DRM free After you buy and oe dete oh pping i A L its price gives you the option to buy it see Preview and buy a song download items from Amazon MP3 listen to them with your smartphone s l l Music application see Get music onto your smartphone e f the item you want doesn t appear tap See all total number of results at the bottom of the Artists Albums or Songs section NOTE Music you download from Amazon MP3 is not backed up to your Palm profile To back up your music you can copy downloaded files from the Browse Songs albu ms artists or genres AmazonMP3 folder on your smartphone s USB drive to your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer 1 Open Amazon MP3 2 Doany of the following Chapter 9 Photos videos and music Open Amazon MP3 Tap Search and enter the song album or artist name Press Enter o e To view all songs in a certain genre Tap and tap the genre e To view the top 10 new and notable releases Swipe left or right on the New amp Notable
307. p again to dial Chapter 6 Phone 69 70 Dial your national emergency number To dial 911 do the following 1 Press power to wake up the screen if needed 2 Drag up to unlock the screen if needed 3 Do one of the following e If Secure Unlock is not on see Set options for unlocking the screen tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view if Card view is not displayed Enter the emergency number and tap the number to dial You don t have to press Option p to enter numbers e If Secure Unlock is on tap Tap to dial emergency call and then tap Emergency call Edit the displayed number if needed and then tap ay to dial NOTE Ifthe phone is turned off that is if it s in airplane mode you don t have to turn it on It automatically tries to connect to a network to make the call Dial from another application If a phone number appears in another application as an underlined link you can begin dialing the number directly from that application For example you can dial phone numbers that appear in web pages in messages email text or multimedia or in notes to calendar events 1 If a phone number appears as an underlined link tap the number This displays the dial pad with the number already entered 2 Tap O to dial In Messaging you can dial a contact from a conversation by tapping Text or the IM account name in the upper right corner of the screen to open a list of phone numbers yo
308. patible with your Veer Even if the hands free device is compatible with your smartphone your smartphone may not support all the features of the device Check the documentation that came with your hands free device or the manufacturer s website for feature compatibility information between the device and your smartphone Synchronization don t want to sync calendar or contact information with my online account just email For most online account providers that sync with more than one app for example Google if you do not want to sync an application with that provider s online account you can remove that application from the account using the Accounts application The online account continues to sync with any other related applications Open Accounts 9 Tap the account name Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 227 228 3 Tochange which applications are associated with the account For each app listed tap On or Off You can also remove an application from online account sync from within the application itself 1 Open the application 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and then tap Remove app name Account want to sync with Outlook or Palm Desktop by ACCESS software on my computer Your Veer can synchronize with select online services so that you can store and sync your info in online accounts see Manage online accounts You can acce
309. pen Wi Fi by opening the connection menu tapping Wi Fi and tapping Wi Fi Preferences Connect to a new secure network For an explanation of secure networks see Are there different kinds of Wi Fi networks 1 Open Wi Fi 2 Make sure Wi Fi is on see Turn Wi Fi on off 3 Do one of the following e If the network you want is displayed tap the network name enter your Username and or Password and tap Sign In You re done e If the network you want is not displayed tap Join network and enter the network name Follow steps 4 to 7 Join Other Network Enter network name Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 155 156 4 Tap the Security field and then tap the network type Open WPA personal WEP or Enterprise 5 Tap Connect 6 A series of different screens appears depending on the network type Enter or select the following if you are prompted to do so Username and or Password Certificate 7 TapSign In Connect to a previously used network e f Wi Fi is turned off turn on Wi Fi see Turn Wi Fi on off Your smartphone automatically attempts to connect to a previously used network starting with the most recently used network e If you move to a new location and Wi Fi is turned on your smartphone automatically attempts to connect to a previously used network if one is discovered at the new location If more than one previously used network is discovered the smartphone starts with the most
310. personal data consists of the following e Your contact list names phone numbers street and email addresses e Your calendar events e Your tasks to do list e Your memos notes On your computer you typically store such personal data in organizer software like Microsoft Outlook Palm Desktop by ACCESS or the Mac s iCal and Address Book software It s also likely that you store some personal data in accounts that you created on the web These are called online accounts Sometimes you ll hear that data stored in online accounts is stored in the cloud That s just another way to say that your data is stored on a server that you access through the Internet For example if you have a Google Gmail or a Yahoo account you have a contact list stored in the cloud You may even use the calendars in these accounts to keep track of your schedule so you may also have calendar events stored in the cloud Finally you may have important phone numbers stored only on an old phone You no longer use that phone now that you have a Veer but you want those numbers on your new smartphone You want to be able to access all this data on your smartphone This section explains how you can do that The actual how to part of getting your personal data on your smartphone is pretty simple But before you take that step we recommend that you spend some time thinking about where you want your personal data to be stored and how you want to access it O
311. posure to RF Energy under the recommendations of the International Commission on Non lonizing Radiation Protection ICNIRP The tests are performed in positions and locations as required by the FCC IC and The Council of the European Union for each model As SAR is measured utilizing the device s highest transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that indicated below This is due to automatic changes Regulatory and safety information 257 258 to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum power required to communicate with the network The SAR limit for mobile devices set by FCC IC is 1 6 W kg averaged over 1 gram of tissue for the body or head 4 0 W kg averaged over 10 grams of tissue for the extremities hands wrists ankles and feet The highest reported SAR values of the HP Veer 4G are Table 1 SAR Values FCC ID O8F BROU Maximum 1g SAR values W kg FCC Head 1 38 Body 0 599 In order to comply with FCC and IC RF exposure safety guidelines users MUST use one of the following types of body worn accessories 1 An HP brand body worn accessory that has been tested for specific absorption rate SAR compliance and is intended for use with this product 2 A body worn accessory that contains NO metal snaps clips etc and provides AT LEAST 0 6 in 1 5 cm of separation between the user s body and the unit Do NOT use the device in a manner such that i
312. ps and traffic conditions 1 2 3 4 Open AT amp T Navigator GS If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Tap Maps amp Traffic Tap any of the following Table 4 AT amp T Navigator map icons Icon Description Zoom in Zoom out View local traffic conditions See your current location Get a 3D view of the map Return to the 2D view of the map Select a new map location oeecoeods Share an address You can send an address and directions to that address by text message Recipients who have AT amp T Navigator installed receive a message telling them to go to Favorites in AT amp T Navigator Recipients who do not have AT amp T Navigator installed receive a message containing the address and a link to directions _ 10 Open AT amp T Navigator D If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Tap Share amp More Tap Share Address The first time you use Share Address you are asked to enter your name and email address Tap OK to enter your name and email address and then tap Continue Tap Don t ask me again if you do not want to enter your name and email address and you do not want to be asked this question again Tap the Recipients field In the To field do one of the following to address the message e Enter a contact name initials or phone number Tap the phone number when it appears e Tap to open the full contact list Tap the contact
313. ption o and tap the link Tap Copy URL Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 167 Table 2 Use links on a web page To do this Do the following Share via email Press and hold Option o and tap the link Tap Share Link Share a photo via Press and hold Option p and tap the photo Tap email Share Image Copy a picture from a web page Pictures you copy from the web are stored in the Miscellaneous album in Photos 1 Press and hold Option p and tap the picture 2 Tap Copy to Photos 3 TapOK Download files from the web 1 Open Web 9 2 Goto the web page with the file you want to download 3 Tap the file name 4 Ifan app on your smartphone supports the file type the file name appears at the bottom of the screen Tap to open the file All files are downloaded to the smartphone s USB storage If an app on your smartphone supports the file type you can also find the file in that app For example if it s a PDF file find it in PDF View and if it s an MP3 file find it in Music 168 Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections Customize web browser settings 1 2 Open Web Open the application menu and tap Preferences aS yay Google Choose your preferred search engine for the browser and launcher web search Block Popups CT Accept Cookies veS M JavaScript be d Set any of the following Default Web Search Engine Select your default search engine Block Popups
314. r again to sort in reverse order In outgoing message folders such as Sent and Outbox By Sender sorts emails by recipient first names By Subject Sort by subject from A to Z Tap By Subject again to sort in reverse order Add an email folder as a favorite Favorites appear at the top of Account List view 3 Open Email If the folder you want is not displayed tap to the right of the email account name to display the folder Tap 7 to the right of the folder name To remove a folder as a favorite repeat steps 1 and 2 and tap f to the right of the folder name Set email preferences Open Email Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Set any of the following Email 4 25 H all D i Preferences amp Accounts _ le lle All inboxes All Flagged The abave folders can be added to your list of Favorites Smart Folders Set whether to include All Inboxes and or All Flagged messages as favorites at the top of Account List view Delete Confirmation Tap to turn this setting On Off When Delete Confirmation is on you are asked to confirm deletion of email messages Accounts Tap an account name to enter advanced settings or to change synchronization settings for email contacts calendar events or tasks see Enter advanced account settings and Rename an account Add Account See Set up email Default Account Tap the account shown and then tap the acc
315. r Later or Do Not Register If you choose to register later the registration screen appears the next time you open the Quickoffice app Quickoffice H all B E Quickoffice Register your Software Register your product to benefit from the latest software updates timely customer support exclusive offers and invitations to special events Register Later Reoistertater TIP You can also register Quickoffice software by opening the application menu and tapping Register Chapter 11 Documents Set up Quickoffice to access files from an online collaborative tool You can use the Quickoffice app to view files that are stored on your smartphone You can also set up the Quickoffice app to access files in online collaborative tools such as Google Docs Dropbox or MobileMe You must have an account online for the tool and then set up the account in Quickoffice on your smartphone 5 6 Open Quickoffice If the registration screen appears select one of the registration options see Register Quickoffice software Tap Add New Account Tap the account type Quickoffice H all ul a Add New Account Google 22 Dropbox OOK mobileme Enter your account username and password Tap Sign In Open a fi le Quickoffice Local Files You can view files in an online account that you set up files that you copy from your computer see Copy files between your smartphone
316. r smartphone Wi Fi can t make a Wi Fi connection from my home network For help with data connections over the AT amp T network see can t make a data connection over the AT amp T network e Turn off Wi Fi and then turn it on again see Turn Wi Fi on off e If the smartphone does not automatically connect to a known network select your Wi Fi network from the list If the smartphone does not detect your Wi Fi network continue to the next step e Try connecting to the Wi Fi network with another computer or device e If you cannot connect using the other device there may be a problem with your Internet connection or wireless router Unplug the modem and the wireless router and reboot the modem Once the modem re establishes an Internet connection plug in the wireless router and try connecting again If you still can t connect with the other device or computer contact your Internet Service Provider e If you can connect with the other device but not with the smartphone continue with the next step e Does your Wi Fi network use a compatible router The smartphone is compatible only with 80211b and 802 11g wireless protocols and cannot connect to an 802 11a or 802 11n network unless it is backwards compatible with 802 11b g e Does your Wi Fi network use the WEP security option If yes you must enter the passcode in hex characters on your smartphone instead of in alphanumeric characters You can locate the hex passcode
317. r smartphone is in Exhibition you can set it to play a continuous slideshow of pictures from any album in the Photos app 1 In Exhibition tap the upper left corner of the screen and tap Photos Playback of the currently selected album starts automatically The default album is Photo Roll 2 To pause the slideshow and display playback controls tap the screen 3 When the playback controls are displayed do any of the following To use pictures from a different album for the slideshow Tap the currently displayed album in the upper right corner of the screen and then tap the new album To play the album s pictures in random order Tap E To resume playback Tap J To change the timing of the slideshow Tap and tap a time interval This interval sets how long a picture is displayed before it transitions to the next picture 4 To manually move to the next or previous picture during a slideshow Swipe left or right on the screen 5 To exit the slideshow Make the back gesture Chapter 13 Preferences 207 208 View your day s agenda Agenda view displays any of the current day s calendar events in list format e In Exhibition tap the upper left corner of the screen and tap Agenda Agenda 2 01 il Tuesday December 1 4 2010 2 00 pm 1 hr New event Customize Exhibition settings 1 Open Exhibition Chapter 13 Preferences 2 Do either of the following Preferences Jo Find Mor
318. r your personal events and your company s Outlook calendar for business events Your smartphone s Calendar application displays events from both calendars in a single view called All Likewise if you set up multiple email accounts the Email application displays the messages from all your account inboxes in a single view called All inboxes And in Messaging all your messages with the same person show up in a single conversation view whether they are text multimedia or instant messages See also linked contact notification A message that appears at the bottom of the screen alerting you of an incoming or missed call an incoming voicemail email or text messages an upcoming event and more In most cases you can tap a notification to act on it See also dashboard Throw a notification off the side of the screen to dismiss it online account The HP Synergy feature makes it easy to synchronize all data from an online account An online account is a web based or server based location where you keep contacts and or calendar information such as Google or Exchange Such web based or server based accounts are sometimes talked about as being in the cloud You can access the info in those accounts in the Contacts and Calendar applications on your smartphone You can also set up your smartphone to download contacts from online accounts such as Facebook and to post photos to online accounts such as Facebook or Photobucket See Onlin
319. re Manager Additional fees may apply See Manually check for application updates back The gesture you use to move up one level from a detailed view to a more general view of the application you re working in The back gesture is a quick swipe from right to left in the gesture area For example when you finish reading an email message make the back gesture to close the message and return to your list of messages Or when you finish writing a memo make the back gesture to close and save the memo and return to the display of all your memos See Go up one level in an app back gesture Making the back gesture is also the way you save your work in many apps If you don t see a Done button make the back gesture to save your work card A minimized view of an open application You can easily move among and reorder cards in Card view To reduce the app you re working in to a card tap the center of the gesture area or flick up once from the gesture area Tap a card to restore the full screen view of the application and continue working in it See also Card view A group of related cards appears in Card view as a card stack See Work with stacked cards for information Card view The view on your smartphone that displays all open applications as minimized cards allowing you to easily move among and reorder them The background of Card view is your wallpaper Don t confuse Card view with the Launcher see Launcher which shows you all t
320. re about restricted dialing BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get your PIN2 from AT amp T If you have entered your PIN2 incorrectly and your SIM card is locked obtain your PUK2 from AT amp T 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 In Restricted Dialing tap On or Off 4 Ifyou turn restricted dialing on enter the PIN2 and tap Next 5 To edit the restricted number dialing list In Restricted Dialing tap View Restricted Dialing List and do one of the following e To add an entry Tap Add an entry and enter the PIN2 Enter the name and phone number and tap Done e To edit an entry Tap the entry and enter the PIN2 Edit the information and tap Done Chapter 6 Phone 82 e To delete an entry Swipe the entry off the side of the screen and enter the PIN2 Tap Delete to confirm Set roaming and data usage preferences Use roaming and data usage preferences to set options for using your smartphone in your home network and while roaming For example you can set options to prevent placing a call or making a data connection while roaming so that you avoid extra charges 1 Open Phone amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Under Network set any of the following Network Auto Select Set whether your smartphone automatically selects a network If you turn auto select off tap the network to use Network Type Set whether your smartphone automatically connects to a
321. reate an event tap i to the right of the event name To enter the event location after creating an event tap the event name in Day view 2 Tap Event location and enter the location TIP Need to find the event location on a map Open an event that has a location specified in the Event Location field open the application menu and tap Event Location Tap either Show on Map which shows the location on Google Maps or Get Directions which gives directions from your current location Schedule a repeating event 1 While creating an event see Create an event tap i to the right of the event name To set an event as repeating after creating the event tap the event name in Day view Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 123 124 2 Tap No Repeat and then tap a repeat interval or Custom to define a repeat interval and set the end date Calendar Project status meeting E Tue Nov 9 2010 10 00 AM to 11 00 AM CA Event location No Repeat A 15 minutes before DID YOU KNOW To enter a birthday anniversary or holiday create an untimed event Then select Yearly on date as the repeat interval See Create an all day untimed event Add an alarm to an event 1 While creating an event see Create an event tap i to the right of the event name To add an alarm after creating an event tap the event name in Day view 2 Thedefault alarm setting is 15 minutes before the
322. recently used network e If you are connected to one network and want to use a different one open Wi Fi and open the application menu Tap Stored Profiles and tap another network name Connect to a captive portal When connecting to some Wi Fi access points such as in a coffee shop a hotel or an airport the notification for a captive portal sometimes appears This means that to connect to this Wi Fi access point you must first go to a special Internet page known as a captive portal before you can connect to the Internet A captive portal might be used by your Wi Fi host for authentication or for payment to access the Internet Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections To connect to a captive portal 1 Tap at the bottom of the screen and then tap the notification Captive Portal Detected on WiFi 2 If required review the security certificate notices and tap one of the following Trust Certificate Connects you to the captive portal page automatically whenever you connect to this Wi Fi access point Trust Certificate Once Connects you to the captive portal page for this session only The next time you try to connect to this Wi Fi access point you will be asked to trust this certificate again Don t Trust Certificate Cancels the connection 3 Your Wi Fi host may require you to view advertisements pay a fee or accept conditions of use Follow the instructions onscreen AT amp T Wi Fi Hot Spots AT amp T Wi Fi s
323. reen Check the other device screen to verify that the passkey is correct and tap Yes connect to connect e The screen displays a passkey generated by your smartphone Enter the displayed passkey on the other device e The screen prompts you to enter a passkey Check the documentation that came with the other device to see if there s a required passkey If so enter that passkey on your smartphone If not make up a passkey and enter it on both devices 7 Ifyou are pairing with a car kit that supports Contacts access you are asked if you want to allow the car kit to access your contacts Tap Allow to pass phone numbers from Contacts to your car kit Accept a pairing request from another device To establish the relationship between your smartphone and another device the Bluetooth app must be open the app window must be maximized and Bluetooth must be turned on After you successfully establish the relationship with the other device however the Bluetooth app doesn t need to be open to use the Bluetooth connection but Bluetooth must be turned on 1 Open Bluetooth Q 2 Make sure Bluetooth is on see Turn the Bluetooth feature on off 3 Initiate a pairing from the other device 4 When the connection request appears tap Yes allow 5 Ifa passkey is not required pairing is complete when the Devices list appears If a passkey screen appears do one of the following e An automatically generated passkey appears on the pas
324. res including call waiting conference calling and call forwarding These features depend on your service plan Contact AT amp T for more information While you re on a call info about the call appears on the call screen When you re on a call you can open other applications and work in them and you won t lose your call See Open applications Chapter 6 Phone 71 If you created a reminder in the contact info of a caller the reminder appears as a notification when you make a call to or receive a call from the person See Assign a reminder message to a contact NOTE Ifyou hold the smartphone up to your ear while you re on a call the screen goes dark to prevent your accidentally tapping an item on the screen This is normal behavior See Why the screen goes dark for more information Volume Manage a call DID YOU KNOW You can send and receive text messages during a call This is a great way to stay connected with friends and colleagues during a long call see Do any of the following Create and send a text or multimedia message 3 34 F lE Cathy Shore 510 555 0237 End a call Do one of the following Tap E e Minimize the call screen to a card and throw the card off the top of the screen e If a headset is attached press the button on the headset Use another application while on a call e Put the call on speakerphone Tap ca Mute the microphone so you can t be heard Tap EJ The applicat
325. res don t work skip to T3 Triple toggle to restart 1 Press and hold power Ga 2 Tap Power and then tap Restart Why this might help Restarting your smartphone closes all applications frees up all memory and reinitializes wireless services phone Bluetooth technology Wi Fi and VPN A fresh start TIP An occasional restart can be good for your smartphone just the way a restart can be good for your computer Every once in a while restart your smartphone Did this solve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue T3 Triple toggle to restart 1 Press and hold power Gl 2 While still holding down power Gi slide the ringer switch three times Wait a few seconds for the restart to begin Or try this method for restarting your smartphone 3 key restart Press and hold Option Sym R and then release the keys all at once Give this method at least 10 seconds for the restart to begin Why this might help A triple toggle or 3 key restart may be effective if the screen is off and you can t turn it on or if gestures don t work These restarts also close all applications free memory and reinitialize wireless services phone Bluetooth technology Wi Fi and VPN NOTE Because open applications are forced to close immediately during a triple toggle or 3 key restart some unsaved data may be lost Did this solve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue T4 Top off the batter
326. rger Do not however connect a Touchstone charging dock sold separately to your computer Maximizing battery life The battery of your smartphone cannot be removed Battery life depends on how you use your smartphone You can maximize the life of your battery by following a few easy guidelines e Charge your smartphone whenever you can Charge it overnight e Set your screen to turn off automatically after a shorter period of inactivity see Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically Keep your battery away from direct sunlight and other sources of heat Temperatures over 113 degrees Fahrenheit 45 degrees Celsius can permanently reduce the capacity and life span of any lithium ion battery As with any mobile phone if you are in an area with no wireless coverage your smartphone continues to search for a signal which consumes power Turn off the phone if you are outside a coverage area see Turn wireless services off airplane mode If you live or work in an area of poor coverage you might consider purchasing a signal booster sold separately from AT amp T These typically connect to your broadband Internet connection if available If you set up an email account in the Email application set the interval to automatically download email to every two hours or less frequently see Enter advanced account settings e Lower the screen brightness see Change screen brightness e Use a Wi Fi connection to downlo
327. right Phone Contacts Email Calendar and the Launcher You can change the order of icons except the Launcher icon in Quick Launch see Reorder Quick Launch icons or swap in whatever applications you like see Line up your favorite applications in Quick Launch NOTE If you have a notification or the dashboard is open see View and work with notifications you need to dismiss the open item to access Quick Launch When you re in an app make the following gesture to display Quick Launch and open one of its applications 1 Drag up slowly from the gesture area to the screen NOTE Don t confuse this drag up with the up gesture which is a quick flick up from the gesture area to the screen 2 Move your finger to the application icon When you see the app name appear lift your finger The application opens Go up one level in an app back gesture The back gesture takes you up one level from a detailed level to a more general view of the application you re working in For example when you finish reading an email message make the back gesture to close the message and return to your list of messages Or when you finish writing a memo make the back gesture to close and save the memo and return to the display of all your memos When you make the back gesture in an application and that s the only screen of that app that s open you minimize the app and go back to Card view To make the back gesture swipe right
328. ring or who have speech or language disabilities to communicate by telephone Your smartphone is compatible with select TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD machine to your smartphone using the 3 5mm headset adapter Check with the manufacturer of your TTY device for connectivity information Be sure that the TTY device supports digital wireless transmission When TTY TDD is turned on the icon appears in the title bar 1 Attach the magnetic end of the 3 5mm headset adapter to the charger connector on the side of your smartphone 2 Connect a TTY TDD device to the jack on the 3 5mm headset adapter 3 Open Phone amp 4 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 5 In TTY TDD tap On or Off Use SIM Toolkit The SIM Toolkit app gives you access to services from AT amp T such as account information payment and news 1 Open SIM Toolkit 2 View and work with the features displayed Chapter 6 Phone 83 84 Chapter 6 Phone Email text multimedia and instant messaging Enjoy the ease and speed of keeping in touch with friends family and colleagues anywhere you can access the AT amp T data network or a Wi Fi network You can send and receive attachments as well And keep the Messaging app in mind for times when you need to send a short text multimedia or instant message to a mobile phone number especially handy when you re in a meeting that s running late In this chapter 86
329. rofile e From any screen open the connection menu tap VPN and tap a profile View statistics for a connected profile 1 OpenVPN 2 Tap beside a connected profile Disconnect from a profile Do one of the following e Open VPN and tap a connected profile e From any screen open the connection menu tap VPN and tap a connected profile Edit a profile 1 Do one of the following e Open VPN e From any screen open the connection menu and tap VPN and then tap VPN Preferences 2 Tap i beside the profile you want to edit 3 Edit your profile settings 4 Tap Done Delete a profile 1 Open VPN 2 Doone of the following e Throw the profile off the side of the screen and tap Delete e Tap beside the profile you want to delete and tap Delete profile Web Go to a website The web browser on your smartphone is capable of displaying most web content including Flash plug ins The browser features the latest web standard technologies such as HTML 4 01 CSS 24 Ajax and JavaScript It does not support Java applets 1 Do one of the following e In the Launcher or Card view type the site address for example palm com and tap Go to website Web H ll D cnn com gt Google cnn com Ba ay pe e Open Web and enter the site address If the page appears in the list of viewed pages tap it to go there again If not press Enter When entering a website address URL you don t need
330. rosoft Exchange and your Palm profile account go ahead and link all four contacts into a linked contact But don t link Emily s contact info with her sister Allison s 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Inthe open entry tap the contact name in the header and tap Link more profiles Bonnie Frank 3 Bonnie Frank 2 Link more profiles 555 555 8314 w _ MOBILE bfrank7256 gmail com HOME G C3 4 Search for the contact see Find a contact and tap it to link the two contacts 5 Optional After you create the link you can ensure that the linked contact appears in your Contacts list under the name you re most likely to recognize and not say under a person s IM screen name which can be unrelated to their real name To do this tap the contact name you want to appear and tap Set As Primary Profile Unlink a contact 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Tap the contact name in the header and tap the contact you want to unlink 4 Tap Unlink This Profile Add a contact entry to the Launcher Add your favorite contacts to the Launcher so you can open them directly from that location 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Open the application menu and tap Add To Launcher 4 Optional Edit the
331. roubleshooting 232 233 Now Playing list 149 numbers 44 68 99 135 O 112 phone numbers 70 100PALM folder 139 online accounts See also accounts email accounts availability of 251 backup summary 199 data transfer to 61 defined 59 249 Quickoffice 185 synchronization of 9 52 62 86 104 110 119 121 uploading to 144 online address books 69 110 online calendars 110 121 127 See also calendars online help 34 online pictures accounts 142 online status 105 107 online support 10 open hotspots 159 open Wi Fi networks 154 155 opening application menu 42 applications 25 35 40 41 applications menu 16 attachments 93 103 connection menu 43 files 183 185 maps 118 web pages 163 167 operating system 248 253 Option key 15 44 249 organizer features 109 outage information 230 Outlook data export from 62 228 notes 132 synchronization 228 overdue tasks 130 P pacemakers 259 page indicator 16 page indicators 16 40 page names changing 16 page scrolling 25 pairing devices 178 180 Palm Desktop software 62 228 Palm mobile hotspot 158 160 Palm OS 224 Palm profile See user profile paragraphs selecting 28 partial erase 243 passkeys 179 passphrases hotspot 160 Password is Required field 193 passwords changing 107 202 email 87 email account 90 entering 44 instant messages and 107 PDF files and 186 screens and 210 Secure Unlock 211 user profiles 19 Wi Fi 154 pauses in phone numbers 112 PDF fi
332. rporate mail system If you cannot obtain the name of this server some companies do not give it out because they do not want wireless access to their servers you cannot synchronize with your Exchange account If your company requires you to change your password for accessing your Exchange account you must change the password on your smartphone see Change account login settings entered the settings to sync with Exchange but can t synchronize with my company s Exchange server Check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place A notification tells me that ActiveSync encountered a problem on the server There is a temporary problem with the server or the server may be temporarily overloaded Try again later and if the problem persists contact your system administrator A notification tells me that there is not enough free memory to synchronize 1 Tap the center of the gesture area to display Card view 2 Scroll through the cards and note how many applications are open 3 Close any application you are not using by throwing its card off the top of the screen If the problem persists see Making room on your smartphone for other suggestions A notification tells me that the server could not be reached Make sure your smartphone is connected either to the AT amp T network or to a Wi Fi network see Icons in the title bar If you have a network connection and receive this not
333. rsal method Cisco UDP NAT T always NAT T auto detect or Disabled Open VPN Tap Add Profile If VPNC is not selected already in the Connection Type field tap the Connection Type field and tap VPNC h d Tap Enter server name and enter the server name Tap Next Enter the information you got from your system administrator Tap Connect Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 161 8 If required enter your security token or other password and tap Done 9 Tap Continue to acknowledge that you are accessing a private network Add a Cisco AnyConnect VPN profile BEFORE YOU BEGIN Get the following information from your system administrator e VPN server name e Username and password e Security token or other password 1 Open VPN 2 Tap Add Profile 3 Tap the Connection Type field and tap Cisco AnyConnect el Add A Profile Cisco AnyConnect lial gt cisco Enter server name k d 4 Tap Enter server name and enter the server name Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 5 Tap Next 6 If required tap Agree to accept the Cisco license agreement Tap to view the full agreement 7 Enter your login information and tap Connect 8 If required enter your security token or other password and tap Done 9 Tap Continue to acknowledge that you are accessing a private network Connect to a profile Do one of the following e Open VPN and tap a p
334. s Gardening v Set water timer Call Bonnie about roses Z J View tasks that are due today 1 Open Tasks 2 The number to the right of the List all tasks field shows the total number of tasks that are due today or are overdue The number to the right of each task list name shows the number of tasks in that list that are due today or overdue 130 Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information Tasks List all tasks Gardening Exchange 2 Tapa task list name to view tasks that are due today or overdue NOTE Tap Exchange to view task lists and tasks synchronized from your Exchange account Rename a task 1 On the task list tap the task name 2 Enter the new name and press Enter Sort a task list You can sort a task list to show tasks in the order you have determined or by due date or priority 1 Open Tasks 2 Tap the list you want to sort 3 Tap My Order in the upper right corner and tap the sort option you 3 Open the application menu and tap Set Due Date For All want My Order Due Date or Priority MyOrder f Set Due Date For All _ Due Date gt Oct 29 2010 Priority Set Due Date Cancel 4 Tap the month date and year and then tap Set Due Date 4 To manually sort tasks tap and hold a task wait for the visual cue and then drag it to a new location in the list see also Check off a task 5 To remove a previously assigned due
335. s scroll left or right through a list of businesses Tap a company name to find the branch nearest to your current location based on the information available to the YPmobile app Alternatively browse through service categories in Popular Categories YPmobile ee T AT amp T 2794 El Camino Real Santa Clara CA 95051 Not Reviewed 1 01mi A rana Ss Jos at int peratorst Airport The first result displayed is the business or branch closest to your current location Tap or to scroll forward or back through the search results Tap K to see the search results in a list Tap K to return to map view Tap to return to your current location on the map Tap a business name and address to see more details Optional Do any of the following e To phone the business Tap the phone number and tap D e To see the business location on a map Tap Show Map e To read reviews about the business Tap Read Reviews e To visit the company s website Tap Visit Website e To get directions in AT amp T Navigator Tap Navigate To e To get directions in text Tap Driving Directions Tap Reverse to see the route in reverse Create a calendar event at a location You can add a business location to your calendar as an event reminder For example if you have an appointment to meet a friend at a restaurant you can find the restaurant location in YPmobile and add the event to your calendar from there The event is stored in the Calendar
336. s 210 224 Agenda view 208 AIM 104 aircrafts 259 airplane mode 16 21 23 247 Ajax 163 alarms 54 124 127 134 135 See also Clock application Album Art view 149 album headers 141 albums See also specific types deleting 140 Alert option 89 alerts See alarms notifications All Calendars view 123 All Flagged folder 249 All Inboxes folder 86 249 all day events 124 Amazon accounts 150 239 Amazon MP3 service 150 152 199 239 242 AMR files 147 212 anniversary events 124 answering phone 70 71 73 antenna 257 AOL 87 App Catalog 33 34 190 199 239 242 applications See also specific types adding 190 193 application menu 16 247 backups of 242 buying 190 closing 25 48 compatibility 224 consumption of memory by 216 default 205 deleting 48 245 dialing from 68 70 displaying 24 48 downloading 195 entering information with 47 erasing 243 in Quick Launch 50 included with phone 255 increasing speed of 224 losing 243 managing location information 169 170 maximizing 24 menus in 42 43 moving between 49 moving up one level in 41 multitasking with 8 opening 25 35 40 41 operating system 190 phone calls and 72 reinstalling 19 193 searching for items in 33 35 searching in 36 247 Index 265 266 throwing off top of screen 216 troubleshooting 203 223 2724 229 updating 195 247 appointments See events artists 148 150 151 AT amp T Address Book accounts 111 AT amp T customer support
337. s power Gi Drag up to unlock the screen e Slide out the keyboard e If the keyboard is out press any key 5 Look closely at the screen If the display appears but is faint try adjusting the screen brightness see Change screen brightness 6 Ifthe problem persists connect your smartphone to the AC charger see Charge the battery If you see a faint display try to restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone 7 Ifyou don t see a display or the screen doesn t respond to taps press and hold power Gi and slide the ringer switch three times to restart your smartphone Then wait until your smartphone completes startup An application is not responding to taps 1 Make sure you have removed the screen protector that came attached to your smartphone screen Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 223 224 2 Check to see if the screen has any cracks If it does contact Palm Support for further assistance Go to palm com support Select your smartphone and AT amp T and click Support Services Select one of the support options 3 Make sure the screen is not locked Press power Gi and drag up to unlock the screen 4 Tap the center of the gesture area If the application screen minimizes to a card throw the card off the top of the screen to close the app 5 Ifthe screen does not respond to taps at all press and hold power and slide the ringer switch three times to restart your smartphone Then wait until your smartp
338. s the file type You can open many file formats for photos videos and music Microsoft Office files and PDF files You can also copy ringtones that you download from your computer s web browser 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable 2 On your smartphone tap USB Drive On your computer your smartphone appears as a removable drive 3 Ona Windows computer if the Found New Hardware wizard opens click Cancel to close the wizard 4 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Windows 7 or the Finder Mac double click the drive representing your smartphone and drag and drop files to your smartphone The drive displays folders that you can use to organize the files you copy You can also create your own folders NOTE If you copy ringtones to your smartphone be sure to place them in the ringtones folder on your smartphone s USB drive Photos and videos taken on the smartphone are in DCIM gt 100Palm IMPORTANT All files that you store on the USB drive of your smartphone are not backed up to your Palm profile and they cannot sync to any of your online accounts So be sure to keep a copy of all such files somewhere besides your smartphone just in case you lose your smartphone or you must do a full erase of the info on your smartphone For example from time to time you may want to back up photos and videos you recorded on your smartphone by copying them to a computer Or if Amazon
339. saging IM account for information If the account you want is not listed or is not available in HP webOS App Catalog when you tap Find More the account is not available at this time Be sure to check back your webOS smartphone periodically adds support for new account types can t send or receive instant messages Make sure you have a data connection see don t know if have a data connection Contact AT amp T to verify that your plan includes messaging services that these services have been correctly activated on your smartphone and that they are available at your location AT amp T should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays Check to see if you have data services enabled Open Phone open the application menu and tap Preference amp Accounts Under Network make sure Data Usage is set to On If you are in roaming coverage check to see if you have data roaming enabled Open Phone open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network tap Data Roaming and tap Enabled Make sure your instant messaging IM account is properly set up see Set up an instant messaging IM account Make sure you are logged into your IM account see Sign in to an IM account If a message arrives but does not display a notification make sure message notifications are turned on see Customize messaging notifications e Restart your smartphone see Restart you
340. save them to your smartphone so you can view them later in one of your smartphone s applications 1 Open the attachment see Open email attachments 2 Doone of the following e For pictures in JPG GIF BMP or PNG format tap Copy To Photos e For other file types open the application menu and tap Save As If the Save As menu item is not available you cannot save the attachment To save Microsoft Word Excel or PowerPoint files you must have set up a Quickoffice account see Quickoffice mobile office software 3 Toopena saved attachment on your smartphone open the application that can display the attachment The attachment appears in the list of available files Tap the file to open it Save or share an inline image If a message contains an inline image an image inserted right into the body text you can share the image with someone else via email If you choose this option a new blank email message opens with the image file as an attachment If the image is in JPG GIF BMP or PNG format you can also save it to and view it in the Photos app Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 93 Do one of the following e To share an image With the message open press and hold Option o and tap the image Then tap Share Image e To copy an image to Photos Tap the image file name and then tap Copy to Photos if available Add a contact from an email message You can add a contact name or email a
341. scode in hex characters on your smartphone instead of in alphanumeric characters The hex passcode is stored in the Wi Fi router software Work with the system administrator to locate the passcode associated with the key index Does the Wi Fi network use MAC address filtering MAC address filtering is acommon method of securing a Wi Fi network The filter list is similar to a guest list at a party if you re not on the list you can t come in The filter list allowing access to the Wi Fi network lives on the Wi Fi router This list is maintained by the system administrator and you must provide the administrator with your smartphone s MAC address and request to be added to the list To find your smartphone s MAC address Open Device Info amp and tap More Info The MAC address is the Wi Fi hex number under Phone Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone am trying to connect my smartphone to my Wi Fi network and need to find the smartphone s MAC address Open Device Info amp tap More Info and tap Hardware Under Phone the number listed to the right of Wi Fi is your smartphone s MAC address Web can t access a web page e Make sure you have a data connection See don t know if have a data connection for details If you do not have a data connection see the topic that matches your situation e can t make a data connection over the AT amp T network Chapter 14 Troubleshooting e can t mak
342. settings is off you can manually configure the IP address Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 157 4 Ifyou turned Automatic IP settings off enter any of the following Address The IP address of the network Subnet The Subnet address of the network Gateway The Gateway address of the network DNS Servers Addresses 1 and 2 5 lap Done Palm mobile hotspot What is Palm mobile hotspot Quickly turn your HP webOS smartphone into a Wi Fi hotspot for up to five devices Enjoy mobile Internet access for your laptop while on the go and let friends or co workers connect at the same time The app is simple to configure and easy to use IMPORTANT The Palm mobile hotspot requires a fast data connection with your wireless service provider s network and only works when you re within a wireless coverage area Additional data charges or monthly subscription fees may apply Please contact your wireless service provider regarding applicable charges before using this application Be aware that unless your data plan is unlimited you may accumulate significant data charges using this application especially when roaming While Palm mobile hotspot is active other applications on your smartphone continue to work and any data sent or received counts against your mobile hotspot data plan allowance if applicable If you just want to browse the web on your smartphone use the smartphone s browser see Web Chapter 10 Web and wireless
343. signals and certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your smartphone Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 0 6 inches 15 centimeters be maintained between a phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by the recommendations of Wireless Technology Research Persons with pacemakers should do the following Audio Safety This smartphone is capable of producing loud noises which may damage your hearing When using the speakerphone feature it is recommended that you place your smartphone at a safe distance from your ear Other Medical Devices Hospitals If you use any other personal medical device consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information Turn your phone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy Repetitive Motion Injuries When using the keyboard or playing games on your smartphone you may experience discomfort in your neck shoulders hands arms or other parts of the body To avoid any injury such as tendonitis carpal tunnel syndrome or other musculoskeletal d
344. silver dot on the USB cable are facing up If the charging dock came with a USB cable make sure you are using that cable or a compatible cable approved by HP to connect the charging dock to the AC charger Note that you cannot use the USB cable for your Veer with a Touchstone charging dock If the dock did not come with a USB cable you can purchase one separately e Make sure that you are using the AC charger that came with your smartphone or a compatible charger approved by HP e Make sure the USB cable is securely connected to the charging dock and the AC charger You may need to rock the connector on the USB cable gently to fully insert it into the charging dock NOTE Thecharging dock does not work when it is connected to a computer e Make sure the AC charger is securely inserted into a working outlet e If the outlet is connected to a light switch or power strip make sure the power is on e Try a different outlet if one is available e Try a different compatible USB cable if one is available e Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone need to replace the battery Contact Palm or AT amp T to get your smartphone repaired Within the warranty period your battery should not need replacing With good treatment your battery is likely to last for a couple of years See Maximizing battery life for helpful tips Screen and performance The screen appears blank If you hold the smartphone up to your e
345. skey screen Check the other device screen to verify that the passkey is correct and tap Yes connect to connect e The screen displays a passkey generated by your smartphone Enter the displayed passkey on the other device e The screen prompts you to enter a passkey Check the documentation that came with the other device to see if there s a required passkey If so enter that passkey on your smartphone If not make up a passkey and enter it on both devices Connect with a paired device After you pair with a device you can connect to that device without having to go through the pairing process again 1 Open Bluetooth Preferences Searching for audio devices TYPE Audio k d 2 Make sure Bluetooth is on see Turn the Bluetooth feature on off and tap the device name NOTE To connect with a paired computer you must initiate the connection from the computer See the computer documentation for instructions Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 179 Disconnect from a device Disconnecting from a device does not mean you delete the relationship you created between the device and your smartphone See Connect with a paired device for instructions on how to reconnect with the device 1 Open Bluetooth Q 2 Tap the connected device name to disconnect from it Or tap another device name to disconnect from the current device and connect to the new device Delete a device Deleting a device
346. smartphone IMPORTANT If possible do a manual backup of your Palm profile data before resetting your smartphone see Manually back up information to your Palm profile After you sign in to your Palm profile again any backed up information is restored see What information is backed up 1 Open Device Info Chapter 13 Preferences 203 2 Tap Reset Options Preferences Reset Options Shuts down and restarts the phone Turns the phone and all radios off Erase Apps amp Data Erases applications you installed and all application settings and data Tap one of the following Erase Apps amp Data Erases all application data and settings as well as any applications you installed from App Catalog Erase USB Drive Erases all files stored in USB drive storage such as pictures videos and music Full Erase Erases application data and settings apps you installed and USB drive storage files Use Full Erase if you want a clean erase of your currently installed apps and files but plan to continue using the smartphone Secure Full Erase Erases application data and settings apps you installed and USB drive storage files Use Secure Full Erase if you plan to give the smartphone away and you do not want your data and files to be recoverable even using a third party tool Secure Full Erase performs a complete wipe of the smartphone and takes considerably longer than a regular full erase Tap
347. smartphone 1 Tap a picture thumbnail to view it full screen 2 If Kad is not visible tap the screen to display it 3 Tap B and tap Upload 4 Doone of the following e If your picture web service is already set up on your smartphone tap the name of the service you want to use e If your picture web service is not yet set up on your smartphone tap Add An Account and tap the account type Enter your username and password tap Sign In and then tap Create After you set up your account return to the picture in full screen view and repeat steps 2 and 3 Set up an online pictures account on your smartphone To upload pictures to an account you have with a web service such as Facebook or Photobucket you must set up the account on your smartphone Chapter 9 Photos videos and music DID YOU KNOW If you set up a Facebook account in the Photos application and you leave Use account with Calendar and Contacts turned on when setting up the account your Facebook contacts and calendar events appear in the Contacts and Calendar applications on your smartphone also Likewise if you set up a Facebook account in Contacts and you accept the default options while setting up that account the account is already set up to allow you to upload pictures from Photos See Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones for information about the behavior of Facebook Photobucket and other online accounts on your smartphone 1 2
348. so maps Location Services 169 170 199 lock icon 163 logging into user profiles 221 222 login settings 90 127 lost devices 158 198 201 Lotus Notes setting up email 87 88 lowercase letters 43 M MAV files 145 Index 271 272 Mac computers data transfer from 62 phone drive 58 140 150 213 machinery operating 259 manual backup 201 202 manual message retrieval 92 manual setup email accounts 88 89 network settings 82 manual synchronization 119 127 manual updates 29 maps 118 123 170 234 Mark all completed incomplete command 131 Mark as read unread command 95 media files 244 medical devices 259 meeting invitations See meeting requests meeting participants 126 meeting requests 98 126 memory 216 229 244 254 memos 34 132 133 198 199 Memos application 17 132 133 199 menus 42 43 247 See also specific types merged views 86 235 248 message headers 95 messages See email multimedia messages text messages voicemail instant messages Messaging application 8 25 52 98 101 200 231 233 meta tap 43 Index microphone 225 Microsoft Excel files See Excel files Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync See Exchange ActiveSync Microsoft Outlook See Outlook Microsoft PowerPoint files See PowerPoint files Microsoft Word files See Word files microUSB connector 14 Miscellaneous album 139 168 missed calls 75 misspelled words 45 46 Month view 125 Move to folder command 95 MP3 files 147 212 MP3 music servi
349. splay the list of reminder options Calendar HF ll B Event name E Tue Dec 14 2010 2 00 PM to 3 00 PM Event location C No Repeat A 15 minutes before Event notes No Reminder 4 At Start Time 5 minutes before 10 minutes before 15 minutes before s 30 minutes before 2 Tap the list item you want Chapter 4 Work with applications 47 48 Save information e On most screens your information is saved automatically Just make the back gesture to close the screen see Go up one level in an app back gesture and your info is saved at the same time e Your info is also saved if you minimize an app to a card in Card view and throw the card off the top of the screen to close the app e On screens with a Done button either tap Done or make the back gesture to save your information Close applications e In Card view see Manage applications in Card view throw the card off the top of the screen To close a card stack you must close each card individually Delete applications You can delete applications that you installed on your smartphone 1 Open the Launcher see Open an application in the Launcher 2 Scroll to the page containing the app you want to delete Chapter 4 Work with applications 3 While pressing and holding Option p tap the app icon 4 Tap Delete TIP You can also delete an application you installed by opening the Launcher opening the application menu
350. ss your data even when you are not able to make a connection to the web because your data is stored on your smartphone If you have data from a Palm smartphone in Outlook or Palm Desktop by ACCESS you can do a one way transfer of the data from the desktop application to your smartphone see Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer After the transfer of this data to your smartphone you can assign this data to sync with an online account You can also assign it to the Palm profile account Data in this account is backed up to your Palm profile daily so you can retrieve it if you need to reset your smartphone But it is not a true sync because you cannot change your Palm profile data anywhere except on your smartphone If your desktop Outlook synchronizes with an Exchange server using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync you cannot do a one way export of that Outlook data to your smartphone However you can synchronize the Chapter 14 Troubleshooting Outlook data wirelessly with your smartphone through your Exchange account TIP A number of third party applications sold separately are available that let you synchronize data on your Veer with a desktop application Visit palm com sync solutions to learn more have an Exchange account at work but my data is not being downloaded to my smartphone Check with your system administrator to obtain or verify the name of the mail server that offers you wireless access to the co
351. ssage This option appears only if you have more than one email account set up on your smartphone 4 Inthe To field do one of the following to address the message e Enter a contact name initials or email address Tap the email address when it appears When you enter a contact name favorites appear at the top of the search results see Create a favorite e Tap EJ to open the full contact list Tap the contact you want or enter a name or address to narrow the list e Enter the full email address for a recipient who is not a contact TIP To address an email directly from the Launcher or Card view type the email address If the email address is already associated with a contact the contact is displayed Tap the email address A new email is opened with the address in the To field 5 Optional Tap To to open the Cc and Bcc fields and enter an address 6 Optional Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter additional addresses 7 Enter the subject press Enter o and enter the body text 8 Optional To set the priority for the message Open the application menu and tap Set As Normal Priority or Set As High Priority 9 Optional To discard a message Open the application menu and tap Discard Message 10 Tap Format email text To format the text of a message you are creating do one of the following e To enter bold italic or underlined text Open the application menu and tap Edit gt the option you want Enter the
352. ssage to a contact If you have an important message or a question for a contact you can enter a reminder right on your smartphone The next time you and the contact are in touch whether by phone call email or text message IM a notification appears showing the contact name and a message bubble Tap the bubble to view the reminder 1 Open Contacts 2 Search for a contact see Find a contact and tap the contact name 3 Open the application menu and tap Add Contact Reminder 4 Enter the reminder and make the back gesture to save it TIP When you create a reminder message for a contact unless you remove it it pops up every time you make contact with that person To remove a reminder message open the application menu and tap Add Contact Reminder Tap the trash icon Link a contact When your smartphone recognizes matching information in two or more contacts for example the same name and phone number it automatically gathers the info from the two records into a single view that displays all the contact information You can also manually link contacts The info for your linked contacts appears combined only on your smartphone the actual info is kept separate and distinct in the accounts it came from IMPORTANT To maintain the integrity of your contact data it s important that you link only one person s contact info in different accounts For example if you have contact info for Emily Weeks in Google Facebook Mic
353. start of the event To change the setting tap 15 minutes before and tap the new setting for the alarm Customize event notification sounds The settings you apply here apply to all of your Calendar accounts Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 1 Open Calendar 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the Event Reminders field and tap any of the following Vibrate The smartphone vibrates and makes a vibrating sound but makes no other sound System Sound The system sound plays If the ringer is off the smartphone vibrates see Set ringer switch settings Ringtone A ringtone that you choose plays Mute No sound plays and the smartphone does not vibrate Add a note to an event 1 While creating an event see Create an event tap i to the right of the event name To add a note after creating an event tap the event name in Day view 2 Tap Event notes and enter the note NOTE Ifa phone number is displayed in an event note as an underlined link you can tap the number to make a call This displays the phone dial pad with the number already entered Create an all day untimed event An all day event such as a birthday appears in your calendar without a specific time slot 1 Open Calendar 2 Goto the day you want open the application menu tap New and then tap All Day Event Calendar E Tue Nov 9 2010 CA Event location No
354. sting the Ringtone Volume slider is the same as using the volume button on the side of the smartphone Select a song as a ringtone If you have a song you listen to in the Music app you can use that song as the ringtone for your smartphone The ringtone you select here applies globally to all incoming calls You can also set a unique ringtone for a contact see Add a ringtone to a contact 1 Open Sounds amp Ringtones 2 Tap the displayed ringtone 3 Tap G 4 Tap tothe right of a song title to preview it Tap the song title to add it to your list of ringtones 5 When the list of ringtones is displayed tap the song you added to use it as your ringtone 6 To set the ringtone volume drag the Ringtone Volume slider Copy a ringtone to your smartphone 1 Identify a file on your computer to use as a ringtone on your smartphone 2 Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable 3 Onyour smartphone tap USB Drive On your computer your smartphone appears as a removable drive 4 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Windows 7 or the Finder Mac double click the drive representing your smartphone and drag and drop files to the ringtones folder on your smartphone Chapter 13 Preferences 213 214 5 End the connection safely If you do not eject safely your smartphone resets when you disconnect the USB cable e Ona Windows computer right click the drive representing yo
355. t does not affect your data or applications Screen amp Lock Change screen brightness 1 Open Screen amp Lock lt 2 Under Screen drag the Brightness slider to the preferred level Set the interval for turning the screen off automatically By default your screen turns off after one minute of inactivity to save battery power You can change this interval 1 Open Screen amp Lock 2 In Turn off after tap the interval shown and then tap the number of seconds or minutes Change your wallpaper Your wallpaper is the screen background in Card view You can customize the wallpaper to show a favorite picture 1 Open Screen amp Lock lt 2 Tap Change Wallpaper 3 Do one of the following e To use an existing picture as the background Tap the album containing the picture and tap the picture e To use a new picture as the background Tap New Photo and take the picture 4 Optional Do either or both of the following e To zoom out or in on a part of the picture Pinch in or out on the picture e To capture the portion of the picture you want for your wallpaper Tap and hold the picture and then drag the portion you want to the center of the onscreen box This portion becomes the wallpaper 5 Tap Set Wallpaper Chapter 13 Preferences 209 Turn advanced gestures on off Turning on advanced gestures gives you two additional gestures previous and next and also changes the way you make the
356. t such as a laptop Any devices enabled with Wi Fi that are in range of your smartphone can connect to an open hotspot To connect a device to a secure hotspot it must also have the passphrase If you already set up a device to connect to your secure hotspot that device remembers the passphrase and connects automatically to Palm mobile hotspot 160 Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 4 When you finish using your smartphone as a mobile hotspot turn off Palm mobile hotspot to save battery power TIP You can extend your battery time by charging your battery see Charge the battery while you are using Palm mobile hotspot Change your secure passphrase 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gy 2 Tap Change Passphrase 3 Enter the new passphrase and tap Done View information about connected devices 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gy 2 In Connected Devices tap a device The following information is displayed Name The name of the connected device Type The type of connection between the device and your smartphone Mac Address A unique address associated with the device Assigned IP The IP address of the connected device VPN What is VPN If you want to use your smartphone to access files on your company s servers You may need to set up a VPN virtual private network You can do this using the VPN application VPN enables you to log in to your corporate server through the company s firewall security layer You nee
357. t appears onscreen Chapter 11 Documents Change the text display size e Pinch out to enlarge items onscreen e Pinch in to decrease the size of items onscreen e Double tap the screen to zoom in or out a specified amount For more information on zooming in and out see Pinch zoom gestures Find text in a file 1 Witha file open open the application menu and tap Find PDF View SENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE GPL NERAL PUBUC LIC TRO 1991 Frot Softw 2 Type the text you want to find and press Enter or tap The first instance of the text appears highlighted 3 Do one of the following e To find the next instance Tap e To find the preceding instance Tap 4 To exit search open the application menu and tap Find Save a file with a new name 1 With the file open open the application menu and tap Save As PDF View 12 54 ce information Open Source Info Cancel 2 Enter the new file name and tap Save As Share a file 1 With the file open open the application menu and tap Share 2 Create the email message and tap View bookmarks If a PDF file was created with bookmarks you can see the bookmarks on your smartphone With the file open open the application menu and tap Bookmarks PDF View 1 Mobile products for extra IJA culture of game cha E Welcome to the Palm Fou hw i The Palm Foundation is 2 Q The Palm Mobile Learn
358. t human health and the environment by handing over your waste equipment to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment For more information please contact your household waste disposal service Chemical Substances REACH A chemical information report for this product complying with REACH Regulation EC No 1907 2006 is available at hp com go reach Hazardous Substances This product is in compliance with the Restrictions of Hazardous Substances RoHS directive 2002 95 EC This HP product is designed to comply with the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC The EU WEEE directive 2002 95 EC requires manufacturers to provide treatment information for each product type for use by treatment facilities This information product disassembly instructions is posted on the Hewlett Packard website at hp com go recyclers These instructions may be used by recyclers and other WEEE treatment facilities as well as HP OEM customers who integrate and resell HP equipment This product does not contain any of the following substances in excess of regulatory limits for reference of these limits please refer to the HP General Specification for the Environment at hp com hpinfo globalcitizenship environment suppychain gen_specifications htm Asbestos certain azo colorants certain brominated flame retardants may not be used as flame retardants in plastics cadmi
359. t information from your smartphone Tap Remove Account Chapter 12 HP webOS App Catalog and Software Manager Manage applications with Software Manager Use Software Manager to work with applications and background services that you add to your smartphone 1 Open Software Manager 4 Software Mana Apps lac Facebook 1 3 56 Palm p Pandor 1 0 4 Pandora 2 Tap Apps to manage downloaded apps that appear in the Launcher or tap Other to manage background apps and services that do not appear in the Launcher 3 Tap an app or service name 4 On the app details screen do any of the following To read reviews of the app Tap Review App and tap a review To add a review Tap Review App and then tap Review To share info about the app Tap Review App and then tap Share To send the link in an email message tap Email To send the link in a text message tap Text Message To report a problem with the app Tap Report A Problem Under Problem Type tap Bug and tap the type of problem you are reporting Enter the problem description and tap To delete the app Tap Delete Tap Delete again to confirm TIP You can also delete an app by throwing it off the side of the screen from the app list and then tapping Delete to confirm TIP You can reinstall any app you delete see Reinstall a deleted application 1 Update a downloaded application from a notification 3 When an update is available for on
360. t is in direct contact with the body i e on the lap or in a breast pocket Such use will likely exceed the FCC RF safety exposure limits See fcc gov oet rfsafety for more information on RF exposure safety To view the most recent SAR values of the Veer visit palm com sarumts veer Body worn operation Important safety information regarding radio frequency RF radiation exposure To ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines the smartphone must be used with a minimum of 0 6 in 1 5 cm separation from the body Failure to observe these instructions could result in your RF exposure exceeding the relevant guideline limits Limiting exposure to radio frequency RF fields For individuals concerned about limiting their exposure to RF fields the World Health Organization WHO provides the following advice Precautionary measures Present scientific information does not indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile phones If individuals are concerned they might choose to limit their own or their children s RF exposure by limiting the length of calls or using hands free devices to keep mobile phones away from the head and body Further information on this subject can be obtained from the WHO home page who int mediacentre factsheets fs193 en index html WHO Fact sheet 193 June 2000 Battery Replacement Do not attempt to replace the rechargeable battery in the Veer yourself The battery may only be replaced
361. tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 171 2 3 Tap Drive To AT amp T Navigator Drive To F My Favorites Recent Places PB Address Ge Business 52 Airport h ud Tap one of the following My Favorites Select a destination from your favorites To add a favorite tap and choose the location you want to add from Current Location Recent Places Address Business Airport or Contacts Recent Places Select a destination from a list of places you have visited recently Address Enter a destination address and tap Submit Business Search for a business Airport Select or search for an airport Contacts Select a contact s address Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections Find a location _ Open AT amp T Navigator ey If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Tap Search All Categories Sr k d Call It In Enter a search term For example enter Cinema to get a list of cinemas near you Optional Tap Current Location to change the location of your search Optional Tap All Categories in the Category field to narrow your search by service category For example you might want to search for gas stations banks or hospitals in an area Tap one of the following Search A list of search results is displayed Call It In Tap LS and follow the voice prompts to perform your search View ma
362. taps so can t access USB Drive mode If you can t put your smartphone in USB Drive mode using the screen you can use a keyboard shortcut Connect your smartphone to your computer using the USB cable and then press and hold Option Sym GD U Making room on your smartphone If you store a large number of files or install many applications the internal memory on your smartphone may fill up Here are some ways to clear space on your smartphone e Photos Videos Music Amazon MP3 if available Quickoffice PDF View Large files take up a lot of memory Move files to your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer or delete them from your smartphone Email Email attachments can be large and consume lots of memory Copy attachments to your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer or delete large files from your smartphone see Delete a message You may also want to empty the deleted items folder Messaging If you do a lot of text or multimedia messaging delete messages or conversations see Delete a message or Delete a conversation Also attachments to multimedia messages can be large and consume lots of memory Copy attachments to your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer or delete large files from your smartphone see Delete a message e Web Delete stored web browsing information by clearing your history cookies and cache see
363. te is selected When Geotag Photos is on photos are tagged with the latitude and longitude of the location in which they were taken Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 169 170 DID YOU KNOW The geotag data is stored as an Exif tag in the photo file A common use of the geotag data is in online photo services like Photobucket and desktop apps like Google Earth which use the data to position the photo as a thumbnail on a map Background Data Collection Available only when Google Services is on see Turn location service providers on off When Background Data Collection is on anonymous location data is collected from your smartphone This data is used to improve the quality of location Services Auto Locate Your location will be automatically provided to applications that request it SS CC___ _ Geotag Photos gt Stores the GPS coordinates of your locata When you use the camera Collection very accurate for turn by turn directions and for pinpointing your location when you are outside and have a clear view of the sky To turn Google Services on off open the application menu tap Locate Me Using and tap Google Services Google Services uses cellular radio towers and Wi Fi access points to approximate your location This technology is very fast to acquire a location fix but it is not as accurate as GPS Certain applications such as turn by turn navigation solutions require GPS to be act
364. tellite view tap to return to Map view Satellite View a satellite photo of the map area B Traffic View local traffic conditions 7 Clear Map Clear the current map Help amp Terms Get help x Close Menu Close the Google Maps menu TIP You can search for a location in Google Maps directly from the Launcher or Card view Start typing the address or location name and under Launch amp Search tap Google Maps If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services The Google Maps application opens with the closest match to your search term displayed in the map header Tap the header to get directions to that location or tap Results to see other locations that match your search term AT amp T Navigator You can use AT amp T Navigator to get directions search for an address view maps and traffic conditions share your location and much more Sign up for AT amp T Navigator The first time you open AT amp T Navigator you are offered the opportunity to either subscribe now to the service and pay a monthly fee or pay for a one day pass to use the service First review the license agreement and tap Accept to continue To subscribe to the monthly service tap Get Your 1st 30 Days Free To choose the one day pass option tap Try A Day Pass For amount NOTE When you agree to buy AT amp T Navigator the charge is added to your AT amp T wireless bill Get directions 1 Open AT amp T Navigator ey 2 If prompted
365. ter a webOS update and you have a homebrew application installed use webOS Doctor to restore your smartphone to factory default settings A partial or full erase does not return the smartphone to factory settings after some homebrew apps have been Chapter 14 Troubleshooting installed See T6 Tether your smartphone to your computer and reinstall webOsS Transferring information to and from your computer bought a song through Amazon MP3 and want to transfer it to my computer You can copy music files on your smartphone to your computer for use with a desktop music player For instructions see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer copied files from my computer but can t see or play them on my smartphone When you connect your smartphone to your computer in USB Drive mode you can copy any file onto your smartphone However each media application on your smartphone Photos Music and Videos can display or play files in certain file formats only If your media file is in an unsupported format you can t use it on your smartphone For a list of supported photo types see Photos For a list of supported music and ringtone file types see Music For a list of supported video file types see Videos When I open the folder representing my smartphone on my computer see subfolders Do need to move my files into these folders The default folders are there to help you organize files you copy to and from
366. ter the passphrase you created when setting up the secure hotspot on your smartphone After the connection is made you can browse the web on your laptop 6 A message may be displayed if your data plan does not include Palm mobile hotspot Tap Dismiss to continue Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 159 NOTE If your data plan does not include Palm mobile hotspot you cannot access the Internet from devices that use your webOS smartphone as a Wi Fi hotspot Contact your wireless service provider to have your data plan enabled for Palm mobile hotspot 7 Optional To customize the name of your hotspot tap the name in Network Info enter a new name and tap Done 8 After you create the hotspot go to the device you want to connect to the Internet for example your laptop and use its Wi Fi connection settings to connect to your Palm mobile hotspot After the connection is made you can browse the web on your laptop Use Palm mobile hotspot BEFORE YOU BEGIN e Create a secure see Create a secure hotspot or open see Create an open hotspot hotspot e Make sure you are connected to the AT amp T network 1 Open Palm mobile hotspot gy 2 Tap Off to switch Palm mobile hotspot from Off to On The amp icon appears at the bottom of the screen when the mobile hotspot is turned on If you are connected to a Wi Fi network your smartphone automatically disconnects from that network 3 Connect other devices to the hotspo
367. text To turn off the formatting open the application menu and tap Edit gt the option you want to turn off e To enter colored text Open the application menu and tap Edit gt scroll down gt Text Color Tap the color and enter the text e To format text you already entered Select the text see Text selection gestures open the application menu and tap Edit gt the option you want To turn off a formatting option open the application menu and tap Edit gt the option you want to turn off For text color tap the black square Chapter 7 Email text multimedia and instant messaging 91 92 Add attachments to a message 1 1 While composing a message tap O 2 To get the file you want to attach do the following e Tap an icon at the bottom of the screen to search for pictures videos music files or documents e Begin typing the file name e To take a new picture to send as an attachment Tap the photo icon at the bottom of the screen tap New Photo take the photo and then tap Attach Photo 4 e To record a new video to send as an attachment Tap the video icon at the bottom of the screen tap New Video record the video 3 Tap the file name 4 Repeat steps 1 3 to attach other files TIP To remove an attachment you added to an email Throw the attachment off the side of the screen and tap Delete to confirm Save a message as a draft e While composing a message open the application menu and tap
368. th your computer 2 Follow the instructions given by the third party vendor to install the app on your computer NOTE You may also have to install another part of the application on your smartphone Follow the instructions of the third party vendor Sync your desktop organizer to Google and Google to your smartphone Google Download and install a third party application sold separately that can sync your desktop app to Google Your desktop app syncs with your Google account and your smartphone also syncs with Google 1 On your computer set up an account on the Google website if you don t already have one go to gmail com Chapter 5 Copy files and sync your personal data 63 2 Setup your Google account on your smartphone See Manage online accounts 3 Install a third party application on your computer that enables you to sync with Google Go to palm com sync solutions to learn about available third party sync solutions 4 _ Follow the instructions given by the third party vendor to sync the data in your desktop app with Google The next time Google syncs with your smartphone your data appears on your smartphone 64 Chapter 5 Copy files and sync your personal data Phone Your HP Veer 4G enables you to effectively manage multiple calls You can answer a second call swap between calls and set up a six way conference call Use Just Type to make a call by typing your contact s first and last initials You
369. the button again to confirm your choice 204 Chapter 13 Preferences About the full erase options In most cases you can perform a regular full erase if you want to erase downloaded applications and USB drive storage files from your smartphone Perform a secure full erase when you give your smartphone to somebody else and you don t want that person to be able to access your data Regardless of which full erase option you choose all your data on the web in your online accounts and in your Palm profile is untouched After either type of full erase you can sign in to your Palm profile either on a new webOS smartphone or the same smartphone you just erased Signing in restores your Palm profile data and information from online accounts see What information is backed up but not your stored files such as pictures videos and music you must copy those again to the smartphone see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Run Quick Tests If you are troubleshooting your device with a support agent you can run Quick Tests to supply the agent with diagnostic information about your smartphone If you need more information after running Quick Tests you can run one or more Interactive Tests see Run Interactive Tests _ Open Device Info amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Tests gt Quick Tests 3 Work with the support agent to view and report the test results Run Interactive Tests If you are tro
370. the phone number to Use a phone headset You can connect a 3 5mm headset to your smartphone for hands free operation You can also connect to a wireless headset using Bluetooth wireless technology Both 3 5mm and wireless headsets are sold separately WARNING If driving while using a phone is permitted in your area we recommend using a headset or hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and use the headset only if it is legal and you can do so safely Chapter 6 Phone 7 78 Use a wired headset Your smartphone works with headsets that have a 3 5mm connector look for three colored bands on the plug When in doubt ask the third party headset manufacturer if the product is compatible with your smartphone If you hear a headset buzz or poor microphone performance your headset may be incompatible with your smartphone 1 Connect the magnetic end of the 3 5mm headset adapter to the charger connector on the right side of your smartphone 2 Insert a 3 5mm headset into the jack on the adapter When you are on a call the icon changes to amp TIP After
371. then tap an option to set what happens when the ringer switch is on and a system sound or the ringer plays Tap Sound amp Vibrate to have your smartphone both play a sound and vibrate Tap Sound to have your smartphone play a sound only Set system sound options You can turn system sounds such as transition sounds and notification alerts on or off You can also set the volume for system sounds System sounds are turned on by default Your smartphone plays your system sound only when the ringer switch is on 1 Open Sounds amp Ringtones Preferences H all D gt r s Cc SER TCHON ay Pete Ad Dd y pr mBan Da aa RINGS amp ALERTS Sound amp Vibrate RINGTONE Pixi Ringtone Volume SYSTEM SOUNDS CED Volume _ SS Se 2 In System Sounds tap Off to switch system sounds from Off to On for notifications transitions shutter click and the like Tap On to switch system sounds from On to Off Chapter 13 Preferences NOTE Calendar Email and Messaging notification sounds are controlled separately If you have notification sounds turned on in any of those apps see Customize event notification sounds Turn new email notifications on off and Customize messaging notifications the sound plays even if you have System Sounds turned off Note that the ringer switch must be on for any notification sound to play 3 Drag the Volume slider to set the system sounds volume Add ringtones
372. time interval for a notification to appear for timed and all day events Reminders you set for individual events override the default setting Event Reminders Select to play a sound when a calendar notification appears Default Event Duration The default event duration is set to one hour Tap to change this to 30 minutes or 2 hours Accounts For all calendar accounts tap an account to change login settings or remove the account You should change login settings only if you have changed this information for the calendar account online the information you enter here must match the information in the online account Add Account Tap the account type and enter your username and password for the online calendar account Before you can set up an account on your smartphone you must already have an account online with the provider Calendar View Options Set the color for events created in that account and show or hide that account in All Calendars view Default Calendar If you create an event in All Calendars view the event is assigned to your default calendar Tap to change the default calendar Manually synchronize Calendar with your online accounts If you want to get calendar events from an online account on your smartphone immediately or upload events from your smartphone to the online account if the account allows it you can do a manual sync This synchronizes Calendar with all the accounts you have set up on your smartphon
373. ting list items 25 described 8 email service providers 87 231 emails creating 34 emergency calls 261 emergency phone numbers 70 emoticons 100 encryption methods 161 Enter key 43 enter key 15 erasing See deleting ESD safety 262 ESMTP authentication 231 Event Location option 123 Event Notes option 124 Event Reminder option 127 events 121 125 126 128 198 199 Excel files 182 182 184 Exchange ActiveSync accounts availability 60 251 phone synchronization 62 setting up 87 88 Synergy feature and 8 troubleshooting 228 Exchange servers synchronizing with 228 229 troubleshooting 229 Exhibition mode 206 208 248 explosive atmospheres 259 exporting data 61 62 110 121 See also data transfer extensions phone calls 80 F Facebook accounts availability 60 251 calendar synchronization 122 contacts synchronization 112 deleting from 118 phone synchronization 63 pictures 52 142 Facebook application 135 factory installed applications 255 Index 269 favorites contacts 75 77 115 creating 5 defined 248 dialing 68 email folders 97 phone numbers for 76 viewing 76 web bookmarks 166 FCC statements 257 feedback 225 fields See also specific types entering information in 45 file types document 183 music 147 picture 139 video 145 files See also specific types backups on USB drives 58 copying 58 144 151 242 deleting 58 display size 183 downloading 168 finding text in 186 freeing memory and 244 losing 243 openin
374. tions 169 driving safety tips 77 261 DRM Digital Rights Management 147 DRM Digital Rights Management 145 DRM free files 59 145 147 248 Dropbox 182 185 due dates tasks 129 131 earpiece 14 225 EarthLink 87 EAS See Exchange ActiveSync echoes 225 EDGE data network 16 229 editing bookmarks 167 contacts 113 114 116 117 email accounts 90 instant messages accounts 107 memos 132 tasks 130 text 47 videos 143 VPN profiles 163 electrostatic discharge ESD 262 email See also email addresses Email application advanced settings 89 alerts for 89 attachments 92 93 backup summary 199 contacts and 94 creating 91 deleting 90 95 dialing from 70 download options for 231 drafts 92 files and 184 187 flagging 95 folders 96 97 forwarding 94 links in 147 managing 95 memos 133 merging 86 message headers 95 music and 147 notifications 90 pictures and 141 preferences for 97 98 receiving 86 89 92 replying to 94 retrieving 92 155 searching for 94 searching messages 33 34 sending 86 91 98 signatures 89 96 sorting 97 synchronizing 86 89 92 104 110 121 227 troubleshooting 230 231 email accounts accessing 86 default 97 deleting 90 login settings 90 multiple 87 88 preferences for 89 90 renaming 90 reordering 98 setting up 87 89 troubleshooting 228 230 231 email addresses changing 202 entering 89 91 saving 94 user profiles 19 Email application 86 98 199 dele
375. tists 150 for contacts 79 113 for emails 94 for files 186 for memos 132 for music 149 150 for text 186 for videos 147 for websites 163 help content 34 icon used for 17 repeating a recent search 36 with Just Type 32 37 second phone calls 73 secure encryption method 161 secure full erase 204 243 secure hotspots 158 secure networks 155 Secure Unlock option 210 secure websites 163 235 secure Wi Fi networks 154 security See also Certificate Manager erasing data entering passwords 44 locking the screen 209 210 network 156 Palm profile 202 seizures 259 Select All option 47 sending addresses 173 conversation messages 99 directions 173 document files 184 email 86 98 instant messages 105 multimedia messages 73 101 102 PDF files 187 pictures 102 141 text messages 101 102 sensors 254 services 170 Set a ringtone option 115 Set due date for all command 131 Set flag command 95 Set speed dial command 116 setting up alarms 134 billing accounts 193 Bluetooth devices 78 email accounts 87 89 Exchange ActiveSync accounts 87 88 Google accounts 61 63 86 104 110 121 hands free devices 78 instant messaging accounts 104 online picture accounts 142 Quickoffice accounts 182 share option 98 sharing See also sending addresses 173 files 184 187 images 93 videos 144 Shift 43 44 shift key 15 short codes 102 shortcuts 46 47 80 Show Contact Matches option 69 79 Show email option 89 Show Icon option 89 Show notifi
376. to erase the info from your smartphone you can restore all your backed up info All data backed up to your Palm profile is encrypted and only you the profile owner can access your data Backup does not affect information stored in online accounts like Google Information stored in online accounts is synchronized by the online provider at regular intervals Information stored in Exchange is synchronized by your company s Exchange server Chapter 13 Preferences IMPORTANT Backup does not back up files stored on your smartphone s USB drive You can turn off automatic backup and you can also perform a manual backup Remote erase of a lost or stolen smartphone If your smartphone is lost or stolen open the web browser on your computer sign in to your Palm profile on palm com palmprofile and do a remote erase of the info on the smartphone NOTE Ifyou want to erase data on your smartphone while you are still in possession of the smartphone for example before you give it to someone else don t do a remote erase Instead do a partial or full erase of the smartphone itself see Erase data and reset your smartphone Access to system updates Automatic system and software updates are sent to your smartphone Updating of Palm profile settings To change your Palm profile information after you set it up see Update your Palm profile settings To see the email address you used when you set up your Palm profile open
377. tphone in USB Drive mode navigate on the computer to the DCIM 100PALM folder and check the size of the photo see Copy files and folders using USB Drive mode for information on using USB Drive mode e If possible contact the recipient of the message and make sure the receiving device can handle the type of message you re sending e If a message arrives but does not display a notification make sure message notifications are turned on see Customize messaging notifications can t set up an instant messaging IM account e To set up an IM account on your smartphone you must already have the IM account established online If you don t first set up the account online e f you are logged into the account from another location log out from that location and try setting up the account on your smartphone again Chapter 14 Troubleshooting If you are trying to set up a Yahoo IM account note that you can have only one Yahoo IM account on your smartphone at a time If you already have a Yahoo IM account on your smartphone you must remove it before you can set up a different one see Use the Accounts application to edit or delete an online account Make sure you have a data connection see don t know if have a data connection Verify you have an Internet connection by going to a website see Go to a website or Search for a website Make sure the account you want to set up is supported See Set up an instant mes
378. ts Calendar and other personal information If you are setting up an Exchange account to keep your Exchange account secure you may be asked to set a password or PIN that is required to unlock the smartphone Tap Set Password or Set Pin Enter a password or PIN and tap Done If you encounter problems while setting up an Exchange account see Set up email Microsoft Exchange and Lotus Notes to learn about setting up an account manually Depending on the account you may be presented with options for which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Create 4 To set up an account type that is not listed tap Find More tap an app and follow the instructions onscreen to add the account NOTE If you choose to syne Calendar with an online Facebook account your Facebook events show up in Calendar but you cannot add calendar events to Facebook from the Calendar app To work directly with Facebook use the Facebook application developed for your smartphone see Facebook To work directly with LinkedIn go to linkedin com in the Web application see Web or download the free LinkedIn application from App Catalog Create an event If you are using Calendar for the first time you go through a few different steps to add or access the calendar events on your smartphone see Use Calendar for the first time Follow this procedure to add events directly on your smartphone after the first time you use
379. u have for that contact and then tapping e next to the number you want to call Chapter 6 Phone Receive calls If you want to answer calls the phone must be on This is different from having only the screen turned on see Turn your smartphone on off When the phone is off your calls go to voicemail You can pick the ringtone for incoming calls see Select a file from the ringtones folder as a ringtone You can set a ringtone for individual contacts as well see Add a ringtone to a contact Answer a call Do one of the following If the screen is on when the smartphone starts ringing tap Home 510 555 0267 If the screen is off drag up to unlock the screen and answer the call e If a headset is attached press the button on the headset e If the smartphone is placed on an HP Touchstone charging dock sold separately simply lift the smartphone off the dock to automatically answer the call TIP You can see a photo of the person calling you by assigning a caller ID photo See Add a photo to a contact TIP If you miss a call a notification appears at the bottom of the screen Tap the notification to open the missed call dashboard item On the dashboard item tap the name or number to call the person back or tap the icon on the left to open your call history see View your call history Silence the ringer on an incoming call When you silence the ringer on an incoming call you can answer the c
380. ubleshooting your device with a support agent and need more information after running Quick Tests see Run Quick Tests you can run one or more Interactive Tests 1 Open Device Info amp 2 Open the application menu and tap Tests gt Interactive Tests 3 Work with the support agent to run and view results from one or more tests Change default applications If you have more than one application on your smartphone that can perform a particular function you can change the default application to use for that function In addition if you have more than one application on your smartphone that can open a particular file type you can change the default application to use for opening that file type 1 Open Device Info 2 Open the application menu and tap Default Applications 3 To find data types and file types for which more than one app is available look for app names that appear in black type 4 Do either or both of the following e To change the default application to use for different functions Under Data Types tap the currently displayed application for a given data type and tap a different application e To change the default application to use for different file types Under File Types tap the currently displayed application for a given file type and tap a different application To override the default application setting when looking for the map location of an address Press and hold Option p tap the address
381. uld be sent to a facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic equipment For information on environmental programs visit hp com environment or recyclewirelessphones com As part of HP s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and develop the highest standards in electronics recycling v 1 0 Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Welcome Chapter 4 8 Your HP Veer 4G 9 What s in the box 10 Where can learn more Basics 14 Get to know your smartphone 18 Set up your smartphone 19 Charge the battery 21 Turn your smartphone on off 23 Use gestures tap swipe drag flick pinch 28 Update the HP webOS operating system i P Chapter 5 Just Type 32 Just Type overview 32 Get in touch with a contact 33 Search the web 33 Find information in an application on your smartphone 34 Create a new item such as a message or memo 35 Open an application 36 Repeat a recent search 36 Customize Just Type Work with applications 40 Open applications 41 Goup one level in an app back gesture 42 Use the menus 43 Enter and save information 48 Close applications 48 Delete applications 48 Manage applications in Card view 50 Manage applications in the Launcher 52 Manage online accounts 54 View and work with notifications 55 Create and work with favorites Copy files and sync your personal data 58 Copy files
382. ull terms and conditions Tap Create Account to continue and follow the onscreen instructions If you are setting up an Exchange account to keep your Exchange account secure you may be asked to set a password or PIN that is required to unlock the smartphone Tap Set Password or Set Pin Enter a password or PIN and tap Done If you encounter problems while setting up an Exchange account see Set up email Microsoft Exchange and Lotus Notes to learn about setting up an account manually Chapter 8 Contacts Calendar and other personal information 111 T2 Depending on the account you may be presented with options for which apps should download data from that account For each app tap On or Off and then tap Create 4 To set up an account type that is not listed tap Find More tap an app and follow the instructions onscreen to add the account NOTE If you add your Facebook or LinkedIn account to Contacts your friends Facebook and LinkedIn email addresses show up in Contacts You cannot change Facebook or LinkedIn info from Contacts on your smartphone You also cannot add friends to your Facebook or LinkedIn account from Contacts To work directly with Facebook or LinkedIn download the free Facebook or LinkedIn application from HP webOS App Catalog see Download a free application and Facebook or go to facebook com or linkedin com in the Web application see Web Create a contact You can add a contact to an account I
383. um chlorinated hydrocarbons chlorinated paraffins formaldehyde halogenated diphenyl methanes lead carbonates and sulfates lead and lead compounds mercuric oxide batteries nickel finishes must not be used on the external surface designed to be frequently handled or carried by the user ozone depleting substances polybrominated biphenyls PBBs polybrominated biphenyl ethers PBBEs polybrominated biphenyl oxides PBBOs polychlorinated biphenyl PCB polychlorinated terphenyls PCT polyvinyl chloride PVC except for wires and cables and certain retail packaging has been voluntarily removed from most applications radioactive substances tributyl tin TBT triphenyl tin TPT and tributyl tin oxide TBTO User Safety Operational Warnings IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION Read this information before using your smartphone For the safe and efficient operation of your smartphone observe these guidelines Potentially explosive atmospheres Turn off your smartphone when you are in any areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere such as fueling areas gas or petrol stations below deck on boats storage facilities for fuel or chemicals blasting areas and areas near electrical blasting caps and areas where there are chemicals or particles such as metal powders grains and dust in the air Interference to medical and personal Electronic Devices Most but not all electronic equipment is shielded from RF
384. unt from account smartphone one app AIM Messaging Sync Yes Yes The account is removed from all apps Exchange Contacts Calendar Tasks Sync Yes Yes Only info in that app is Email deleted info remains in other apps Facebook Contacts Calendar Contacts Calendar Photos and Videos only Contacts and Calendar Only info in that app is Photos Videos Transfer from web to only deleted info remains in smartphone other apps Photos Videos Transfer upload from smartphone to web Google Contacts Calendar Sync Yes Yes Only info in that app is Messaging Email deleted info remains in other apps LinkedIn Contacts Transfer from web to No Yes Only Contacts is affected smartphone Palm profile Contacts Calendar Tasks See Backup for details Yes No See Backup for details Memos see Backup for full list of affected info Photobucket Photos Transfer upload from Yes No Only info in Photos is smartphone to web deleted Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones 251 252 Table 1 Online accounts available for HP webOS smartphones Account Applications that display Relationship between Can I edit and add data to Can edit and add data to What happens when data from this account smartphone and online this account on my this account on the web delete this account from account smartphone one app Yahoo Contacts Calendar Contacts Transfer from Contacts No Yes Only info in that app is Messaging Email web to sm
385. up Keep a copy of these files on your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Phone Call history entries Photos Usernames for online No photos are backed up accounts that sync like On your computer keep a Facebook and Photobucket copy of the photos that are on your smartphone see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Passwords for online accounts that sync like Facebook and Photobucket PowerPoint See entry for Quickoffice Quickoffice Usernames and passwords Documents spreadsheets for your Quickoffice accounts Chapter 13 Preferences and presentations Keep a copy of these files on your computer see Copy files between your smartphone and your computer Table 1 Backup details Application Backed up Not backed up Regional Nothing is backed up Settings Screen amp Nothing is backed up Lock Software When you sign in to your App settings and data Manager Palm profile after your stored in the app smartphone is erased apps P EE you downloaded from App ni EE aC a Catalog are downloaded ONET Mane Pp sstalod again Sounds amp Nothing is backed up Ringtones Tasks Tasks in your Palm profile Tasks in online accounts account Passwords for online Usernames for online accounts that sync like accounts that sync like Exchange Exchange Text Assist Nothing is backed up Third party Apps you downloaded are apps downloaded again from App Cata
386. up on your smartphone only Palm profile contacts are included in the daily backup of your Palm profile information so you can restore them if they are accidentally erased Use a third party sync solution If you want to use a desktop app to store your contacts you can use a third party solution sold separately to sync your contacts directly with your computer see Sync your desktop organizer and your smartphone or to go palm com sync solutions Export contacts from desktop software or an old phone When you export contacts from desktop software or an old phone you select which account to assign those contacts to Look for those contacts in the account you select see Transfer data from an old phone and Export data from a desktop organizer on your computer Download vCard info to Contacts A vCard is a file type made especially for contact info A vCard may contain one or many contact entries A vCard can be attached to an email or a multimedia message and you can download the info in a vCard to your Contacts app See Receive vCards Linked contacts The Synergy feature automatically links contacts from different accounts if it finds data in common between them For example if you have a contact in Exchange and in Google for Emily Weeks your smartphone links the contacts so that all of Emily s info shows up on a single contact screen You need to open just one view to see all of Emily s info The actual data remains separate in t
387. ur smartphone and click Eject e Ona Mac computer from your desktop drag the drive representing your smartphone to the Trash Trash changes to Eject 6 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer when the USB Drive screen is no longer displayed on your smartphone The new file appears in the list of ringtones on your smartphone You can select the new ringtone to apply to all incoming calls see Select a file from the ringtones folder as a ringtone or set it as a unique ringtone for a contact see Add a ringtone to a contact Chapter 13 Preferences Troubleshooting Although we can t anticipate all the questions you might have this chapter provides answers to some of the most commonly asked questions For additional information and answers to other common questions visit palm com support Remember that when you search your smartphone s Help system you get results not only from the Help system but from Palm s Support Knowledge Base as well In this chapter 61s Ways to get your HP Veer 4G working again Palm profile Battery Screen and performance Phone Hands free devices Synchronization Data connections Email Messaging Wi Fi Web Calendar and Contacts Camera Photos Videos and Music Amazon MP3 HP webOS App Catalog Transferring information to and from your computer Backing up and restoring data Updates Transferring information from another HP webOS phone Making room on your smartphone
388. ur smartphone appears as a removable drive 3 Ona Windows computer if the Found New Hardware wizard opens click Cancel to close the wizard 4 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Windows 7 or Finder Mac double click the drive representing your smartphone and delete the files or folders 5 End the connection safely If you do not eject safely your smartphone resets when you disconnect the USB cable e On a Windows computer right click the drive representing your smartphone and click Eject e Ona Mac computer from your desktop drag the drive representing your smartphone to the Trash Trash changes to Eject 6 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and the smartphone when the USB drive screen is no longer displayed on your smartphone Copy music photos and videos using third party software Besides using USB Drive mode to copy your photos videos and DRM free music between your computer and your smartphone you can also use solutions available from third party software developers sold separately that facilitate the transfer of media files to your smartphone For more information open the browser on your computer and go to palm com sync solutions KEY TERM DRM free Describes a file that is not protected by Digital Rights Management DRM free files can be copied as many times as you like and can be played on your Veer Overview Get your personal data onto your smartphone Your
389. uto corrected Edit User Dictionary lt d To edit the auto correction dictionary tap Learned Words and do any of the following To add a word Tap enter the new word and then tap Add e To change the spelling of a word Tap the word and then type the correction to the word Tap Done e To delete a word Throw the word off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm To edit the shortcuts list tap Shortcuts and do any of the following e To add a shortcut Tap enter the new shortcut and replacement text and then tap Add e To change a shortcut and or its replacement text Tap the shortcut you want to change Tap the Shortcut field or the Replace With field and then enter the new shortcut or replacement text Tap Done e To delete a shortcut Throw the shortcut off the side of the screen Tap Delete to confirm Cut copy and paste information You can copy any selectable text and you can cut any selectable text that you entered for example in a memo or an email This includes text you can select by dragging the cursor and paragraphs you can select by tapping them see Text selection gestures 1 Select the text you want to cut or copy see Text selection gestures 2 Open the application menu and tap Edit gt Cut or Copy 3 Open the app and insert the cursor where you want to paste the text see Text selection gestures 4 Open the application menu and tap Edit gt Paste You can also us
390. valid webOS application i ing s Enep E e f you received an error message other than the ones shown above follow the prompts to reinstall the app reume dae cowinload e Delete the application see Delete applications UU The app download is currently paused Tap the icon to 1 8 The application is already sa eal smartphone The icon TIP If you delete an app purchased from App Catalog you don t have to purchase indicates that a new version is available You can tap the the application again Purchased applications are associated with your Palm profile icon to download and install the new version at any time account see Reinstall a deleted application Look on the bottom of the first page in the Launcher to find your app e Restart your smartphone and then try the download again see Restart Make sure you have a data connection see don t know if have a data your smartphone connection Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 241 242 want to install an app on my smartphone from a source other than App Catalog App Catalog which includes the on device catalog and the associated web and beta distribution channels is the only officially supported mechanism for installing applications on your Veer Third party sources may make applications available for installation on your smartphone via alternative mechanisms These apps are sometimes referred to as homebrew apps Homebrew apps have not been tested and certi
391. vehicle lanes tolls or traffic delays Account Enter or edit your name and email address Get more help or cancel your AT amp T Navigator subscription You can contact customer support or cancel your AT amp T Navigator subscription from the AT amp T Navigator app 1 Open AT amp T Navigator amp 2 f prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services 3 Tap Share amp More and then tap About 4 Tap Support Info and do any of the following e To call customer support Tap Customer Support and tap D e To cancel your subscription Tap Cancel Subscription and follow the onscreen instructions Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections View AT amp T Navigator diagnostic information If you contact AT amp T Navigator customer support you may be asked to provide some diagnostic information 1 Open AT amp T Navigator 2 f prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services 3 Tap Share amp More and then tap Diagnostic Tools YPmobile You can use YPmobile to find get information about and get directions to businesses in your area Businesses and services that are in the YPmobile app database are returned in your search results Find a business 1 Open YPmobile ye 2 f prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services 3 Do one of the following e Enter a search term and tap Find e Tap the search field and tap a service category e Open the application menu and tap Browse In Popular Businesse
392. ver Many ISPs require a specific port number and that number may differ from the default port number e Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail see Set up email when automatic setup fails Many ISPs such as cable companies require that you have an Internet connection to their network to send email through their servers In this case you can almost always receive email from these accounts but if you want to send email you must send it through another server Check with your email service provider for the correct outgoing mail server name can send but not receive email IMAP accounts Some IMAP email providers don t support the setting to receive email As items arrive Check with your email provider to see if this situation applies to your account If your smartphone is set to receive email as it arrives try changing the Sync setting for Get Email to 5 or 10 minutes see Enter advanced account settings After receive messages older messages disappear from my Inbox When email sync takes place by default the last three days worth of email messages is downloaded from your mail server to your Inbox All messages older than three days are removed from your Inbox they are not deleted on the server however You can change the setting to download only one or two days worth of messages If you select one of these options any messages older than one or two days are deleted from your Inbox You c
393. w the song name off the side of the screen This does not delete the song file from your smartphone It merely removes the song from the list of songs you are currently listening to Delete a song To delete a song file from your smartphone you must put your smartphone in USB Drive mode and delete the song using your computer 1 Connect your smartphone and your computer using the USB cable 2 On your smartphone tap USB Drive If prompted tap OK On your computer your smartphone appears as a removable drive 3 Ona Windows computer if the Found New Hardware wizard opens click Cancel to close the wizard Chapter 9 Photos videos and music 149 150 4 Open My Computer Windows XP Computer Windows Vista Search for a specific song album or artist Windows 7 or the Finder Mac and double click the drive representing your smartphone 1 5 Delete the song using your computer s controls 2 6 End the connection safely If you do not eject your smartphone safely 3 your smartphone resets when you disconnect the USB cable l l l l l 4 Doone of the following e On a Windows computer right click the drive representing your smartphone and click Eject pee e Ona Mac computer drag the drive representing your smartphone to the Trash The Trash icon changes to Eject Ainiin 7 Disconnect the USB cable from the computer when the USB Drive Merg screen no longer appears on your smartphone Neko Case Neko Case amp Her B
394. word for an online email account remember to make the change in the account settings on your smartphone 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Change Login Settings and tap the relevant fields to change the account information Rename an account You can change the name that appears in the account list 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Account Name and enter a new name Delete an email account When you delete an email account from your smartphone it removes the account information from your smartphone only It does not affect your account with the email provider 1 Open Email 2 Open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts 3 Tap the account name 4 Tap Remove Account and then tap Remove Email Account Create and send an email message 1 Open Email 2 Tap TIP If you have set up an email account you can also start writing an email from Card view or the Launcher Start typing a message scroll down the list of search options and tap New Email The Email application opens at a new email message with the text you entered in the body of the message FROM Wmadison7256 gmail To Name or email address 2 Enter Subject he 3 Optional Tap From to change the email account you are using to send the me
395. y 1 Connect the USB cable to the AC charger and to your smartphone 2 Plug the AC charger into a working electric outlet 3 Let the battery charge completely Why this might help Fully charging the battery ensures your smartphone is not conserving power due to a low battery Did this solve the problem e Yes Stop e No Continue Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 217 218 T5 Take out the battery IMPORTANT This solution is not available for your Veer Do not try to remove the battery Attempting to remove the battery from your Veer voids the warranty Skip to T6 Tether your smartphone to your computer and reinstall webOS T6 Tether your smartphone to your computer and reinstall webOS IMPORTANT Don t try this method until you ve already tried the five Ts before this 1 Onyour computer s web browser go to palm com palmprotfile sign in and write down your smartphone s serial number 2 Goto palm com rom and click the link to get webOS Doctor 3 Enter your serial number and follow the instructions Why this might help Installing the latest version of webOS wipes and refreshes all memory Your preferences and installed software are not affected Want help while you use webOS Doctor Go to palm com Support Select your smartphone and AT amp T and click Support Services Select one of the support options Chapter 14 Troubleshooting Palm profile Creating your Palm profile ls your smartphone ready f
396. y apply KEY TERM EDGE Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution An enhanced version of GPRS that delivers data speeds that are up to three times faster than standard GPRS connections with rates up to 236 8Kbps Additional charges may apply Chapter 14 Troubleshooting 229 230 can t make a data connection over the AT amp T network For help with data connections over a Wi Fi network see can t make a Wi Fi connection from my home network or can t make a Wi Fi connection from a public or corporate network e Turn off Wi Fi see Turn Wi Fi on off A Wi Fi connection can prevent a phone service data connection e Make sure you are in an area with good signal strength see Signal strength is weak e Check to see if you have data services enabled Open Phone open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network make sure Data Usage is set to On e f you are in roaming coverage check to see if you have data roaming enabled Open Phone open the application menu and tap Preferences amp Accounts Under Network tap Data Roaming and tap Enabled Note that additional charges may apply if you enable data roaming e Turn off the phone and turn it on again see Turn wireless services off airplane mode e Restart your smartphone see Restart your smartphone e If you are still having problems contact AT amp T Email have problems using my account Occasionally you may experien
397. y stopped or otherwise stationary But if you need to dial while driving follow this simple tip dial only a few numbers check the road and your mirrors then continue Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix they are distracting and even dangerous when you are behind the wheel Make people you are talking with aware you are driving and if necessary suspend phone conversations which have the potential to divert your attention from the road Use your smartphone to call for help Your smartphone is one of the greatest tools you can own to protect yourself and your family in dangerous situations with your smartphone at Regulatory and safety information 261 262 your side help is only three numbers away Dial your national emergency number in the case of fire traffic accident road hazard or medical emergencies Remember your national emergency number is a free call on your smartphone 9 Use your smartphone to help others in emergencies If you see an auto accident crime in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger call your national emergency number as you would want others to do for you 10 Call roadside assistance or a special wireless non emergency assistance number when necessary Certain situations you encounter while driving may require attention but are not urgent enough to merit a call to your national emergency
398. you want Tap Done Tap the Address field to select the address you want to share Your current location is the default selection Tap Send Now Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections 173 174 Add a location to Favorites Open AT amp T Navigator S If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Tap Share amp More Tap My Stuff and then tap My Favorites Tap and search for the address you want to add as a favorite Record a location You can mark a location such as a parked car or a meeting place so you can easily get back to it 1 2 5 Open AT amp T Navigator ey If prompted tap Allow Once to turn on Location Services Tap Share amp More and then tap Record Location Optional Do any of the following e To create a new favorites category for this location Tap Category Tap New Category enter the category name and tap Done e To add this location to an existing favorites category Tap Category tap the box to the left of the category name and tap Done e To change the label for this location Tap Label and enter a new label For example you might want to add a label like Car in Sunnyvale Tap Save and tap OK To return to this location 1 Tap Share amp More tap My Stuff and then tap My Favorites Chapter 10 Web and wireless connections Tap the location If you saved the location to a category tap the category name and then tap the location Do any
399. ze many features of your smartphone like the wallpaper screen brightness ringtone for incoming calls and more In this chapter 198 202 203 206 208 209 211 Backup Date amp Time Device Info Exhibition Regional Settings Screen amp Lock Sounds amp Ringtones Chapter 13 Preferences 197 198 Backup Backup is one of the major advantages of your Palm profile You create a Palm profile when you set up your smartphone What is a Palm profile When you create a Palm profile during setup of your smartphone you gain access to the many advantages of having a Palm profile including automatic daily backup of your data Your Palm profile gives you the following benefits Palm profile account Your Palm profile account is automatically created for you on your smartphone In this account you can store Contacts and Calendar info that you don t store in online accounts like Google or Exchange NOTE You cannot access the info in your Palm profile account anywhere but on your smartphone View add to and edit the info in your Palm profile account on your smartphone Automatic daily backup to a secure server Info stored in your Palm profile account is automatically daily backed up to a secure server Your smartphone backs up the contacts calendar events tasks and memos that are in your Palm profile account as well as system settings and applications you downloaded to your smartphone If you ever need

HP Veer 4G User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents